i SPENT ARETE TTT ES NAAN AINA Nie, 1S ° Ex Libr 3 } Se) oy = 3S ® ac S a id W 7 se TVA VATA ao ae tt PSponen ig oo 2 <= mga 7 ¢ ee: ms sy eu A he = Sie to Ee a. P. 304. CyYPRINA ISLANDICA.—For Venus Islandica read Venus islandica. P. 311. ASTARTE SULCATA.—For Pectunculus costatus read Pec- tunculus sulcatus. P. 327. WENUS EXOLETA.—For p. 1134 read ed. 10, p. 688, no. Ey; P, 330. VENUS LINcTA.—For Hutch. Dors., p. 34 read Hutchins’ Dorset, ed. i (1799), p. 34. The second edition (1813) exhibits con- siderable alterations in nomenclature. P, 332. VENUS CHIONE.—For p. 1131 read ed. 10, p. 686, no. P. 337. VENUS CASINA.—For p. 1130 read ed. 10, p. 685, no. 95. P. 339. VENUS VERRUCOSA.—For p. 1130 read ed. Io, p. 685, no. 94. P. 344. VENUS GALLINA.—For V. gallina. ...p.1130 read V. Gallina. ... ed. 10, p. 685, no. 96. P. 359. Taprs DECUSSATUS.—For p. 1135 read ed. Io, p. 690, no. 126. P. 363. LuciINopsis UNDATA.—For Brit. Zool., p. 95 read Brit. Zool., iv, p. 95. P. 367. GASTRANA FRAGILIS.—For p. 1117 read ed. 10, p. 674, 11Os,3'7- P. 371. TELLINA BALAUSTINA.—For p. 1119 read ed. 10, p. 676, no. 47. P. 375. TELLINA BALTHICA.—For p. 1120 read ed. Io, p. 677, MOa 52: P. 382. TELLINA FABULA.—For Z. fabula, Gron. Zoophyl., iii, p. 268 read T. fabula, Gron. Zoophyl. (1781), ii, p. 263. P. 384. TELLINA SQUALIDA.—-For Hutch. Dors., p. 29 read Hutchins’ Dorset, ed. i (1799), p. 29. P. 386. TELLINA DONACINA.—For p. 1118 read ed. 10, p. 676, no. 46. P. 392. PSAMMOBIA TELLINELLA.—For V. p. 515 read (1818) v, p- 315. It is necessary to indicate the edition. P. 394. PSAMMOBIA COSTULATA.—For Conch. Dith. read Conch. Ins. Brit. (1822). See note on p. 198. P. 402. DoNnax vittaTus.—For p. 202 read p. 207. P. 407. DoNnax TRUNCULUS.— For D. trunculus .... p. 1127 read D. Trunculus .... ed. 10, p. 682, no. 85. 6 COOKE: ON JEFFREYS BRITISH CONCHOLOGY. P. 408. Donax pouitus.—For t p. 44 read (1791), Vol. i, Ord. 2, P. 44. . P. 413. AMPHIDESMA CASTANEUM.—For Test. Brit. App., p. 573, t. 17, £ 2 read Test. Brit. Part 1, p> 5735) suppl: t) 17 .teue- P. 415. Macrra sotipa.—For M. solida.... p. 1126 read Car- dyuum sohdum .... ed. 10, p. 681, no, 76: P. 422. Macrra sTULTORUM.—For M. stultorum....p. 1126 vead Cardium stultorum.... ed. 10, p./681, no. So. P. 425. Macrra GLauca.—For Born, Test. Mus. Caes. Vind., p. 51, t. 3, f. r1, 12 read Born, Indy Mus. Caes: Vind: (1773), paar, there are no plates in the Index; the date of the Testacea is 1780. P. 428. LuTRaRia ELLIPTICAA—Add the date (1818) of the edition. P. 438. SCROBICULARIA ALBA.—The author of the species should be distinguished as W. Wood. P. 442. SCROBICULARIA TENUIS.—For Test. Brit. Suppl., p. 572, t. 17, 1. 7 read Test. Brit. (78032), p. 5725 suppl. (1508). 175 tee P. 444. SCROBICULARIA PIPERATA.— Bellonius cannot stand as the author of this species. His “‘ piperata chama” is figured on p. 404 of Liber II of the treatise de Aquatilibus (1553). Gmelin is the true author, and Jeffreys gives the reference. VOLUME III. P. 6. SOLECURTUS ANTIQUATUS.—For Cat. Dors. read Hutchins’ Dorset, ed. 1 (1799). P. 10. CERATISOLEN LEGUMEN.—For legumen.... p. 1114 read Legumen....ed. 10, p. 672, no. 26. P. 14. SOLEN PELLUCIDUS.—For pl. lxvi read pl. 46. P. 16. SOLFN ENSIS.—For ensis....p. 1114 read Ensis.... Eds oO, 1p: 1072, NO: 25, P. 18. SOLEN sILigua.—For siliqua....p. 1113 read Siliqua Tere. 1L0,80.1072, NO. 2A) P. 20. SOLEN vAGINA.—For vagina....p. 1113 read Vagina et aPC, (0.10172, NO: 23. P. 24. PANDORA INAEQUIVALVIS.—For Tellina .... p. 1118 read DOLE. . ... (6d, 10, p, 073, no: 2. P. 34. THRACIA PRAETENUIS.—For Cat. Dors. read Hutchins’ Dorset, ed. 1 (1799). P. 38. ‘THRACIA PUBESCENS.— For Cat. Dors. read Hutchins’ Dorset, ed. 1 (1799). ,COOKE: ON JEFFREYS BRITISH CONCHOLOGY. 7 P. 45. PoROMYA GRANULATA. — For Corbula granulata .... d’Anvers read Corbula ? granulata, Nyst and West., Nouv. Recherch. Coq. Foss. d’Anvers (1839). P. 49. NEAERA COSTELLATA.—For Exp. Scient. Mor. (Géologie), p. 86, t. vii read Exp. Scient. Mor. (Zoologie), 1833, Tome iti, pt. 1, S€Ctrels ta XXIV: P. 51. NEAERA ROSTRATA.— For ili read 1793, iii, pt. I. P. 64. Mya ARENARIA.—For p. 1112 vead ed. 10, p. 670, no. 17. P. 66. Mya tTRuNcATA.—For p. 1112 read ed. 10, p. 670, no. 16. P. 70. Mya Bixcuami.—For Turt. Dith. read Turt. Conch. Ins. Brit. (1822). P. 86. VENERUPIS IRUS.—For p. 1128 read ed. 10, p. 683, no. go. P. 104. PHOLAS DacryLus.—For dactylus ....p. 1110 read Dac- tylus....ed. 10, p. 669, no. ro. P. 107. PHOLAS CANDIDA.—For p. 1111 read ed. 10, p. 669, no. 1. P. 112. PHOLAS CRISPATA.—For P. crispata....p. 1111 read Mya crispata .... ed. 10, p. 670, no. 15. P. 116. PHOLADIDEA PAPYRACEA.—For Turt. Dith. read Turt. Conch. Ins. Brit. (1822). P. 168. TEREDO NORVEGICA.—For f. 4—6B, and 7 read f. 4—6 and B. ‘There is no reason why Spengler’s spelling norvagica should be altered. P. 171. TEREDO NAVALIS.—For p. 1267 read ed. 10, p. 651, no. 2. P. 176. TEREDO MEGOTARA.—For xvii read xvill. P. 181. TEREDO MALLEOLUS.—The reference, which is omitted, is Turton, Conch. Ins. Brit. (1822), p. 255, pl. 2, f. 19. P. 182.—TEREDO BIPENNATA (the alteration to lipinnata is need- less). The reference, which is omitted, is Turton, Conch. Dict. (1819), p. 184, f. 38—4o. P. 191. DENTALIUM ENTALIS.—For D. entalis .... p. 1263 read D, Entalis ....ed. 10, p. 785, no. 688. P. 214. CHITON DISCREPANS.— For Ill. Conch., p. 65, pl. xxi, f. 20 ead Wik Conch.ed..« (1827), pl. 35,.f. 20; eds 2 (1844), p. 65, pl. 27, f. 20. There is no description in ed. 1. P. 215. CuHiTron Hanieyi.—Remove the brackets from (Bean). P.217. CHITON CANCELLATUS.—The full reference is G. B. Sowerby, Jun., Descriptive Catalogue of British Chitones, p. 4, in Conch. Illust., Part 167, f. 104 (twice) 104a, 1040, 105. ‘‘ Part” apparently = Plate. It is quite time that Leach’s name should cease to be attached to this species. The following remark seems to have been lost sight of. “The supposed Chiton cancellatus of Leach,—for the species was 8 COOKE: ON JEFFREYS BRITISH CONCHOLOGY. never characterised by that naturalist, and Mr. Sowerby doubtingly gives him the reputation of founding it, solely from the traditionary authority of collectors, ....”—Forbes and Hanley, Brit. Moll., i, p. 410. P. 218. CHITON CINEREUS.— By a curious slip, Linné treats Chiton as feminine in this species only. P. 224. CHITON RUBER.—The Linnean reference is Syst. Nat., ed: 12 (1767), p. 1107, no: 7. P. 226. CHITON LAEVIS.—The reference to Pennant is Brit. Zool., Svo. ed. (1777), iv, pl. 136; tng. P. 236. PATELLA VULGATA.—For p. 1258 read ed. 10, p. 782, no. 664. P. 242. HELCION PELLUCIDUM.—For p. 1260 read ed. Io, p. 783, no. 673. P. 254. PROPILIDIUM ANCYLOIDE.—For Ancyloides read ancyloides. P. 257. PUNCTURELLA NOACHINA. For Patella Noachina.... p. 551 read Patella noachina....(1771), p. 551. The only British species whose prime authority is the Mantissa. P. 259. EMARGINULA FISSURA.—For Patella fissura.... p. 1261 read Patella Fissura....ed. 10, p. 784, no. 681. P. 263. EMARGINULA CRASSA.—For p. 73 read p. 73 bis. P. 266. FiIsSURELLA GRACEA.—For p. 1262 read ed. 10, p. 784, no. 683. P. 269. CAPuULUS HUNGARICUS. — Linneé’s spelling wungarica (Patella) should certainly not be altered. P. 273. CALYPTRAEA CHINENSIS.—For p. 1257 read ed. 10, p. 781, no. 656. P. 279. HALIOTIS TUBERCULATA.—For p. 1256 read ed. Io, p. 780, no. 648. P, 287. CYCLOSTREMA CUTLERIANUM.—For new ser., vol. iv read (1849). Ser. 2, iv. P. 305. TRocuus macus.—For 7. magus... . p. 1228 read Ti, Magus... .-. €d. 10, p. 757, nO. 507. P. 309. ‘TROCHUS CINERARIUS. For p. 1229 7ead ed. 10, p. 758, nos 502: P. 312. TROCHUS UMBILICATUS.—For N. wmb. read T. wmb. P. 320. TRocuus Montacuti.—For 7. Montagui, Wood, Ind. Test. Suppl. p. 6, f. 43 read T. Montagui, Gray, MS., Hanley’s ed. of W. Wood, Ind. Test. (1856), p. 221, Suppl. pl. 6, Trochus f. 43. The true name of the species would thus appear to be T. Montagui (Gray), W. Wood. P. 322. TROCHUS STRIATUS.—For p. 1230? read ed. 10, p. 759, no. 518. - COOKE: ON JEFFREYS BRITISH CONCHOLOGY, 9 P. 330. TROCHUS ZIZYPHINUS.—For T’. zizyphinus.... p. 1231 read T. Zizyphinus....ed. 10, p.. 759, no. 520. P. 338. PHASIANELLA PULLA.—Read fullus (see A. H. Cooke in’ Journ:: Malac:,; 1899, vii, p. 31). For Yurbo pullus’.... p. 1233 read Turbo Pullus....ed. 10, p. 761, no. 531. P. 356. LITTORINA OBTUSATA.—For p. 1232 read ed. Io, p. 761, NO. 520. P. 361. LITTORINA NERITOIDES.—For Turbo neritoides .... p. 1232 read Turbo Neritoides....ed. 10, p. 761, no. 527. P. 368. LiTTORINA LITOREA.—Read Uittorea ; it is the height of absurdity to spell the generic name with two t’s and the specific with one, = or p1232 read ed. 10, p. 761, no. 528. VOLUME IV. P. 8. RissOA CANCELLATA.—It should be remarked that Da Costa’s figures represent the species as sinistral. P. 22. RissoaA costaTa.—The author should be quoted as J. Adams, and it should be remarked that his figures represent the species as sinistral. P. 29. RissOA ALBELLA.—For Ind. Moll. Scand., p. 25 read Oefv. Kon. Vetensk. Akad. Forh., 1846, iii, p. 157. P. 30. RissoA MEMBRANACEA.—The author should be quoted as J. Adams, and for f. 12, 13 read f. 14, 15. P. 33. RissoA vIOLACEA.—The author’s name is not Desmarets but Desmarest, and the reference is Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom. Paris, EOt4s DOs Piet, £07. P. 37. RissoA STRIATA.—The author of this species, and of R. fulgida p. 43, should be quoted as J. Adams. P. 39. RissoA PROXIMA.—The reference is omitted, and I do not think that the species was ever properly described by Alder. (See Thompson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1847, xx, p. 174). If so, the right reference will probably be R. proxima (Alder), Forbes and Hanley, Brit. Moll., 1853, 111, p. 127. P. 59. JEFFREYSIA DIAPHANA.—The references need complete revision ; they should read Rissoa ? glabra, Brown, Alder, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1844, Xill, p- 325. Rissoa ? diaphana, Alder, Trans. Tynes. Nat. Field Club, 1850, i, p. 149. P. 69. HoMALoGYRA ATOMUS.—For p. 54 read p. 44. P, 80. TURRITELLA TEREBRA.—For Turbo terebra.... p. 1239 read Turbo Terebra....ed. 10, p. 766, no. 562. 10 . COOKE: ON JEFFREYS BRITISH CONCHOLOGY, P. 89. ScaLarta Turronar.—Turton’s original name Zurtonis seems to have been needlessly altered. P. 93. SCALARIA TREVELYANA.—The reference to Winch’s Geology of Lindisfarn (1822) is quite beside the point, as he gives no descrip- tion whatever. The name appears to have remained in MS. quite a remarkable length of time, it was still so in 1840 (Thompson, Ann. Nat. Hist, v, p. 245). The proper reference, hinted at by Jeffreys on p. 95, is Johnston, Proc. Bewicksh. Nat. Club, 1841, i, p. 263. It would thus appear that the species should be quoted as S. trevelyana (Leach), Johnston. P. 96. SCALARIA CLATHRATULA.—The reference Ad. Micr., t. 14, f. 19 is quite inadequate. Read G. Adams, Essays on the Microsc., ed. 2.1798, p.\637, ‘pl. 14, f. 19) The species was not described myed. a. L7S7. P, 103. ACLIS SUPRANITIDA.—The reference given ‘Cat Crag. Moll.,” is useless, read Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1842, ix, p. 534, pl. v, Leo: P. 106. Actis GULSONAE.—For 3rd. ser. read 2nd. ser. P. 118. OposTOMIA CLAVULA.—For Ind. Moll. Scand., p. 18 read Oefv. Kon. Vetensk. Akad. Forh., 1846, 11, p. 150. P. 121. QODOSTOMIA ALBELLA.—For Ind. Moll. Scand., p. 19 read Oefv. Kon. Vetensk. Akad, Forh., 1846, ili, p. 151. P. 124. ODOSTOMIA PALLIDA.—For p. 325, t. 21 read p. 325, Supplivt.27, P. 127. ODposTOMIA CONOIDEA.—For p. 659 read p. 660. P. 137. OposTroMiA PLICATA.—For p. 325, t. 21, read p. 325, Suppl. t. 21. P. 155. OposToMIA EXIMIA.—For new ser. read 2nd. ser. P. 164. ODbosTOMIA LACTEA.—For p. 1238 read ed. 10, p. 765, no: 552. P. 169. Oposrom1a ScituaE.—For the remarkable reference Notizie int. alle Conch. p. 51 read Ann. Civ. Regn. due Sicil., 1835, Vil, p. a1, Mave di, f. 2: P, 186. IANTHINA ROTUNDATA.— The reference to “(Leach MS.), Dillwyn, Contributions towards a History of Swansea (1840), p. 59” cannot possibly stand. I quote the passage :— ‘‘ 1824, July.—Many thousand shells of Janthina, of which some retained the animal alive . . were thrown on the shores of Oxwich Bay.... A few of these Janthina, which had before at different times been washed up in the same bay, received from Dr. Leach his MS. name of J. rotundata.” The species is generally known as communis, Lam. P. 195. STILIFER TurTONI.—It may be worth while noting that COOKE: ON JEFFREYS BRITISH CONCHOLOGY. II the Zoological Society’s first publication was entitled ‘ Proceedings of the Committee of the Science and Correspondence of the Zoological Society of London ; Part i (1830—1831), Part ii (1832).” Then began “ Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, Part 1 (1833),” and so continued until Part xxviii (1860). In 1861 and after- wards the number of the Part has not appeared on the title-page. Strictly speaking the name of this species is Stzlifer stylifer, Turton. P. 201. Evia ponira.—For p. 1241 read ed. 10, p. 767, no. 57° P. 203. EvuLIMA INTERMEDIA.—I am quite unable to understand what is meant by the reference to “Cantr. Mal. Med. (Suppl.), p. 14.” Read Bull. Acad. Roy. Sci. Bruxelles (1835), ii, p. 390, the original description. In Jeffreys’ list of works referred to (Brit. Conch., vy, p. 236), he refers, under Cantraine, F., to a ‘“‘ Malacologie méditerra- néenne et littorale” as published in Nouy. Mém. Acad. Bruxelles, 1841, and to a supplement to the same, as published in Bull. Acad. Sci. Bruxelles, 1842. No such works occur in either of the volumes referred to. P. 210. EULIMA BILINEATA.—For p. 47 read i, p. I4I. P. 214. NaTICA ISLANDICA.—For Nerita Islandica read Nerita islandica. P. 227. Natica Montacuti.—Montagui should be restored, and fOr 3, 4 7ead: f. 3, 4, 5. P. 235. LAMELLARIA PERSPICUA.—For p. 1250 read ed. 10, p. 775, no. 621. P. 245. TRICHOTROPIS BOREALIS.—For p. 395 read p. 375. P. 250. APORRHAIS PES PELECANI.—For Strombus pes pelecant . p. 1207 read Strombus Pes pelecani .... ed. 10, p. 742, no. 422. P. 256. CERITHIUM METULA.—For Ind. Moll. Scand., p. 23 read Oefv. Kon. Vetensk. Akad. Forh., 1846, ili, p. 155. P. 261. CERITHIUM PERVERSUM.—For p. 1231 read ed. Io, p. 760, no. 523. P. 271. CERITHIOPSIS METAxA.—For Mem. ii read Mem. stor. notom. Napoli, iii. P. 276. PurRPURA LAPILLUS.—For Buccinum lapillus.... p. 1202 read Buceinum Lapillus ....ed. 10, p. 739, no. 403. ~ P. 285. BucciInumM unDATUM.—For p. 1204 read ed. Io, p. 740, no. 410, _ P. 293. BuccinumM HUMPHREYSIANUM.— For Zool. Journ., i, p. 298, pl. xxx (upper figures) read Zool. Journ., 1825, i, p. 398, pl. xxii (two upper figures). P. 298. Buccinopsis DaLet1.—For Min. Conch., p. 139 read Min. Conch., 1825, v, p. 139. 12 COOKE: ON JEFFREYS BRITISH CONCHOLOGY. P. 306. MuREX ERINACEUS.—For Murex erinaceus .... p. 1216 read Murex Erinaceus....ed. 10, p. 748, no. 451. P. 319. TROPHON TRUNCATUS.—For (truncatum) read (Trun- catum ). P, 323. Fusus ANTIQUUS.—For p. 1222 read ed. 10, p. 754, no. 486. P. 329. Fusus Norvecicus.—For Strombus Norvagicus.... Conch. Cab., xi vead Strombus Norvegicus .... Conch. Cab., 1788, x. In the Verzeichniss p. 204 the name-is printed Norvagicus, but as it is Vorvegicus in the description it must so remain. P. 331. Fusus Turtoni.—For Mag. N. H., vill read Mag. Nat. Hist., 1834, vil. P. 338. Fusus pRropinquus.—For Club), p. 63 read Club, i, (1847), p. 157- P. 346. NasSa RETICULATA.—For p. 1204 read ed. 10, p. 740, no. 411. P. 359. COLUMBLLLA NANA.—For Ind. Moll. Scand., p. 12 read Oefv. Kon. Vetensk. Akad. Forh., 1846, i, p. 144. P. 362. DEFRANCJA TERES.—No proper definition is given by Forbes in the passage quoted from the Annals. Read (Forbes) Reeve, Conch. Icon., 1844, i, Plewrotoma, pl. xix, f. 161, to which Forbes refers in the Annals passage. P. 388. PLEUROTOMA NivaLis.—For Ind. Moll. Scand., p. 14 read Oefv. Kon. Vetensk. Akad. Forh., 1846, iii, p. 146. P. 390. PLEUROTOMA SEPTANGULARIS.—For p. 260 vead p. 268. P. 403.—CyPRAEA EUROPEA.—For (11) p. 88 read Suppl., p. 88. P. 411. CyLICHNA ACUMINATA.—For Enc. Meth. (Vers.), t. vi read Enc. Meth. Vers., 1792, i. P. 412. CyYLICHNA NITIDULA.—For Ind. Moll. Scand., p. 10 read Oefv. Kon. Vetensk. Akad. Forh., 1846, ili, p. 142. P. 417. CyLICHNA aLBA.—For Ill. Conch. G. B. & LI, p. 3, pl. xix, f. 43-44 read Ill. Conch., ed. 1, 1827, pl. 38, f 43,44; ed. 2, 1844, Pp. 3, pl. 19, f. 43,44. P. 421. UTRICULUS TRUNCATULUS.—For (Vers.), t. vi read Vers., 1792, 1. P. 425. UTrricuLus veNTRosus.—The species was not described, but only figured, in the reference from Ann. Mag. It was first described in the present passage. P. 433. ACTAEON TORNATILIS.—For p. 1187 read ed. 10, p. 728, no. 342. P. 437. Butua HypDatis.—For p. 1183 read ed. 10, p. 726, no. 333: COOKE: ON JEFFREYS BRITISH CONCHOLOGY, 13 P. 443. SCAPHANDER LIGNARIUS.— For p. 1184 read ed. Io, p. 727, NO. 335. P. 447. PHILINE scaBRa.—For Zool. Dan., ii, p. 41, t. Ixxi, f. 1o—12 read Zool. Dan., 1784, i, p. 90; Atlas, pl. 71, f., ro—12. There are two editions of the Zoologia Danica, differing widely from one another; the date of the later, which contains the Atlas, is 1788—1806. P. 453. PHILINE puNcTATA.—This species should not be assigned to Clark but to J. Adams, who described it thirty years before, as Bulla punctata, in Linn. Trans., 1798, v, p. 2, pl. 1, f. 6—8. VOLUME V. P.5. Apuysta PuNCTATA.—For A. punctata Cuv., Annals du Muséum, 1803, il, p. 295, pl. i, f. 2—5 read Laplysia punctata, Cuvier, Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, 1803, ii, p. 295, pl. 51 (Laplysia pl. 1), f. 2—5. P. 7. APLYSIA DEPILANS.—The Laplysia depilans of the Systema ed. 12, is now, I believe, regarded as identical with Tethys limacina of Edi10,’ p.. (653: P. 10. PLEUROBRANCHUS MEMBRANACEUS.—For Lamellaria mem- branacea, Mont. read Lamellaria or Bulla membranacea, Mont. P. 17. PLEvROPHYLLIDIA Lovent.—for P. Loveni, Bergh in Foren. vidensk. Meddel. for 1860 read P. Lovéni, Bergh, Vid. Medd., 1860. P. 95. ONCHIDIUM CELTICUM.—For Onchidium Celticum, Cuv., Régne An., iii read Onchidium celticum, Cuv., Régne Anim. nouy. éd., 1830, iii. As Jeffreys truly says, the species is “indicated but not described” in the above passage. It would be interesting to find out who first attached a description to the species. P. ror. ASSIMINEA LITTORINA.—For p. 215 vad p. 225. P. 115. SPIRIALIS RETROVERSUS.—For p. 498 read p. 499. P. 119. Curio PyRAMIDATA.—Browne was not a binomial author so that in any case his description ‘‘ Clio 1. Vagina triquetra pyrami- data, ore oblique truncato” cannot stand. The first edition of the Civ. Nat. Hist. Jamaica was in 1756, the second in 1789. Linné in his ed. 10 of the Systema, published in 1758 (between Browne’s two editions) took up the name pyramidata. It thus becomes C. pyram- data, Linné. P.128. OMMASTREPHES TODARUS.— Jeffreys seems to have‘‘Frenchi- fied” the title of the work, and his reference is not correct. Read Delle Chiaje, Memor. stor. notom. Napoli, Atlas (1822), Pl. 61, f. i. The species is mentioned, but not described, in the text, vol. iv, p. 161 14 COOKE: ON JEFFREYS BRITISH CONCHOLOGY. P, 129. OMMASTREPHES SAGITTATUS.—For Mem. Soc. H. N., p. 13 read Mém. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris, 1799, p. 13. The volume (the first) does not appear to have been numbered. Repeat the correction on pp. 130, 144, 146. P. 132. Lonico mMep1A.-—For p. 1095 read ed. 10, p. 659. no. 3. P. 133. Rossta Macrosoma.—The completely correct reference to Delle Chiaje must be deferred for a while. That author appears to make no reference to Sepiola macrosoma in the text of the Memorie. But in the Descrizione e Notomia (1841, twelve years later), he refers (i, p. 10, note) to the Memorie Atlas, Pl. Ixxi, 11, and again (v, p. 68) to Pl. Ixx, 1-11, of the same. (These references are evidently to the same figure, and the error is that of the typographist.) But in the Memorie Atlas, as at first published, there are only 69 plates in all; Delle Chiaje, however, intended to publish more (Descriz. e Notom., p. xiii), but whether he ever did so or not I have not at present been able to discover. P. 136. SEpPIoLA RonDELETH.— By strict rules the species should be known as Sepiola sepiola, Linné. See, on the whole question, Hoyle, ‘ Challenger,’ vol. xvi, p. i. P. 138. SEPIA OFFICINALIS.—For p. 1095 read ed. 10, p. 658, HO. 2. P. 140. SEPIA ELEGANS.—For t. lxviii, p. 44 read t. xlvill, p. 284. P. 141. SEPIA BISERIALIS.—For p. 75, pl. 26 read p. 73, pl. 26, f.—k. DESCRIPTION OF TWO NEW SPECIES OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS. By..G:, K. GUIDE? Fez: S: Epiphragmophora dormeri, n. sp. Figs. 1—3. SHELL covered-umbilicate, solid, pale straw-yellow, with a dark brown sutural band ascending the last two whorls, and a faint peripheral band which becomes evanescent towards the mouth. Spire conoid, slightly elevated ; suture impressed, apex obtuse. Whorls 5, tumid, increasing rapidly, the last twice as wide as the penultimate, laterally compressed, and deeply descending in front. The apical whorl smooth, the next three finely and regularly ribbed ; the ribs almost obliterated by fine wrinkled malleations on the last whorl. Aperture very oblique, ovate ; margins convergent, connected by a thin callus. Peristome GUDE: NEW SPECIES OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS. 15 white, polished, thickened and strongly reflected; the columellar margin triangularly dilated and covering the narrow umbilicus. Diam. maj. 23.5, minor 20.5; alt. 17 mm. Hab.—Mont Ascuncion, Paraguay. Type in my collection. The nearest ally of this shell is #. estel/a, d’Orb., the type of the latter is in the British Museum, where, through the courtesy of Mr. Edgar A. Smith, I have been able to inspect it. The shell is much more depressed than that of the present species, especially in the Te 2. 3% AY YW SRO body whorl; and there are only*four whorls, which are strongly mal- leated. . dormer? is further distinguished from £. estella by its less dilated aperture, the presence of the dark subsutural band, and the deep deflection of the last whorl. The species is named in honour of the late Lord Dormer who collected the shells. Sesara mouleyitensis, n. sp. Figs. 4—7, enlarged. Shell imperforate, semiglobular, corneous brown, finely and regu- larly ribbed, paler and nearly smooth below; embryonal whorl smooth. Spire convex ; suture shallow; apex rather prominent, obtuse. Whorls nearly 7, increasing slowly, the last gradually receding below the CCAS A bi AS ee A ey penultimate, rounded, not deflexed in front ; deeply impressed at the umbilical region. Aperture subtrapezoid, nearly vertical. Peristome white, strongly thickened and slightly reflected; looked at from below it has the shape of a note of interrogation. Inside the aperture on the palatal wall is a strong, stout, horseshoe-shaped fold, extending over nearly the whole of the basal margin and having the concave side outward. On the columellar margin occurs a narrow entering fold. 16 GUDE: NEW SPECIES OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS. Diam. 10; alt. 5.75 mm. Hab.—Mount Mouleyit, Tenasserim, Burma. Type in my collection. This is an interesting form of Sesara, allied to S. attaranensis, Theob., which, however, is a much smaller shell. The new species is further distinguished from S. attaranensis, by its semiglobular shape, rounded whorls, deeply impressed umbilical region, and receding last whorl. In the shape of the aperture, the form of the peristome, the horseshoe-shaped fold on the basal margin, and the entering collu- mellar fold, the two species are remarkably alike. Figure 7 (enlarged) shows the aperture with its two folds. For both the shells here described, I am indebted to the kindness of Colonel Beddome, whose MS. name of the latter species I have had much pleasure in adopting. DESCRIPTION OF TWO NEW SPECIES OF MICROPARMARION FROM THE ANDAMAN ISLANDS. By WALTER E. COLLINGE, The University, Birmingham. {Plate i.) HiTHERTO the only reference to any Parmarion-like molluscs in the Andaman Islands, is a brief note by Lieut.-Col. Godwin-Austen? in a paper on the Land molluscan fauna of these and neighbouring islands. He there states that his brother and Col. Hobday found, when making the ascent of Saddle Peak on North Andaman, a large slug-like form resembling Girasia. The specimen, unfortunately, was accidentally lost before they returned into camp. In the early part of last year Dr. O. F. von Mollendorff sent me two molluscs from the Andaman Islands, both of which belong to the genus Microparmarion. I take this opportunity of expressing to him my best thanks, for so kindly placing these very interesting molluscs in my hands. To the Council of the Birmingham Natural History and Philosophical Society, I also desire to express my best thanks for their kindness in defraying the artist’s charges in connection with the accompanying plate. 1 Proc. Zool, Soc., 1895, p- 449- COLLINGE: NEW MICROPARMARIONS, Ly Microparmarion mollendorffi, n. sp. Pl. 1, figs. 1—6. Animal a dark blue, excepting laterally just behind the head, and on the dorsum beneath the anterior portion of the mantle, where the ground colour is a dirty yellow. Mantle dark blue, covering the visceral mass from all sides, portion bordering the shell thin. Visceral mass overlapping the posterior portion of the dorsum, which is flattened. Caudal mucous pore a vertical slit not extending to the foot-sole. Keel short and prominent. Rugze small. Peripodial groove distinct. Foot-fringe dark blue with yellow lineoles. Foot-sole yellowish, divided into median and lateral planes. Length (in alcohol) 31 millim. Shell (Pl. 1, fig. 3) oval in form, with a slight indication of the apical whorl, borders thin and membranaceous. Major diam. 11.5, min. diam. 8 millim. Type in my collection. ANATOMY OF THE GENERATIVE ORGANS. The penis is a thick muscular walled tube, terminating in a beak- like head. In section (Pl. 1, fig. 5), the lumen is seen to pass to almost the distal end and to widen into two sac-like portions, the upper of which is connected with the vas deferens. Viewed externally the vas deferens is connected with the penis on its ventral side, whilst the retractor muscle is inserted a little nearer the distal end on the dorsal side. The receptaculum seminis has a short duct which enters the vagina on its inner side (Pl.-1, fig. 4). Above this is the free oviduct, just before it enters the common duct, it becomes more globose and then narrowing suddenly, becomes the oviducal portion of the common duct. The dart-sac (Pl. 1, fig. 4, cl. s.) is a large thick muscular organ sharply bent upon itself. The fundus of the dart is situated at the first bend. The dart (Pl. 1, fig. 6) is a long calcareous rod which becomes gradually finer at the free end. The prostatic and oviducal canals, forming the common duct, are richly folded and partly cover the albumen gland. Microparmarion andamaniea, n. sp. Pl. 1. figs. 7—1O0. Animal yellowish with dark mottling laterally, anteriorly the dorsum _ is light yellow with a dark blue lateral band extending from the head to the visceral mass. Mantle same colour as the body, with well developed keel encircling the visceral mass, mantle covers the visceral mass from all sides, portion bordering the shell thin. Visceral mass overlaps the posterior portion of the dorsum which is flattened. 18 COLLINGE: NEW MICROPARMARIONS. Caudal mucous pore small. Keel longer than in preceding species. Peripodial groove prominent. Foot-fringe yellowish-brown with yellow lineoles. Foot-sole yellowish-brown, divided into median and lateral planes. Length (in alcohol) 24 millim. Shell (Pl. 1, figs. 9 and 10) elongate oval in form, with a slight indi- cation of apical whorl, membranaceous, and slightly wraps over the visceral mass. Hab.—North Andaman. Type in my collection. The generative organs were not mature in this species. Having only a single specimen of each of these new species, I am unable to give a more detailed description, but I am hoping to obtain more, when further particulars will be given. EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. Microparmarion méllendorffi, n. sp. Fig. 1. View of the animal from the right side. x 2. Fig. 2. Dorsal view. x 2. Hig. 3. Shell x 72: Fig. 4. Generative organs. x 24. REFERENCE LETTERS. alb. gl. Albumen gland. pr. Prostate. d.s. Dart-sac. r.m. Retractor muscle. f. ov. Free-oviduct. r.d. Receptacular duct. h. d. Hermaphrodite duct. r.s. Receptaculum seminis. h. gl. Hermaphrodite gland. v. Vestibule. ov. Oviduct. v. d. Vas deferens. p. Penis. vg. Vagina. Fig. 5. Horizontal section through the penis. Fig. 6. Dart-sac and dart in situ. x I0. Microparmarion andamanica, n. sp. Fig. 7. View of the animal from the right side. x 2. Fig. 8. Dorsal view. x 2. Fig. 9. Dorsal view of the shell. x 2. Fig. 10. Lateral view of the same. x 2. Journ. of Malacolo&y,1901, Vol. VII, ptl. Le g Eo % Fig 1-3,87-10,F JP del. ad nat. Figs 4-6, PWC. del adnat. NEW MICROPARMARIONS. A.5.Huth,Lith* London. 19 NOTE ON MYRINA SIMPSONI, MARSH. By J. T. MARSHALL. WirTH reference to my paper describing this species’, I am indebted to Mr. Edgar A. Smith for pointing out to me that he “ understands the name Myrina, H. and A. Adams, was preoccupied many years ago, but does not see how it is conchologically separable from Adula of the same authors.” I do not know the genus Adula, but my faith in Mr. Smith’s conchological instinct is so strong that I have no hesi- tation in substituting Adula, H. and A. Ad., for Myrina. Mr. Smith also writes me that Adula (Myrina) pelagica, the type of the genus, was found “‘off the Cape of Good Hope, attached to floating masses of blubber.” Since my paper on the subject appeared in this journal, a piece of pitch pine, bored by Xylophaga and Teredo, was landed on the fish-quay of Aberdeen by a trawler, who said it came from the “Shetland fishing-grounds,” and in the deserted tubes were Adula simpsont attached by a byssus. ‘This is especially interesting, as the habitat is in complete harmony with that of A. argenteus, Jeffr., from frigid water in the Shetland-Faroe Channel. It is probably owing to this concealed habitat that the present specimens are much paler than those originally described. About two dozen specimens were obtained on this occasion, several of which were still alive, and were placed under examination. ‘‘They were quite at home in a watch- glass, and travelled by first protruding the foot, and then by con- tracting it drew the shell along,” while under the microscope “the action of the current through the tubes could be seen through the valves of the shell.” (Mr. J. Simpson in ltt.) A specimen sent me in spirit yielded the following results, which demonstrates that the animal is not far removed from Modiolaria -— Body dirty white, viscera light brown; mantle free, plain; incurrent tube formed by the two flaps of the mantle; excurrent tube short, thick, and conical; foot large, white, and tongue-shaped, with a conspicuous groove down the centre for the byssus. At the time of writing another whale’s skull has been landed at Aberdeen by a local trawler, which was brought up ‘20 miles N.W. of Fair Isle” (between the Orkneys and Shetlands), to which two or three dozen A. simpsont were attached. rt Journ. Malac., 1900, vol. vii, p. 167. 20 MALACOLOGICAL NOTES.” By HeR SVIKESBsAS bolas: 5. The genus Rhodea. Tur genus Rhodea has been reviewed three times, namely by Crosse (1), Da Costa (2), and Jousseaume (4), and though the last two have added but little to our knowledge save in the description of new forms, it may be convenient to briefly list the species now known. Dr. Jousseaume appears to have worked in ignorance of Mr. Da Costa’s paper. The genus was founded by H. and A. Adams in February, 1855, (Genera Rec. Moll., vol. ii, p. 135), as a section of Colwmna, to contain the single known species &. pfedfferi, Crosse, under its then name of Achatina californica, Pfr. It was raised to the rank of a genus by Mousson (5) in 1873, when describing a second species, &. gigantea. A third species was added by Dohrn (3) in 1875; two by Mr. Da Costa (2) in 1899, and three by Dr. Jousseaume (4) in rgo00. Nothing seems to have been stated as to the life-history or anatomy, save the note by Dohrn that &. wallisiana is ovoviviparous, and the record by Mr. Da Costa of the finding of ten embryonic shells in R. gigantea. The fossil history equally appears to need study. I have not repeated all the references given by Crosse (1), but have only referred to the original diagnosis, and to that paper. We may note the description by de Morgan of a genus Rhodina from Perak, said to be allied to Rhodea. LIST OF SPECIES. RHODEA AEQUATORICA, Da Costa. R. aequatorica, Da Costa (2), p. 305, fig. Hab.—Ecuador. RHODEA COUSINI, Jousseaume. R. cousini, Jousseaume (4), p. 36, pl. i, fig. 15. Hab.—Ecuador. RHODEA CROSSEANA, Da Costa. R. crosseana, Da Costa (2), p. 305, fig. Hab.—U. S. of Colombia. RHODEA EQUATORENSIS, Jousseaume. R. equatorensis, Jousseaume (4), p. 37, pl. i, fig. 17. * See ante, vol. vii, p. 164. SYKES : MALACOLOGICAL NOTES. 21 Hab.—Ecuador. Probably this species will need re-naming on account of the prior R. aequatorica. RHODEA GERETI, Jousseaume. RR. gereti, Jousseaume (4), p. 38, pl. i, fig. 16 (not fig. 17 as given in text). Hab.—vU. S. of Colombia. RHODEA GIGANTEA, Mousson. R. gigattea, Mousson (5), p. 15; Crosse (1), p. 18, pl. 1, fig. 2; Dar Costal (2) p. sod, fies Hab.—U. 8S. of Colombia. RHODEA PFEIFFERI, Crosse. R. pfeifferi, Crosse (1), p. 14, pl. 1, fig. 1. Achatina californica, Pfeiffer (6), p. 89. Hab.—U. S. of Colombia. RHODEA WALLISIANA, Dohrn. RF, wallistana,, Dohrn (3), p. 57; Crosse (1), p. 21, pl. i, fig. 3. Hab.—v. S. of Colombia. REFERENCES. CrossE. —J. Sena ., 1876, vol. xxiv, pp. I—24, pl. iv. Da Costa.—P. Malac. Soc. London, 1899, vol. iii, pp. 304—306, figs. DouRN.—Nachrbl. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1875, p. 57. JoussEAUME.—Bull. Soc. Philom., 1900, vol. ii, pp. 35—39, pl. i. Mousson.—Malak. Blatt., 1873, vol. xxi, pp. 15—17. PFEIFFER.—Symb. Hist. Hel., 1846, part lil, p. 89. Osu ONES NOTES. Helix lapicida m. sinistrorsum.—-This form was named by C. A. Westerlund in 1871, so Mr. Partridge’s find (p. 180) is not an absolute novelty, though it is very interesting. —T. D. A. COCKERELL. Trichomya, von Ihering (see p. 186).—This may I suppose remain, on account of its different derivation, but it is uncomfortably similar to Zvrichomyia, Haliday, a genus of Diptera.—T. D. A. COCKERELL. Dates of publication of Forbes and Hanley’s History of British Mollusea.—This was issued in monthly parts each with four (dated) plates. Vol. I.—_ pp. i—Ixxx, 478—486 and all title eases 1853. pp. er (ee Pt. I—12). - 1848. Vol. II.— pp. 1—480 (=Pt. 13—24). - - - 1849. pp. 481—557 (= Pt. 25 and 26) aSto Vol. III.—pp. 1-320 (=Pt. 2734). : 5° pp. 321—616 (= Pt. 35—42). - - - 1851. Vol. IV.— pp. 1—302 (= Pt. 43 to end). - - 1852. For evidence see Wiegmann’s Archiv. f. Naturg., 1849, ii, pp. 77 and 106; 1850, ii, p. 1033 1851, ii, p. 1043 1852, ii, p. 263; 1853, ii, p. 94.—B. B. WoopWARD. 22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. INVESTIGATIONS ON THE VARIATION AND LIFE-HISTORY OF BRITISH LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCS. A Committee, consisting of Messrs. J. R. B. Masefield, F. Taylor, R. J. Welch, and A. E. Boycott, has been appointed by the Council of the Conchological Society of Great Britain and Ireland for the purpose of conducting a collective investigation of phenomena connected with the variation and life-history of British Land and Freshwater Mollusca. The object of the investigation is to inquire into points liable to general uncertainty and to local or other variation, and into the diffusion and dispersal of species, by collecting the results of the individual experience of many naturalists. A certain small number of subjects for investigation will be published each year, and it is hoped that an abundance of replies will be received, so that the results may be thoroughly representative. The following five subjects have been selected for 1901: (1) How far is the smell of ‘‘ garlic” constantly associated with Hyalinia alliaria? under what circumstances and at what seasons of the year is it most noticeable ? does H. alliaria seem to escape destruction by other organisms more than the rest of the genus? is the smell of ‘‘ garlic” found in other species and under what circumstanccs ? (2) Have you in any case found any species or variety of land snail constantly associated with any particular plant ? (3) Is any preference shown by (1) H. aspersa, (2) F. rufescens for the neigh- bourhood of human habitations and buildings? if so, what explanation do you consider the most probable ? (4) What localities produce the largest specimens of Anodonta? Describe the nature of the water, soil, geological formation, etc., and give the dimensions and, if possible, the weight. (5) In the genus Helix, where not indigenous, when and how were any of the species introduced? It is desired to put on record as far as possible the date of introduction of any species into any given locality, both from abroad into the British Isles and from one part of the country to another. The locality for which each answer is recorded should be carefully given, with any details of geological formation, altitude, vegetation, etc., etc. which may seem desirable. All returns should reach the Secretary (A. E. Boycott, The Grange, Hereford), by September Ist, 1901. PROCEEDINGS OF THE MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 24TH (ANNUAL) MEETING, DECEMBER 7TH, 1900. The President in the chair. Professor Ludwig Plate of Berlin was unanimously elected one of the six honorary members on the recommendation of the Council. The Annual Report of the Council and the Treasurer’s Statement were read and adopted. The Secretary reported that as no amendments had been received to the Council’s nominations, the following would constitute the Council and Officers for 1901:— President—Walter E. Collinge. Treasurer—H. H. Bloomer. PROCEEDINGS OF THE MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 23 Hon. Secretary—H. Overton. Librarian and Curator—Guy Breeden. Other members of the Council—Messrs. Breeden, H. Willoughby Ellis, F. J. Partridge, and Bromley Peebles. The President’s Address was postponed until the February meeting. EXHIBITS. By Mr. Overton: A very fine collection of shells of Helix hortensis, also H. obvoluta from Ditcham, Hampshire. By Mr. Breeden: Shells of H. hortensis from various localities. By Mr. Partridge: Varieties of H. hortensis. By the President: Specimens of Veronicella gilsont, Cllge., from the Fiji Islands. ANNUAL REPORT, 1900. In presenting their Third Annual Report your Council have to record another year’s work of an extremely satisfactory character. During 1900 only one new member has been elected, and death has removed from our Society the veteran student of the Mollusca—Mr. G. Sherriff Tye. Fight meetings have been held, at which five papers have been read. The exhibits have been plentiful, and often of great interest. The financial condition of the Society stands as follows: there is a balance due to the Treasurer of £2. os. 3d., and the outstanding subscriptions amount to £2. Numerous additions to the Library have been made, the number of works and pamphlets now numbering 85. A commencement has been made with the Collection of British Molluscs, and donations have been received from the President, and Messrs. Bloomer and Overton. Your thanks are due to the Council of the University of Birmingham, and Prof. Bridge, for the facilities they have so kindly given in permitting our meetings to be held in the Zoological Department. CURRENT LITERATURE. Pilsbry, Henry A.—Tryon’s Manual of Conchology, ser. ii, vol. xiii (pt. 52), pp. 177—253, pls. 49—72. Philadelphia: Academy of Natural Sciences. Dr. Pilsbry continues and completes his account of the genus Amphidromus, Alb. An Appendix to the volume contains the following important corrections, etc. Bothriembryon physodes (Menke), 1848, replaces Reeve’s name physoides. Placo- stylus shongii (Less.). According to Mr. Suter this name is incorrect, and should stand hongit. P. fibratus (Martyn). Mr. Charles Hedley points out that the locality of the original is Ile Amere or Botany Island. Simpson, C. T.—Synopsis of the Naiades, or pearly freshwater mussels. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1900, vol. xxii, pp. 50I—1044, pl. xviii. The appearance of Mr. Simpson’s valuable synopsis marks a distinct advance in the history of the study of this large and difficult group of Pelecypoda. Coming, as it does, from so distinguished an authority, who has had unrivalled facilities for dealing with this interesting group, it claims more than passing attention. 24 CURRENT LITERATURE. The introduction first gives a brief sketch of the different classifications from that of Lea (1836) to the author’s own in 1896. Apart from the work of Lea, Troschel, and Pelseneer, very little attention has been paid to the anatomy of the group. The author in his earlier paper (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1896, xviii), placed a great variety of forms under the generic name Unio, but since then from a study of the soft parts, he has come to the conclusion that it would be best to split up this genus, somewhat after the manner in which Pilsbry has treated the old group Helia. This dismemberment is warranted by the following facts. Under ordinary conditions there is but little differentiation in the soft parts, but at the period when the ova pass into the gills a remarkable change is brought about in these organs. ‘‘In the Anodonta edentula of Say, short, horizontal ovisacs are developed, which run directly across the animal, and which at maturity break through the outer walls of the outer gills and pass with their young entire into the water. In the forms typified by Unio anodontoides the young are contained only in very distinct vertical or oblique ovisacs in the hinder part of the outer gills ; in U. crassidens, pictorum, and the like, the embryos fill the entire outer gills, forming thick, smooth pads; in U. metaneorus, trigonus, multiplicatus, and allied forms, they occupy all four of the branchiae throughout. In U. phaseolus the smooth outer gills begin to be crimped as they are being filled with embryos, until when full, they become a series of marvelous folds. In UV. irroratus several ovisacs in the center of the outer gills grow out to a great length, become filled with young, and are closely coiled. In U. cornutus a few central ovisacs develop so as to project below, in a long, straight flap. In all the South American and Australian Unios, so far as is known, the inner gills alone, as a rule, are filled with young, and this is probably the case with the species of the Ethiopian region and most of those of south-eastern Asia. After the young have passed out into the water the gills of all the species change back into their ordinary condition, and when not gravid there is great similarity in those of most of the species formerly classed as Unios.” e It would seem that these peculiar evanescent characters, assumed when the gills act as marsupia, are quite constant, and further, are concomitant with certain minor shell characters, consequently the author thinks they may be used as a basis for the foundation of genera. Von Thering’s discovery in 1893, showing that certain species on hatching from the egg commence life as a glochidiwm. with a bivalve shell capable of containing the animal, and others as a dasidiwm, with three segments, the middle one only having a single shell, the former being regarded as members of the Unionidae, and the latter as of the Mutelidae, is rightly regarded as the most important discovery that has yet been made in the study of the Naiades. Mr. Simpson’s researches upon the gills and ovisacs must rank as the second most important, and we trust that at no distant date he will describe these changes in greater detail and illustrate the same. In the past it has been claimed by certain malacologists that the Naiades were hermaphrodite, and by others that the sexes were separate, but from the recent careful researches of Sterki, Taylor, Kelly, and others, it would seem that in the more specialised Unionidae, viz. those having two forms of shell and the ovisacs situated in the hinder portion of the outer gills, the sexes are always separate ; whilst in the more generalised, viz. those with one form of shell and the embryos occupying the entire gill, the sexes may or may not be separate. The author recognises about 1000 species and 82 varieties of Unionidae, comprised in 61 genera, of these 553 species and 55 varieties belong to Nth. America and Io1 to Sth. America. Of the Mutelidae, 117 species and II varieties are listed comprised in II genera, With von Ihering’s view that the primitive beak sculpture of the Unionidae was radial, Mr. Simpson is inclined to agree, further he believes ‘‘ that the earlier Unios had the young contained in the inner branchial alone, and that there has been a gradual development from these primitive forms with simple, dull-colored, smooth CURRENT LITERATURE. 25 shells, those of the male and female being alike. with radially sculptured beaks, the Endobranchs, up to the highest forms of to-day, with concentric, doubly looped beak sculpture, with highly painted shells, in which those of the male and female are very different, with the young contained in distinctly marked ovisacs in the hinder part of the outer gills alone, the Exobranchs.” The past history of the Naiades is then treated of, and very interesting and valuable are the views set forth. The work of Rafinesque, Lamarck, and the so- called new school of France, is next reviewed, and a synopsis of the genera, etc., given in tabular form. A running comment in the form of foot-notes is made upon the genera, species, etc., in the systematic portion. Many new names are introduced and radical changes made. Finally a bibliography containing nearly 2000 titles, and an index extending over 46 pp. concludes this valuable work. Mr. Simpson has had no light task before him, for such a work as the present one must have entailed many years hard work, often of a very trying nature. It has been well done and handled in a masterly manner, and must for many years rank as the standard work, for it cannot fail, with its wealth of criticism, to prove indispensable to all who study the group. On all concerned in its production (excepting the binders, the stitching being abominable) it reflects the greatest credit.—W. E. C. Baker, F. C.—The Gross Anatomy of Limnaea emarginata, Say, variety mighelsi, Binney. Dull. Chicago Ac. Sci., 1900, vol. ii, pp. 191—211, pls. i—vi. The author has given an interesting account of the gross anatomy of this form, together with other useful notes. Respecting the wide range of variation in this species, a large number of figures of the variety mighelsi are given, out of which any one fond of making species could form a large number and several genera, but the animals show no such variation, indeed they are anatomically wonderfully uniform. The digestive system, generative organs, nervous, circulatory, respiratory, renal and muscular systems are described and figured. Collett, 0.—Pearl Oysters and Pearl Fisheries. Reprint from ‘‘Ceylon Observer,” 1900, pp. I—12. This is an abstract of an interesting paper read by the author on October 27th, at a meeting of the Ceylon Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society. In addition to Mr. Collett’s paper it contains remarks made by Capt. Donnan, Mr. R. H. Ferguson, Dr. Vandort and others. Melvill, J. Cosmo.—Descriptions of Two Species of Cypraea, both of the Sub- genus 7'rivia, Gray. Ann.and Mag. N. H., 1900 (s. 7), vol. vi, pp. 207—210, 4 figs. C. (T.) galapagenesis, n. sp., is characterised by a shining, enamelled callosity over the whole centre of the dorsal region, completely obliterating the sulcus (if such exists), a feature unknown in any other species of Zvrivia. Affinity exists between this species and pulla, Gask., and also subrostrata, Gray. Hab. Albemarle Is., Galapagos. C. (T.) buttoni, n. sp. (Hab.—?) is a small, globular, straw-coloured species, with few ribs and no sulcus. Wiegmann, Fritz.—Binnen-Mollusken aus Westchina und Centralasien. Zooto- mische Untersuchungen. I. Die Heliciden. L’Ann. du Mus. Zool. d. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersb., 1900, T. v, pp. 1-—186, pls. i—iv. 26 CURRENT LITERATURE. The author here gives a careful, and fully illustrated, anatomical account of the Helix group, described in a previous volume by Dr. O. F. von Mollendorff. In all 36 species or subspecies are dealt with, comprised in 11 genera and 3 families. The greater portion of the work is devoted to the Hudotidae, and forms a valuable contri- bution to the anatomy of this family. Monti, Rina.—Le Ghiandole Salivari dei Gasteropodi Terrestri nei diversi periodi funzionali. Mem. R. Ist. Lomb. di. sci. e lett., 1899, vol. xviii (x, d. ser. iii), pp. 115—133, tav. ix. Miss Monti describes in some detail the structure of the salivary glands in Helix pomatia and Agriolimax agrestis. They consist of a fibrillar connective tissue stroma, and a parenchyma composed of large mucous, transparent, and granular cells. The resting and active stages are carefully compared with one another, emphasis being laid upon the fact that there are no signs of mitotic division. Monti, Rina.— Sur la fine structure de l’estomac des gastéropodes terrestres. Archiv. Ital. Biol., 1899, T. xxxii, pp. I—15. The epithelium lining of the stomach consists of a series of mucous laden calici- form cells, and ciliated cylindrical cells. These are supported by fibrillar connective tissue, large connective tissue cells, pigment cells, muscle fibres, and bloodvessels lined with endothelium. Covering these come the layers of longitudinal and circular muscle fibres, the whole being enveloped in a connective tissue sheath, in which are a large number of ceils analogous to those of the sub-mucosa. Dall, W. H.— Synopsis of the Family Zellinidae and of the North American species. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1900, vol. xxiii, pp. 285—326, pls. 1i—iv. This valuable synopsis in addition to revising the North American species, includes descriptions of figures of species which have hitherto not been reported from the coast of the United States, or have not previously been figured. There are also descriptions and figures of the following new species: 7’. georgiana, theringi, americana, promera, flagellum, colorata, terana, reclusa, pacifica, pristiphora, leucogonia, meropsis, amianta, paxiana, macneilii, suffusa, cerrosiana, panamensis, recurva, santarosae, phenax, Macoma phenax, extenwata, tageliformis, krausset, sitkana, alaskana, and panamensis. TT. (Angulus) carpenteri is a new name for A. variegatus, Carp., and 7. (Oudardia) buttoni for A. modestus? var. obtusus, Carp. Dall, W. H.—Synopsis of the Family Cardiidae and of the North American species. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1900, vol. xxiii, pp. 381—392. Simroth, H.— Uber Selbstbefruchtung bei Lungenschnecken. Verhandl. d. Deutsch. Zool. Gesell., 1900, pp. 143 —147, 5 figs. in text. This is an interesting paper upon the morphology of certain parts of the genera- tive organs of some molluscs, in which self-fertilization is known to occur. Two new genera are mentioned, viz. Phrixolestes and Hyrcanolestes, but no species. Pilsbry, Henry A.—Lower Californian species of Coclocentrum and Berendtia. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900, pp. 550—555, figs. I—4. The new forms are C. minorinum v. gabbi, n. var., C. cisenianum, n. sp. Com- paring the genus Lerendtia of Mabille with Coelocentrum, Dr. Pilsbry concludes that the former is evidently a tangent from the latter genus, ‘‘ and distinguished from certain Lower Californian species of that genus solely by the reduction of the columella from a tube to a solid style, as in the genus Lucalodium.” Pilsbry, Henry A.—Sonorella, a new genus of Helices. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900, pp. 556—560, pl. xxi. CURRENT LITERATURE. 27 This new genus is established for the reception of the ‘‘ Epiphragmophora” hach- itina of Dall, and is allied to Ashmunella. It agrees with this last genus in the absence of any trace of dart-sac or mucous glands, and generally in the form of the reproductive organs, free muscles and pallial organs. This forms the third American genus of Belogona established since 1895, the others being Ashmunella, Pils. and Ckll., and MMetostracon, Pils. Pilsbry, Henry A.—On the Zoological position of Partula and Achatinella. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900, pp. 561—567, pl. xvii. Dr. Pilsbry proposes to divide the Vasopulmonata into two groups, the Orth- urethra and Sigmurethra. In the former series the ureter passes directly forward from the kidney, toward the anterior margin of the lung, a condition common to the Basommatophora, which have been generally considered ancestral to the Stylomma- tophora. In Partula, Achatinella, etc., this same condition obtains, and in the author’s opinion indicates that such genera are members of an ancient and ancestral group lying at the base of the vasopulmonate phylum. In the latter series the ureter is abruptly reflexed from the apex of the kidney, passing to the posterior end of the pulmonary cavity. Thence an open groove or closed tube (secondary ureter or Darm- harnleiter) continues across to the last fold of the gut, which it follows forward to the mantle-edge. A rough tabulation of the various families belonging to these two groups is then given, and the anatomy of Partula rosea, Brod., and Achatinella dolei, Baldwin, described and figured. Dr. Pilsbry concludes that the Achatinellidae is apparently a group of great antiquity, the archaic pallial organs and male generative organs being associated with peculiarly specialised female organs. Pilsbry, Henry A.—The Genesis of Mid-Pacific Faunas. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phiia., 1900, pp. 568—581. The author summarises this very interesting paper as follows: ‘‘ The hypothesis of a late palaeozoic or early mesozoic mid-Pacific continent (upon the sunken heights of which the present island-masses, volcanic or coral, have been superposed) is advanced to account for the constitution of Polynesian Jand-snail faunas, which are shown to be (1) nearly homogeneous over vast areas, (2) composed of ancient types, with no admixture of the great series of modern families, and (3) not derivable from any tertiary or modern continental fauna or faunas in the sense Atlantic island faunas have been derived. The mollusca, land and marine, supply no evidence that this Pacific continent was ever connected with or faunally affected by the Americas, but emphatically deny any such connection.” Dupuis, P. et Putzeys.— Diagnosis de quelques coquilles nouvelles provenant de l'état indépendant du Congo. Ann. Soc. roy. Malac. Belgique, 1900, T. XXXV, Pp. Xll—xix, 17 figs. The new species are Ganomidos fraterculus, Perideriopsis fallsensis, P. moula- ensis, Melania ponthiervillensis and var. spoliata, M. nyangweensis, M. depravata, M. nsendweensis, M. soror, M. consobrina, and M. kinshassaensis. Collinge, Walter E.—On the Anatomy of certain Agnathous Pulmonate Mollusks. Ann. and Mag. N. H., 1901 (s. 7), vol. vii, pp. 65—73. pls. i—ii. The species described are Rhytida greenwoodi, Gray, Paryphanta hochstetteri, Pfr., P. edwardi, Suter, and Schizoglossa novoseelandica (Pfr.), em. Hedley. Andreae, A.—Landschnecken aus Central-und Ostasien. Mitth. a, d. Roem.- Mus., Hildesheim, 1900, nr. 12, pp. I—14, I Taf. u. 2 figs. 28 CURRENT LITERATURE. Prof. Andreae’s paper contains four very interesting articles upon various species of molluscs from Central and East Asia. He first treats of the genus Cathaica, Mlldff., which is divided into the following subgenera: Hucathaica, nov. (type C. fasciola, Drap., = pyrrhozona, Phil.), Pliocathaica, nov. (type C. pulveratrix, v. Mart.), Xerocathaica, nov. (type C. kreeitneri, Hilb.), Pseudiberus, Ancey (type P. tectwmsinense, v. Mart), and Campylocathaica, nov. (type C. przewalskii, v. Mart.) In the second article comparisons are instituted between various Asiatic and European genera. The variation of Campylocathaica przewalskii, vy. Mart., is dealt with in the third article, followed by a note on the variation ef Campylaca frigida, Jan. A short comparison of certain Chinese and European land molluscan forms from alluvial deposits, concludes the series. Sykes, E. R.—Digesta Malacologica. No. I. A Summary of the American Journal of Conchology. 1865—1872. pp. viit+46. London: 1901. William Wesley and Son. We heartily congratulate Mr. Sykes on the appearance of the first number of his ‘* Digesta Malacologica,” which deals with the 7 volumes of the ‘ American Journal of Conchology’ (1865—1872). The general arrangement is that adopted in the ‘ Zoological Record.’ The date of publication of each of the 29 parts is given, together with the pagination and number of plates; 232 titles are quoted, followed by the two sections ‘ Biology’ and ‘ Systematic.’ If sufficient support be forthcoming, Mr. Sykes hopes to deal with other period- icals such as the ‘ Zeitschrift fur Malakozoologie,’ ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ etc. The value of such digests is obvious, and we trust malacologists will at least show their appreciation of the care and~ patience the author has expended, by quickly exhausting part i. It is a publication of great value and usefulness, and we wish its author every success with this and future issues. Dall, W. H.—On a genus (Phyllaplysia ) new to the Pacific Coast. Naut., 1900, vol. xiv, pp. 9I—92. P. taylori, n. sp. found on floating sea-grass near Nanaimo, Vancouver Island. Dall, W. H.—A new species of Plewrobranchus from California. Naut., 1900, vol. xiv, pp. 92—93. P. californicus, n. sp. from San Pedro. Dautzenberg, Ph.— Description d’une espece nouvelle du genre Cyrena provenant des Nouvelles-Hébrides. Journ. de Conchyl., 1900, vol. xlviii, pp. 105— 108, pl. v. Cyrena ingens is the new species, characterised by its large size and solid shell. Dautzenberg, Ph.—Description d’une espeéce nouvelle appartenant au genre Hemicardium. Journ. de Conchyl., 1900, vol. xlviii, pp. 5— 8, pl. 1, fig. 3—6. _ Hemicardium tegulatum, n. sp. is evidently nearly related to the H. wnedo of Linné ; the author has, however, carefully compared it with young and adult forms of the latter species, and finds certain well marked differences. CURRENT LITERATURE. 29 Baker, F. C.—A Revision of the Limnaeas of Northern Illinois. Trans, Acad. Sci. St. Louis, 1901, vol. xi, pp. I—24, pl. i, and 13 figs. in text. The author recognises nine species in Northern Illinois viz., L. stagnalis, L., reflera, Say, palustris, O. F. Miill., caperata, Say, cubensis, Pfr., columella, Say, humilis, Say, desidiosa, Say, and catascopium, Say. He is of opinion that a new classification is required, based upon anatomical characters; the present grouping by shell characters being totally unsatisfactory on account of the extreme variability of the individuals. In support of this statement, he points out that different forms of L. emarginata, Say, var. mighelsi, Binn., which he has recently examined, can be placed in all of the usually recognised subgenera, so-called (Radix, Bulimnea, Limnophysa, etc.). The typical emarginata is typical of Limnophysa, the var. mighelsi of Radix, whilst all the intermediate forms occur connecting the extremes. Of the above mentioned nine species, descriptions are given in nearly all cases of the shell aud animal, jaws, radula, distribution, and habitat, followed by critical remarks upon the synonymy, variation, etc. Hedley, C.—Studies on Australian Molluscs. Pt. II. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1900, pp. 495—513, pls. xxv—xxvi. The author continues his interesting studies on the lines Jaid down in parti. A large number of additions to the Australian fauna are recorded, in addition to the following new species: Puncturella kesteveni, Liotia rostrata, L. philtata, Scalenostoma striatum, Leucotina helva, Diplommatina oreadis. Salinator, nom. nov. is suggested for the group typified by Ampullaria fragilis, Lam., which will replace the Ampullarina of authors, not Sowerby. The Mylitta inaeyualis of Dall, is probably the JZ. gemmata of Tate. It seems now definitely settled that the name Nerita melanotragus, E. A. Sm., has priority over NV. satwrata, Hutt. The genus Menon proposed in the first part of these Studies (p. 90) would seem to be synonymous with Chileutomia, Tate and Cossmann, the former name is therefore withdrawn, but Mr. Hedley maintains that the genus must be included in the Hulimidae (where he placed Menon) and not in the Rissiodae. Melvill, J. Cosmo.—Description of Bulimulus dukinfieldi, n. sp., from Paranda, Brazil. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1900, vol. iv, p. 116, fig. Woodward, M. F.—Note on the Anatomy of Voluta ancilla (Sol.), Neptuneopsis gilchristi, Sby., and Voluntilithes abyssicola, (Ad. and Rve.). Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1900, vol. iv, pp. 117—125, pl. x. Sowerby, G. B.—Descriptions of new species of Marine Mollusca collected by the late Otto Koch at the Island of Cebu, Philippines. Proc. Malac. Soc, Lond., 1900, vol. iv, pp. 126—129, pl. xi. Wiegmann, Fritz.—Anatomische Untersuchungen von Solaropsis. Nachr. Deutsch. Malak. Gesell., 1900, pp. 178—184. Weigmann, Fritz.—Beitrage zur Anatomie. 1. Anatomische Untersuchungen einiger mittel-italienischer Arten. Nachr. Deutsch. Malak. Gesell., 1901, pp. 8—16. Mollendorff, 0. von.—Ueber einige Nomenclaturfragen. Nachr. Deutsch. Malak. Gesell., 1900, pp. 161—178. Nagele, G.—Einige Neuheiten aus Vorderasien. Nachr. Deutsch. Malak. Gesell. 1901, pp. 16—3I. Sterki, V.—New Pisidia. Naut., 1901, vol. xiv, pp. 99—IOI. 30 GENERAL REVIEWS. Bavay, A. et Dautzenberg, Ph.—Diagnoses de Coquilles nouvelles de 1’Indo Chine. Journ. de Conchyl., 1900, vol. xlviii, pp. 108—122. Descriptions of the following species are given: Helix (Camaena) lavezzarii, H. (C2) vorvonga, H. (Euhadra) fauveli, H. (Eulota) vignali, H. (Chloritis) marimberti, H. (O.) durandi, H. (C.) gereti, H. (Ganesella) saurivonga, H. (G.) coudeini, Macrochlamys alluaudi, Buliminus messageri, Clausilia callistomella, C. gereti, Stenothyra messageri, Cremnoconchus messageri, Lithoglyphus tonkinianus, Melania reducta, Alycaeus (Dioryx) major, A. (D.) messageri, A. (D.) compactus, A, (D.) vanbuensis, A. (Charax) fraterculus, A. (C.) heudet. Pilsbry, Henry A.—Notes on certain mollusca of South-western Arkansas. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil., 1900, pp. 449—459, figs. Babor, J. F.—Bericht iiber die wissenschaftlichen Leistungen im Gebiete der Malakozoologie im Jahre 1892. Arch. f. Naturgesch., Jhg. 60, Bd. 2, pp. 514—545. Ahting, K.—Uber die Entwicklung des Bojanus’ schen Organs und des Herzens von Mytilus edules. Zool. Anz., 1900, Bd. 23, pp. 529—533. Ihering, H. von.—The Musculus cruciformis of the Order Tellinacea. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil., 1900, pp. 480—4$81, 2 figs. Guiart, J.—Nouvelle classification des Opisthobranches. Compt. Rendus, 1900, T. 52, pp. 425—420. Willcox, M. A.—Hermaphroditism among the Docoglossa. Science, 1900, N.S. vol. xil, pp. 230—23I. Chiamenti, A.—Contribuzione allo studio della Malacofauna adriatica: Nota sulla famiglia delle Veneridae e delle Petricolidae. Riv. Ital. Sc. Nat., 1900, pp. 2—15. Dautzenberg, Ph. et Durouchoux, P.—Faunule Malacologique des environs de Saint-Malo. La Feuille J. Nat., 1900, pp. I—24. Enumerates 183 species and a number of new varieties. Meek, A.—On Mussel Cultivation on the Coast of Northumberland. Kpt. Northumberland Sea Fish. Comm., 1900, pp. 62—63. Bulmam, G. P.—The Marine Mollusca of Northumberland. Ibid., pp. 78—82. GENERAL REVIEWS. Lehrbuch der vergleichenden Anatomie der Wirbellosen Thiere. 2umgearb. Aufl. 1 Lief. Mollusca. Von Prof. Arnold Lang. Bearbeitet von Dr. Karl Hescheler. pp. vili+509, Mit 410 Abbildungen. Jena: 1900. Gustave Fischer. We welcome a second edition of Prof. Lang’s valuable text-book on the com parative anatomy of the Mollusca. Although there are grave faults, which have received their full share of adverse criticism, the work remains the most complete and up-to-date epitome of Molluscan morphology yet published. In the edition before us Dr. Hescheler has generally revised the text, and incorporated the results, GENERAL REVIEWS. 31 put forward by different workers, since the previous edition. The wealth of illus- trations, the many diagrammatic figures, the useful Bibliography, and the index to the species of molluscs treated of, in addition to the general index, all tend to make this work a valuable aid in the laboratory. The forcible objection, raised by Prof. E. Ray Lankester, against this work in 1895 (cf. Nature, 1895, p. 289) still holds good. It is unfair, in our opinion, to use the observations of other workers without acknowledgment. The size of the work need not be necessarily enlarged to admit of this, for a very little extra space only would be necessary, and this might very easily have been obtained by omitting such figures as 89 and go (p. 82, shell of Zriton, from Parker and Haswell), and the, often needless, repetition of other figures. This work has enjoyed a good reputation in the past, and the present edition can only enhance the same.—W. E. C. Text-book of the Embryology of Invertebrates. By Dr. E. Korschelt and Dr. K. Heider. Translated by Matilda Barnard. Revised and edited by Martin F. Woodward. Vol. iv, pp. xi+594. London: 1900. Swan Sonnenschein and Co., Ltd. The volume before us forms the final part of Prof. Korschelt and Heider’s well known and valuable ‘‘ Lehrbuch.” It is now over seven years since the original work appeared and much has been added to our knowledge of the development of the Mollusca, Tunicata, and Cephalocorda, of which phyla the present volume treats. The task of revising and re-editing such a work is no easy one, and we think Mr. Woodward would have been well advised if he had attempted to re-write it. Almost all that could be done to amplify and bring up to date the section on the Mollusca, by foot-notes, fresh paragraphs, and certain alterations in the text, has been done; and although these are very often far too brief, and sometimes lack clearness, they certainly tend to make the work a valuable resumé of our knowledge upon the embryology of the Mollusca, and one which every student will find of great assistance. The Tunicata and Cephalocorda have not been so carefully revised as the Mollusca. The work will prove of great service to senior students, and those who desire a concise and systematic account of molluscan embryology.—W. E. C. Text Book of Vertebrate Zoology. By J. S. Kingsley. pp. vilit+439. London: 1900. George Bell and Sons. Professor Kingsley’s work is intended to supplement lectures and laboratory work, and to place in concise form the more important facts and generalisations concerning vertebrate animals. The work is divided into two parts, the first treating of the morphology of verte- brates, based upon embryology, whilst the second presents an outline classification, a subject which, the author thinks, ‘‘ has been too much ignored in College work.” Part one is carefully written and should prove very useful to certain classes of students, although there are some points which require re-writing, e.g. no useful purpose can be served by referring to the remains of the pronephric duct in the male Ichthyopsidian, as the ‘‘ hydatid of Morgnani,” or by using the term ‘‘ Wolffian (Leydig’s) duct” for the mesonephric duct. Throughout the terminology requires revision. The illustrations, of which many are new, are all excellent.—W. E. C. 32 EDITOR’S NOTES. The Manchester Museum has recently received by presentation from Surgeon Colonel S. Archer, a beautiful specimen of Plewrotomaria adansoniana, Cr. and Fisch., obtained in Barbados. This is the fifth known specimen of this fine species. At the December meeting of the Midland Malacological Society, Professor Ludwig Plate, of Berlin, was elected an Honorary Member. From Mr. T. Van Hyning of Des Moiries, Towa, U. S. A., we have recently -eceived an interesting Catalogue of recent and fossil Mollusca for sale or exchange. The Council of the Zoological Society has given instructions for the publication of an Index-Volume to the new generic names mentioned in the ‘ Zoological Record,’ Vols. xvii—xxxvii (1880—1900). The Volumes previous to Vol. xvii. have been indexed in the ‘ Nomenclator Zoologicus’ of Scudder, published by the Smithsonian Institution in 1882. The contemplated Index-Volume of the ‘Zoological Record,’ in order to increase its usefulness, will include names omitted from Scudder’s list and from the volumes of the ‘Zoological Record.’ Thus zoologists may have at their disposal (in the ‘Nomenclator Zoologicus’ and the new Index together) a complete list of all the names of the genera and subgenera used in zoology up to the end of 1900. It is earnestly requested that anyone who knows of names omitted from Scudder’s ‘Nomenclator,’ or from the volumes of the ‘Zoological Record,’ will forward a note of them, together, if possible, with a reference as to where they have been noticed or proposed, so that the new list may be made practically complcte. Such information should be addressed to the Editor of the ‘ Zoological Record,’ 3, Hanover Square, London, W.; or to C. O. Waterhouse, Esq., British Museum, Natural History, S. Kensington, London, who is engaged in compiling the list. A Conchological Exchange Club, with head-quarters at Birmingham, has recently been founded. THE Petr NYE OF NPALAC OLOGY. No. 2. JUNE 29TH, Igot. Vor Vilor CLAUSILIA MIMICKED BY A MICROLEPIDOPTERON. By DR. HM. SIMROTH, Leipzig. THE examples of mimetic mollusca are constantly being augmented. Some imitate stones, leaves, and seaweed, others snakes or parts of Ascidians, Gorgonitidae, Acteniidae, etc. But the cases in which animals of other classes imitate molluscs are comparatively rare. The best known are those of Psyche helix, a Lepidopteron, and of Hel/co- psyche, a Phryganida whose larval cases have the form of a Helix shell. I have added a further case,’ another Lepidopteron, a Coleo- phorida, imitating a Clausilia. The larval case had the form of the Gastropod shell, the spire being represented by transverse lines. The larvae and the Clausiliae were feeding upon the lichens of the same rock, so that a bird’s eye would confound them and spare both. In the present note I wish to record a further very interesting example of this kind. When visiting with Dr. Heymons of Berlin the “doline”* of St. Canzian in the Karst mountains north of Triest, I found a small object adhering to the limestone wall, which for the moment I took fora Clausilia, Dr. Heymons did also. The mimetic impression was perfect in the dorsal view (Figs. A and B), a little, dark greyish-brown shell, 1 SB. Nat. Gesell. Leipzig, Bd. xiii—xiv, p. 45. * © T)olines ” are the characteristic funnel-shaped hollows of the Karsts. Journ. oF Matac., r1gor, vol. vili, No. 2. 34 SIMROTH: ON MIMICRY OF CLAUSILIA. with six curved transverse lines, as if there were seven whorls without the little ones of the straight upper end. The mouth was narrowed as in Clausilia. Every stripe was composed of two lines, a darker and a clearer whitish one, giving one the impression of a Clausilia, whose sutures were filled up with powdery limestone as is usual in these localities. The latero-ventral view (Fig. C) is entirely different, the transverse lines being restricted to the dorsal side. The tail-end is compressed and curved downwards ; being narrow when looked at dorsally but considerably larger when seen laterally ; for there are two flaps with a slit between them for the exit of the perfect insect after metamorphosis. I think it is clear that the whole arrangement is very effective and likely to deceive small birds frequenting the rocks for feeding upon insects. Larger birds, such as pigeons for instance, would take shells such as Clausilia, but not so the Sylviae, Turdidae and others, preferring the objects in question. > A Coleophoride Lepidopteron imitating Clausilia. A. Natural size. B. Dorsal view enlarged. C. Lateral view. Although it is clear that this mimetic character is of protective value to the larvae, it is very difficult to account for its origin. When the larva enlarges its case, does its build circle after circle by its sali- vary glands, in the manner the silkworm forms its cocoon? If so, we could understand the darker rings as being added at varying intervals. The explanation of the interruption of the rings on the ventral side is more difficult. I think before we attempt to explain the growth, etc., of this interesting structure, we must first investigate the manner in which the larva produces it. Probably it is not in the same manner as that which takes place in the formation of the cocoon in the silkworm. 35 NOTE SUR UNE LIMNEE DE LA FAUNE PROFONDE DU LAC LEMAN. Par Le DR. EMILE ANDRE. Université- Geneve. LEs naturalistes qui ont étudié la faune profonde du lac Léman, y signalent trois espéces de Limnées, qui toutes trois dérivent d’especes littorales ou d’espéces vivant dans les eaux des environs du lac. A ces trois especes, nous devons en ajouter une quatrieme, qui a été draguée par M. le Dr. Penard dans le Petit-Lac, au large de Bellerive, & une profondeur de 4o métres environ. Cette espece est la Limnaea (Gulnaria) auricularia, L., var. contracta, Kobelt. Elle differe des individus de la faune littorale par ses dimensions plus faibles (hauteur 19 mm., largeur 16 mm.) et par la plus grande fragilité de sa coquille. Deux faits nous font considérer cette Limnée, non pas comme un individu amené accidentellement dans les grands fonds du lac, mais comme une espéce appartenant normalement a la faune profonde: 1. lorsqu’elle a été ramenée a la surface, son poumon était plein d’eau (il l’était encore lorsque le Dr. Penard m’apporta Yanimal); 2. les excréments qu’elle a rendus ¢étaient composés de ce limon impalpable, caractéristique pour les grandes profondeurs des lacs. Cette Limnée présentait en outre d'autres particularités curieuses qu’on observe pas chez les LZ. auricularia du littoral. Ses téguments étaient teintés en rose-saumon, toutes les parties du moins qui ne sont pas recouvertes par la coquille. Elle sécrétait constamment un mucus trés abondant, coloré également en rose-saumon. L’abondance de ce mucus était telle qu’il formait sur toute la paroi du cristallisoir dans lequel vivait la Limnée, une couche de plusieurs millimétres d’épaisseur. Examiné au microscope ce mucus se montre parfaite- ment homogeéne. II est coagulable par I’alcool et ce dernier liquide en dissont la mati¢re colorante. L’alcool, ainsi teinté en rose-saumon, se décolore au bout de quelques jours, sous l’action de la lumicre probablement. Nous avons débité en coupes cette Limnée et nous avons constaté que, dans les téguments, les glandes mucipares et les glandes calcaires étaient tres développées, en nombre et en dimensions. En outre, sur les cotés du pied et sur toute sa longeur, au dessous de la couche glandulaire tégumentaire, on remarque un dépot tres important de corpuscules calcaires. Ceux-ci sont incolores, translucides, sphériques ou irréguliers; les plus grands atteignent o.12 mm. de diamétre. Ils sont contenus, non pas dans des cellules, mais dans la masse musculo-conjonctive du pied. 36 THE ANATOMY OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF THE GENUS SOLEN. Pt.i. By H. H. BLOOMER. (Plates ii—iii.) In working at the anatomy of the various British species of the genus Solen, I was somewhat surprised to find that, while S. enszs and S. siliqua are in their structure very similar to each other, they differ very materially from S. marginatus, the latter exhibiting many points of interest. Apart from this, Solen also presents many interesting features when compared with other types of the Pelecypoda. Further, on looking through the literature, I have failed to find any work dealing fully with the anatomy of the genus. Menegaux* has described at length the circulatory system, and Pelseneer,? Barrois,* Lang,* Faussek* and others, have made reference to other portions of the anatomy, but have not dealt systematically with it. There are four species of Solen recognised as British, viz., S. ensis, L., S. siliqua, L., (S. marginatus, Pult. and Don. or S. vagina, L.), and S. pellucidus, Penn. In the latest classification, enszs and stliqua are placed in the genus Ens?s, Schum., pellucidus in the genus Cultellus, Schum., leaving only one species, marginatus or vagina, in Linné’s genus Solen. I purpose dealing with this question in a later paper. It is my intention in the present paper to deal with the external characters, the musculature, and the alimentary canal of the first three species, and in a future contribution to complete the anatomy of the same, and the whole of the anatomy of S. pellucidus. I desire to express my thanks to the Council of the Birmingham Natural History and Philosophical Society for the grant they have made me towards defraying the expenses in connection with this work; also to Mr. Walter E. Collinge for the kindly advice he has extended to me. EXTERNAL CHARACTERS. Solen ensis, L. (Pl. u, fig. 2). S. ensis is an elongated animal, measuring in length from six to seven times the measurement from the dorsal to the ventral surface at . Recherches sur la circulation des Lamellibranches Marins, pp. 170, Besancon, 18go. Introduction & l'étude des Mollusques, 18904. Revue biol. du Nord de la France, 1890,.T. ii, pp. 20g—229, 299—311, 351, 356. Text book of Comparative Anatomy, 1896, pt. ii. Trudui St Peterb. Obshch., xxviii, pp. 213—270, 2 pls. OP WN » BLOOMER: ON THE BRITISH SPECIES OF THE GENUS SOLEN. 37 its widest part. It curves a little dorsally, is bilaterally symmetrical, and is enclosed ventrally by the concrescence of the edges of the mantle lobes, with the exception of the apertures at the anterior and posterior ends, and a fourth aperture situated nearly at the centre of the ventral surface. The periostracum passes from the outside of the shell to the edges of the mantle lobes, to which it adheres. The pallial muscles form a deep band along the margin of the mantle lobes, and at the anterior end, surround the pedal aperture, through which the foot is protruded. At the posterior end the muscles assume a more circular condition, and give rise to the siphon con- taining the afferent and efferent chambers. On separating and turning back the left mantle lobe, it is seen that the foot projects from nearly the centre of the ventral surface of the animal and proceeds in an anterior direction. A little anterior to the foot is the mouth, and in the front of the mouth the broad anterior adductor muscle (PI. ii, fig. 2, 4.A.). On each side of the viscero-pedal mass are the labial palps, and commencing between and _ passing posterior to them, are the two pairs of gills which extend to the siphon. The anus opens into the cloacal chamber from a free portion of the rectum, behind the posterior adductor muscle. The siphon consists of two separate chambers, the upper one the exhalent, the lower one the inhalent. The free portions of the siphonal chambers are short, and separate from each other, both are encircled with a fringe of pale tentacles, and at the distal end of each chamber are two flaps forming the valve. The fourth aperture is an elliptical opening which narrows very much at the inside edge of the mantle lobes ; around the inside of it, but near the outer edge, is a row of tentacles, those on the one side alternating with those on the opposite side. The tentacles and surface of the lobes bordering the opening are of a lighter or paler colour. On the inside of each mantle lobe is a groove passing dorsally from this aperture towards the foot, and in it lie the distal portions of the labial palps. Solen siliqua, L. (PI. ii, fig. 3). This species very closely resembles S. enszs in its external characters, only it is larger, and quite straight along its dorsal surface. Solen marginatus, Pult. and Don. (PI. u, fig. 4). Externally this species exhibits many points of difference when compared with S. ensis. It is shorter, and, like S. siliqua, straight along its dorsal surface. The pallial muscles are more strongly devel- oped, while at its anterior end in the muscular part of the mantle 38 BLOOMER: ON THE BRITISH SPECIES OF THE GENUS SOLEN. lobes which encircle the pedal aperture, is a groove, in which the constricted part of the shell lies, from which character arises the name of the species. The most important feature, however, appears to be the non-existence of the fourth aperture, and of the labial grooves on the inside of the mantle lobes. The diminution in the length of the animal, when compared with S. ens’s and S. s¢liqua, is seen to be in the portion anterior to the foot. Just in front of the mouth, the mus- cular portion of the ventral integument terminates abruptly, and with the lips formed by the fusion of the labial palps, projects anteriorly. The anterior adductor is not so broad as in the two preceding species. It is also observable through the transparent ventral integument, that the liver does not project anterior to the mouth. The foot is larger, and has a more massive appearance. The siphon is much longer than in S. ensés, and in one piece, though it shows clearly that at one time it was two distinct siphons. Both internally and externally, the chambers exhibit a transverse and longitudinal ribbing, and the free end of each is encircled with a row of tentacles. The periostracum passes from the outside of the shell to the mantle lobe, to which it firmly adheres, and then forms a free border, particularly so at the anterior and posterior ends. The bases of the two inner gills are joined and enclose the cloacal chamber for the greater portion of its length, whereas in S. ensis and S. siliqua, I have found in the course of examination of a large number of specimens, they are not so connected. MUSCULATURE. Solen ensis, L. (Pl. 11, fig. 1 and Pl. 11, fig. 5). i. The Pallial Muscles.—The muscles along the edge of the mantle lobe, or the muscles of the pallial edge (Pl. u, fig. 1, Pal. M’.), form a deep and thick band. They are.composed of closely arranged bundles, running in a ventral direction, at right angles to the mantle edge, and become closer as they approach the line of concrescence of the two lobes, where the thickness is further increased by another band of muscles traversing each lobe parallel to the pallial edge. The mantle lobe attains its maximum thickness just ventral to the line of its ad- herence to the shell. At the anterior end, the pallial muscles form a circular growth enclosing the pedal aperture (PI. ii, fig. 1, Pal. M.), and have two lateral portions, which are free and to a considerable extent close the aperture on the withdrawal of the foot. The circular muscular arrangement is the same at the posterior end, where, how- BLOOMER: ON THE BRITISH SPECIES OF THE GENUS SOLEN. 39 ever, its continuity is more complete, and it is also more developed, forming the proximal end of the siphon. Along the whole dorsal surface of the animal is a muscular integu- ment (PI. ui, fig. 1, Znt. D.), consisting of transversely crossed muscles ; these are further crossed and intertwined with longitudinal muscles of the raised and fluted portion along the median line. ‘The integument is joined to the pallial muscles of the anterior and posterior ends, and is also connected with the posterior adductor and _ retractor muscles, the dorsal portion of the foot, and the teeth of the hinge of the shell valves. Behind the posterior adductor muscle it is much more developed and is attached laterally to the valves, in consequence of which it appears as a continuation of the posterior adductor muscle. The anterior adductor muscle (PI. u, fig. 1, A.A.), is an extremely broad plate of muscles, extending from a position a little anterior to the mouth to the pallial muscles, bordering the pedal aperture, to which it is united. The posterior adductor muscle (Pl. u, fig. 1, P.A.), is also plate- shaped, but is not nearly so wide as the anterior adductor. It is connected on its anterior side with the retractor pedis posterior (PI. ii, fig. 1, P.R.P.), while on the opposite side it joins the circular mus- cular growth supporting the siphon. Over and connected with it, runs the dorsal muscular integument. iu. The Pedal Muscles.—The foot is a narrow and elongated body, somewhat flattened laterally with a tendency to be keeled ventrally and grooved dorsally. In it are three kinds of muscles. The first consisting of longitudinal, the second of circular and semicircular, and the third of transverse and oblique muscles, the whole being enclosed in a muscular integument. When examined in detail, there are seen on each lateral side two groups of longitudinal muscles (PI. u, fig. r, and Pl. i, fig. 5, Lo.M/.) which traverse the whole length of foot, and between each of these groups is a semicircular band, passing from the dorsal to the ventral surface (Pl. 1, fig. 5, Sem.4.). Bordering the dorsal and ventral surfaces of the pedal cavity, are two rows of bundles of transverse muscles (PI. u, fig. 1, and Pl. i, fig. 5). The ends of these bundles spread out and their fibres pass between the inner longitudinal muscles, to the inner sides of the bands of semicir- cular muscles, while from the outer sides of these bands, muscular fibres or oblique muscles (PI. 111, fig. 5, Ob.4.) pass in greater numbers, between the outer longitudinal muscles to the muscular integument. Towards the distal end of the foot these semicircular muscles gradu- ally come together, first ventrally, then dorsally, and eventually form 40 BLOOMER: ON THE BRITISH SPECIES OF THE GENUS SOLEN. a continuous circular band. Afterwards they and the transverse muscles, which become irregular in their distribution, fray out, and the whole form a network of muscular fibres. At the proximal and posterior end of the foot is the retractor pedis posterior muscle (PI. i, fig. 1, P.2.P.), which, prior to its attach- ment to the valves of the shell, bifurcates and forms the right and left muscles. At the anterior end of the proximal portion of the foot are the retractor pedis anterior muscles (PI. ui, fig. 1, P.R.A., P..A’.). Each of these is a long rounded muscle passing from the foot along the ventral integument, and on leaving this, the muscle bifurcates, the two portions then passing through the liver and dorsal integument to the shell. The posterior bifurcation is the shorter one and it passes directly to the valve. ‘The anterior one is much longer, and passes in an oblique direction over part of the anterior adductor muscle to the valve. At its junction with the foot, the fibres spread out and pass directly on the inside of the longitudinal muscles to the ventral and ventrolateral surfaces. On each side of the foot a muscular band (Pl. u, fig. 1, PP.) runs along the anterior ventral integument, in close proximity to the anterior retractor pedis, to the anterior adductor muscle to which it is attached, but has no connection with the shell. Possibly this repre- sents the protractor pedis anterior, as I have been unable to trace any other muscle likely to correspond to it. The dorsal part of the foot has also on each side, a slight muscular connection (Pl. u, fig. 1, P.#/.) with the muscular dorsal integument, but it has no attachment to the shell, and so far as I have been able to ascertain, this is all that remains of the muscle representing the elevator pedis. Solen siliqua, L. The muscular system in every way resembles that of S. enszs, and does not call for any special comment. olen marginatus, Pult. and Don. (PI. u, fig. 4). In comparison with S. ensis, the muscles in this species are much more powerfully developed. The pallial muscles are wider and thicker, and at the posterior end, the circular portion carrying the siphon is considerably wider and more strongly built. The anterior adductor muscle is not nearly so broad, while the posterior adductor is normal. The free portion of the retractor pedis anterior is much shorter, the bifurcated parts lie much closer together, and the fibres crossing the foot pursue a more posterior direction, and pass underneath instead of over the longitudinal muscles, and are embedded in the muscular BLOOMER: ON THE BRITISH SPECIES OF THE GENUS SOLEN. 41 integument of the foot. On the ventral integument there is only a very slight trace of the muscle connecting the foot with the anterior adductor muscle. The arrangement of the muscles of the foot is similar to that in S. ensis, only they are much more powerfully developed, and passing posteriorly, spread out sooner into the muscular network, as noticed in the distal portion of the foot of S. ensis, THe ALIMENTARY CANAL. Solen ensis, DL. The fore-gut and the greater portion of the mid-gut and liver lie anterior to the viscero-pedal mass, which, in its distal portion, contains the caecum of the crystalline style, and the posterior portion of the left lobe of the liver. The mouth (Pl. u, fig. 2, M.) opens externally as a transverse slit of the body integument on its ventral surface. Its situation 1s ante- rior to the foot, but posterior to the anterior adductor muscle, and between the lips formed by the fusion of the labial palps. The outer palps give rise to the anterior or upper lip, and the inner ones to the posterior or lower lip: (Pl. u, fig. 2, A.L., P.L.). The oesophagus (PI. ii, fig. 2, Oe.) is short, slightly curved, and soon widens into the stomach on its anterio-ventral surface. The stomach is an irregularly shaped sac, divided into several parts, while the right lateral half differs from the left half. For the sake of convenience, it 1s proposed to use the following terms for the different divisions : oesophagael—for the anterio-ventral portion, cardiac—for the portion dorsal to the oesophagael, and pyloric—for the posterior portion. The left oesophagael portion (PI. iu, fig. 6, Oe. St.) is somewhat muscular, with a few slight folds of its walls, and is bordered by a mus- cular ridge (PI. iii, fig. 6, I.2.C.), culminating at the posterio-dorsal edge with a more muscular papilla (Pl. iu, figs. 6 and 11, MP). From the base of this papilla two other muscular ridges diverge, dividing the remaining portion of the side into three parts. The middle portion occupies a ventrolateral position, adjoining the oesophagael part, and in a narrow and deep cavity. (PI. i, fig. 6, Cav.). At its distal end it receives the small bile duct (PI. iii, figs. 6 and 11, Cav.). It is separated from the pyloric portion by the muscular ridge passing ventrally (Pl. 11, fig. 6, W.R.P.), whereas the ridge running in a dorsal direction (PI. iu, fig. 6, Jf.#.C.) divides the cardiac from the pyloric portion. The former isa large, deep, pocket-shaped lobe lying dorsal 42 BLOOMER: ON THE BRITISH SPECIES OF THE GENUS SOLEN. to the oesophagael part, and projecting anteriorly to it. The pyloric portion is not so deep, or so large, and rises at its posterior end. The right side of the oesophagael portion is smaller than the left side, but is likewise bordered by a slight muscular ridge (PI. iu, fig. 7, M.R.O.). The remaining portion of this side is large, but is not divided in the same manner as the left half into cardiac and pyloric portions. At the anterior lateral end, just above the cardio-oesophagael ridge, it receives the large bile duct (PI. iii, fig. 7, B.D¢.), and, at its posterior end on its ventral side, the intestine leaves it (PI. ii, fig. 7, In.). The posterior end of the pyloric portion of the stomach con- tracts to form the caecum (PI. ii, fig. 7, C.C.) containing the crystalline style. The caecum is of considerable length extending in a posterio- ventral direction through the proximal portion of the foot. The crystalline style (PI. ili, fig. 7, C.S.) is a long rod of a light brown colour, traversing the whole of the caecum and the centre of the stomach, in a course tending from the left to the right side, to the anterior wall of the cardiac portion, where it generally has a hooked termination, A transverse section of S. siliqgua shows the epithelium (PI. ii, fig. 10, Hp.C.) of the caecum to be very characteristic, and in marked contrast to that of the adjoining intestine. It consists of long regular columnar cells, with the nuclei generally situated nearer to the free end than the proximal one. The nuclei are so regularly placed that they appear to form a continuous ring around it. The cells stain deeply at the free end, and earry a dense mass of long cilia. A section through the anterior part of the caecum shows a curious growth in the end lying near the intestine, where there is a fibrous mass (PI. ili, fig. 10, «) coming from the caecal wall; this afterwards gradually disappears. After the intestine leaves the stomach, it proceeds to the foot where it makes a large number of closely lying convolutions (PI. ii, fig. 2, C.In.), then describing a semi-circular course round the base of the caecum, containing the crystalline style, and between the transverse pedal muscles (PI. ii, fig. 2, 7.P.1.), it passes along the dorsal side of the caecum, on which it forms three large loops, and shortly afterwards another one, then at the posterio-dorsal part of the stomach, it turns, and as the rectum (Pl. ii, fig. 2, R) pursues a straight posterior course, passing through the pericardium, and encircled by the ventricle. (PI. ii, fig. 2, V.) It continues over the posterior adductor muscle (PI. 11, fig. 2, P.R.P.), and enters the cloacal cavity, where, having become free, it terminates at the bi-lobed anus. (PI. ii, fig. 2, A.) BLOOMER: ON THE BRITISH SPECIES OF THE GENUS SOLEN. 43 The folding and exact position of the folds vary somewhat in different specimens, but this is probably due to the extent of the contraction or distension of the proximal part of the foot. When the intestine leaves the stomach, the wall on the one side is invaginated, and forms the typhlosole, which extends along the convoluted part of the intestine (PI. 1, fig. 2, C.J.) near to where it passes the distal end of the caecum containing the crystalline style. The typhlosole commences with a slight invagination of the wall of the intestine, this gradually increases in size and flattens out (PI. iii, fig. 8, 7'y.); at the same time, its walls become folded, and the width across the base is diminished. Towards its termination, it decreases in size and ends in the folded walls of the intestine. The typhlosole is lined with ciliated epithelium, and the inside of it is filled with connective tissue. A transverse section of 8. siliqua (Pl. iii, fig. 9, Zy.) across one of the first convolutions show the typhlosole of the one fold to be joined by connective tissue to the typhlosole of the opposite fold, without any divisional wall. The tricuspid body, or the fléche tricuspide, in the specimens examined, occupied the posterior portion of the stomach, with branches radiating from the muscular papilla into the lobes, and undoubtedly reminds one of what Fischer® described as a body shaped like the screw propeller of a boat. The digestive gland or liver (Pl. ii, fig. 2) is a large organ lying around the stomach, and covering the greater portion of it. The right lobe (PI. iu, fig. 12, RZ.) spreads over the right and anterior sides, and projects over the anterior adductor muscle, while the left lobe (PI. ii, fig. 12, Z.Z.) covers the left and ventral sides and projects posteriorly for some distance under the caecum of the crystalline style. The large bile duct, with branches ramifying the right lobe (Pl. iii, fig. 12, B.Dt.), enters the cardiac part of the stomach on the right anterio-lateral side, and the small bile duct, though of no inconsiderable size, ramifies the left lobe (PI. iil, fig. 12, B.D¢’.), and enters the small middle cavity situated between the cardiac and pyloric portions. Solen siliqua, L. The alimentary canal (Pl. 1, fig. 3.) is in all its important points similar to that of S. ensds, but differs somewhat from it in detail. The oesophagus is straighter. The stomach is similar to that in S. ensis, but the divisions are more pronounced. The cardiac (6.) Manuel d. Conchyliologie, 1887, p. 41. 44 BLOOMER: ON THE BRITISH SPECIES OF THE GENUS SOLEN. portion (PI. iii, figs. 13 and 14, C.Sf.) does not project so far anteriorly, nor does the posterior end of the pyloric portion rise so much dorsally. The muscular papilla is more central, and the folds of the stomach are more distinct. (PI. i, fig. 13). The intestine leaves the pyloric portion more posteriorly, and is joined for some distance to the caecum of the crystalline style by connective tissue. This, however, appears to be subject, in some specimens, to some slight variation where a small portion of the liver interposes between them. ‘The intestine after it has passed round the distal end of the caecum of the crystalline style, assumes a larger number of folds, and in some specimens it presents a very folded condition. (PI. u, fig. 3). Solen marginatus, Pult. and Don. The alimentary canal of S. marginatus (Pl. ii, fig. 4), presents many points of difference when compared with either S. ensts or S. siliqua. The mouth (PI. ii, fig. 4, M7.) is situated some distance anterior to the stomach, and not ventrally as in the before-mentioned species. The lips formed by the labial palps are directed forwardly (Pl. u, fig. 4, A.L., P.L.). The oesophagus is longer and proceeds poste- riorly to the oesophagael portion of the stomach (PI. i, figs. 15 and 16). The stomach (PI. ii, fig. 4, S¢.) lies in a more posterior position over the distal end of the foot, and whilst retaining the characteristic divisions as described in S. ensds, presents several striking modifications. The muscular wall (Figs. 15 and 16, M.2.0.), dividing the oesophagael from the cardiac portion, is much more developed and very muscular, and projects a considerable distance into the stomach, thus separating the anterior part of these divisions from each other. The caecum of the crystalline style, which is of greater length, leaves the pyloric portion on its ventral surface, curves and passes in an anterior direction near the ventral wall of the pedal cavity. (Pl. u, fig. 4, C.C.). The intestine (Fig. 4, C.Jn. and In.) pursues a course similar to that of S. ensis, and is for a long distance joined with connective tissue to the caecum of the crystalline style, both in going, and in returning along it, and afterwards forms only two or three small folds on the dorsal surface of the caecum, before passing into the rectum. The liver surrounds the stomach and oesophagus, but a large part of it is situated ventrally to the stomach, and extending backwards, encloses a portion of the proximal parts of the intestine and caecum of the crystalline style. (PI. i, fig. 4). BLOOMER : ON THE BRITISH SPECIES OF THE GENUS SOLEN. REFERENCE LETTERS. Anus. Anterior adductor muscle. Anterior aorta. Anterior lip. Large bile duct. Small bile duct. Small cavity receiving the small bile duct. Caecum of crystalline style. Convoluted portion of intes- tine. Cerebro-pedal connective. Cerebro-visceral connective. Connective tissue. Crystalline style. Cardiac portion of stomach. Epithelium. Ciliated epithelium. Columnar epithelium. Foot. Intestine. Dorsal integument. Liver. Left lobe of liver. Longitudinal muscles. Mouth. Muscular papilla. Muscular ridge separating the oesophagael from the cardiac portion of the stomach. Muscular ridge separating the cardiac from the pyloric portion of the stomach. Muscular ridge separating the small cavity receiving small bile duct, from pyloric portion. Ob. M. Oe. Oe. St. PA’ PFN. PTE al, M. -al, M! IS YE Sis PRA. PRA! R. Sem. AL. SW Sze Ste US IE AVE V. xe 45 Oblique Muscles. Oesophagus. Oesophagael of stomach, Posterior abductor muscle. Muscle representing elevator pedis. Posterior lip. Pallial muscles. Muscles of _ pallial edge enclosing pe- dal aperture. Muscle representing protractor pedis. portion Pyloric portion of stomach. Bifurcated parts of retractor pedis an- terior. Bifurcated parts of retractor pedis pos- terior. Rectum. Semicircular muscles. Exhalent chamber of siphon. Inhbalent chamber of siphon. Stomach. Transver-e muscles. Typhlosole. Ventricle. Fibrous mass of the caecum of the crystalline style. pedal 46 BLOOMER: ON Fig. Pig. 12: Big. 3: Fig. 4. Big. 5 igs, 16: Inter, ye lees, Sy Fig. 9. Fig. 10. Fig. 11. Fig. 12. Fig. 13. Fig. 14. Fig. 15. Fig. 16. THE BRITISH SPECIES OF THE GENUS SOLEN. EXPLANATION OF PLATES II AND III. Solen ensis. do. Solen siliqua. Solen marginatus. Solen ensis. do. do. Solen siliqua. do. do. do. Solen ensis. Solen siliqua. do. Muscular system. x %. View from the right side showing alimentary canal, SC x 2: View from the right side showing alimentary canal, Cie, Seek View from the right side showing alimentary canal, Transverse section of the animal showing the liver, stomach, oesophagus, musculature of the foot, CO eI Longitudinal section of the stomach, showing the internal structure of the left side. x 4. Longitudinal section of the stomach, showing the internal structure of the right side. x 4. Transverse section through intestine, showing the posterior portion of the typhlosole. x 12. Transverse section through a convolution of the in- testine showing the fold of the typhlosole. x 13. Transverse section through the anterior portion of the caecum of the crystalline style and intestine, showing the columnar epithelial lining of the former, and the ciliated epithelial lining of the latter, x45. Transverse section of the stomach passing through the muscular papilla and small bile-duct. x 8. Semi-diagrammatic view of the ventral portion of stomach, showing bile-ducts and their ramifica- tions in the lobes of the liver. Longitudinal section of the stomach showing internal structure of the left side. x4. Longitudinal section of the stomach showing internal structure of the right side. x 4. Solen marginatus, Longitudinal section of the stomach showing do. internal structure of the left side. x 3. Longitudinal section of the stomach showing internal structure of the right side. x 3. the Journ.of Malacology, 1901, Vol.VIIL, pt2. Th Wee Vee p My Winter, Frankiort°N, Verner & Lith F.J.P. del.ad nat. ANAT OIMY JOE 7S OUGE Ne Journ.of Malacology,1901, Vol-VIII, p*2. Sem. Me 5 xf¥e Figs.6,7, 13-16. F.J.P. de Figs. 5, 8-12. H.H.B.del.ad nat. Jad nat. Lith .Wemer &Winter, Frankfort? 1. ANATOMY OF SOLEN. 47 NOTES ON SOME KNOWN SPECIES OF PLECTOPYLIS, AND DESCRIPTION OF A NEW VARIETY OF PLECTOPYLIS PLECTOSTOMA, BENS. By G. K GUDE, E:Z:S: SINCE concluding my series of articles on the genus Plectopylis in “Science Gossip” I have received from various sources a number of shells of this group. From Mr. E. Boubée of Paris I have received a specimen of P. jovia, Mab., and one of P. schlumbergeri, Morlet, and from Mr. W. F. Webb, of Albion, N.Y., one specimen of P. villedaryi, Ancey ; three species, the armature of which I had not hitherto examined. These materials enable me to supplement my remarks on these structures in “Science Gossip,” 1897, N.S., vol. iv, pp. 738, 139, and to add figures of the plates, folds, and denticles zn sztw. A comparison of these three species has shown that they are very closely allied, and that there is no difference of diagnostic value between the armatures. They differ, however, in external aspect sufficiently to rank as separate forms. PP. jovia is the largest of the three, while P. villedaryi is the smallest, P. schlumbergert being intermediate in size. The latter may also be distinguished by the raised flexuous ridge on the parietal callus, being much less developed than in the other two species, where this process assumes a tongue- shaped form. a. b. Fig. 1.—Plectopylis jovia. a. Parietal armature. b. Palatal armature. In P. jovia the palatal folds numbers 2, 3, 4 and 5 are more vertical, and their extremities more angularly deflected, than in P. schlumbergert, while the parietal plate in the former is stronger and more curved than in the latter. 48 GUDE: ON SOME KNOWN SPECIES OF PLECTOPYLIS. ae Za Z ———a a. b. Fig. 2.—Plectopylis schlumbergert. a, Parietal armature. b. Palatal armature. Plectopylis schlumbergeri, as already stated, is intermediate in size between P. jovia and P. villedaryi, and the flexuous ridge on the parietal callus is much more depressed. ‘The figure of the anterior view of the armature given by me in “Science Gossip,” 1897, N.S., vol. iv, p. 138, copied from the Journal de Conchyliologie is un- satisfactory, and I am pleased to be able to figure these structures in situ. a. MEANS Fig. 3.—Plectopylis villedaryit. a. Embryonic armature. b. Palatal armature of mature shell. My specimen of P. villedaryi, does not possess the upper denticle in front of the parietal plate, shown in Mr. Pilsbry’s figure in the Manual of Conchology, 1893 (2), vol. vill, pl. 43, fig. 39, copied by me #. €., P- 130, fig. Gob, My shell was found to contain two embryos. As no embryonal armature had hitherto come under my observation, I was surprised to find that even at this early age, the creature is provided with rudi- mentary barriers. I have given a figure of the aperture of one of these embryos (Fig. 3a.). The armature here simply consists of four short denticles: one on the parietal wall, the other three on the outer wall—one above and two below the periphery ; all four are situate at the aperture. Plectopylis lepida, Gude. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., March, 1goo (s. 7), vol. v, p. 313. Hab.—Tinh-Tuc, Tonkin. This species is now figured for the first time. The vertical palatal folds overlap the parietal plate, leaving scarcely any room for GUDE: ON SOME KNOWN SPECIES OF PLECTOPYLIS. 49 Fig. 4.—Plectopylis lepida. a. b. c. Shell, natural size. d. Parietal armature. e. Palatal armature. f, Posterior view of parietal and palatal armature. the animal to emerge. The species is unique among its allies in having two horizontal palatal folds above the three vertical folds. In this respect it shows a certain affinity with the Burmese P. achatina and its allies; and this affinity is further evidenced by the fact that the three vertical folds are united by a low ridge; the sinuses between these folds would only have to be filled in, to constitute the single vertical plate characteristic of the group of P. achatina. Fig. 5.— Plectopylis plectostoma v. exserta. a. b. c. Shell, natural size. d. Outline of the spire, enlarged. Plectopylis plectostoma var. exserta, n.v. Figs. 5a—d. Differs from the type in the peripheral keel being exserted. The shell is also larger and more solid. More than thirty specimens were received from a native collector. Figure 5d shows the outline of the spire enlarged. Major diam. 10°5, minor 9°75; alt. 7 mm. Hab.—Khasi Hills, Assam. Type in my collection. 50 NOTE ON THE ANATOMY OF AMPHIDROMUS PALACEUS, MOUSS. By WALTER —E. COLLINGE. (Plate iv.) DurRING the past few years considerable attention has been given to the anatomy and classification of the different species of Amphidromus. Wiegmann ? has described in great detail the structure of A. adamsi, Rve., A. porcellanus, Mouss., and A. contrarius, Miill., and later ? that of A. porcellanus, Mouss., and A. sinistralis, Rve. Jacobi? has given a valuable account of two Malayan species—A. chloris, Rve., and A. ¢nterruptus, Mull., while Pilsbry* has recently written on the sub-genus Beddomea, Nev., shewing its affinities to Amphidromus. Some short time ago I received from Mr. H. Rolle of Berlin, two examples of A. palaceus, Mouss., from Java, of which I am now able to give a short account of the internal structure. Fulton® and Pilsbry® both assign this species to the ‘Group of A. javanicus,’ none of the species of which, have as yet been anatomically described. A, palaceus differs from all the above mentioned species in many characters, but particularly in the form and structure of the generative organs and free muscles. The Generative Organs.—(Pl. iv, figs. 3—5).—The vestibule is small, beyond it is the vagina, a long, wide tube, the internal walls of which are thrown into a series of longitudinal plications, with short, fine transverse folds connecting them (PI. iv, fig. 5). At the point where the receptacular duct and free-oviduct enter the vagina, it dilates to form a wide sac. The penis is a somewhat short, bulbous sac, and distally gives place to a long, densely coiled tube, the epiphallus, which penetrates the distal wall of the penis and terminates in a bluntly ending, fleshy papilla (Pl. iv, fig. 4, Zool. Ergebnisse einer Reise in Niederland. Ost. Indien, 1893, Bd. ii, pp. 1g1—210, T. xiv—xv. Abhandl. d. Senckenb. naturf. Gesell., 1898, pp. 289557, T. xxi—xxxi. Archiv fur Naturgesch. Berlin, 1895, pp. 293—318, T. xiv. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., rgor, vol. iv, pp. 158—162, pl. xvi. Ann. Mag. N. H., 1894 (ser. 6), vol. xvii, pp. 66—69, pls. v—vii. Man. Conch., ser. ii, 1900, vol. xiii, p. 134. H OR COLLINGE: ON ANATOMY OF AMPHIDROMUS. ies f. p.); beyond the epiphallus there is a long flagellum, the extreme distal portion of which is folded upon itself, and forms a globose sac, with a short fleshy appendix (PI. iv, fig. 4, ap.). Internally the wall of the penis is seen to consist of a series of muscular folds, which form a fringe distally around the fleshy papilla. Around the base of the papilla is a deep groove, from which arise a series of very fine grooves coming up on all sides towards the somewhat crescent-shaped opening (Pl. iv, fig. 4). The retractor muscle of the penis is short, and inserted on the right side towards its middle. The receptacular duct enters the vagina to the left of the free-oviduct. It is a long, wide tube, gradually tapering and terminating in the ovoid receptaculum seminis. In life the duct is richly pigmented and coiled around the common duct, so that the receptaculum seminis lies at the side of the albumen gland. Internally the lower portion shows a rich folding of the wall, which gives place to a series of longitudinal folds distally. The free-oviduct is very. short. The common duct is closely wound upon itself for the greater part of its length. The albumen gland is small. he hermaphrodite gland is somewhat fan-shaped, with a fairly large, twisted duct. The Free Muscles. (PI. iv, figs. 1, 2, 6).—The buccal retractor consists of three more or less fused bands, inserted on the ventral side of the buccal cavity (PI. iv, figs. 1, 2, 6). It is not united to the ocular retractors, which are free. The right ocular anteriorly consists of the superior and inferior oculars, and then fuses with the pedal muscles, and is continued posteriorly as two bands. The left ocular anteriorly is similar to the right one, posteriorly it is continued as a single band. Lying between the two oculars and dorsal to them (in dissection) is the large columella muscle. ‘The retractor of the penis has already been mentioned, it arises from the diaphragm. The Pallial Region. Pl. iv, fig. 7).—The kidney is a long, narrow, ribbon-like body measuring 47 millim. in length, and varying from 4°5 millim. to 5°5 millim. in breadth. The pericardium is 9 millim. in length. Compared with the species which have so far been anatomically described, the following features seem to characterize A. palaceus. 1.—In the general form of the generative organs there are minor features, and more important ones in the form and structure of the penis and epiphallus. 2.—The form and position of the free muscles. 3.—The general characters of the kidney, ureter, etc. 52 COLLINGE: ON ANATOMY OF AMPHIDROMUS. EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV. Amphidromus palaceus, Mouss. Fig. g Lateral view of the buccal mass and oesophagus. x14. Ventral view of the same. x14. The generative organs. x14. Penis dissected to show the fleshy papilla and internal wall. Vagina dissected to show the internal structure. Retractor muscles. Portion of the pallial complex. x1. Bu Nhe CS i REFERENCE LETTERS. alb. gl. Albumen gland. pr. Prostate. an. Anal aperture. POR Pedal retractors. ap. Appendix. Paws Pulmonary vein. au. Auricle. 'F Rectum. & G. Buccal cavity. 1. ap. Renal aperture. Oi. Buccal retractor. ie he Receptacular duct. C. Ml. Columellar muscle. rm. Retractor of penis. ep. Fpiphallus. 7.0.7. Right ocular retractor. ji. Flagellum, (oO Receptaculum seminis. i Of Free-oviduct. Sid. Salivary duct. Seb: Fleshy-papilla. 5. gt. Salivary gland. lan Uh Hermaphrodite duct. Lis Superior ocular retractor. h. gl. Hermaphrodite gland. t. Inferior ocular retractor. k Kidney. 27". Ureter. 4.0.7. Left ocular retractor. Oss Vas deferens. we C&sophagus. v. Vestibule. Ov. Oviduct. ve. Ventricle. p: Penis. ZUG, Vagina. pe. Pericardium. w. ~. ¢. Wall of pulmonary cavity. DESCRIPTION OF TWO NEW SPECIES OF MICROPARMARION FROM THE ANDAMAN ISLANDS: A CORRECTION. By WALTER E. COLLINGE, ' The University, Birmingham. By a regrettable error, the two new species of Microparmarion (M, mollendorfi and M. andamanica) described in this Journal in March last (p. 16) were stated to have come from the Andaman Islands. Dr. O. F. von Mollendorff, however, writes me “they came from Annam, where Mr. Roebelen collected them. A distinct locality was not given, but they are from the Mekong valley.” (¢z /¢¢f. April 6th.) Unfortunate as the name of the second species is, it appears better to allow it to remain. Journ.of Malacology,1901, Vol. VI, pt 2. SANE SQ. 4.x4, EJP del. ad nat. AS.Huth, Lith? London. ANATOMY OF AMPHIDROMUS. ih PROCEEDINGS OF THE MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 53 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 25TH MEETING, FEBRUARY I5TH, I9QOI. The President in the chair. PAPER READ. ‘‘On the Anatomy and Systematic Position of the Genus Apera., Heyn.” By the President. EXHIBITS. By Mr. Bloomer: Shells of Helix arbustorum from Nevin. By Mr. Breeden: Shells of H. arbustorum from Dudley Castle, Brodlip, Lynton and Doncaster. By Mr. Overton: Shells of H. arbustorum from Dudley, Dover, Canterbury and the Isle of Wight. By the President : Specimens of various species of Atopos, 26TH MEETING, MARCH 8TH, I90I. The President in the chair. EXHIBITS. The President showed and explained some sections illustrating the various glands met with in the integument of molluscs. By Mr. Breeden: Shells of Helix cantiana from Portsdown, Ingleton and Lewes ; also shells of H. cartusiana from Dover, Newhaven and Lewes, Sussex. By Mr. Overton: Shells of H. cantiana from Deal, Dover, Canterbury and Bridlington ; also shells of 4. cartusiana, and H. terrestris var. grisea from Dover. 27TH MEETING, APRIL 12TH, I9OI. The President in the Chair. PAPER READ. “Note on the Anatomy of Amphidromus pulaceus, Mouss.” By Walter E. Collinge. EXHIBITS. By Mr. Overton: Two interesting shells of Limnaca palustris. The first was an elongated form (30°5 x 11°5 mm.) collected in Sutton Park, the second a dwarfed, turreted form (12°5 x 7°5 mm.) from Sandwich. Both had five whorls, the latter specimen being easily contained in the mouth of the former. By the President: A small collection of marine shells from the Shetlands and Firth of Forth. CURRENT LITERATURE. Meisenheimer, J.— Entwicklungsgeschichte von Dreissensia polymorpha, Pall. Zeit. f. wiss. Zool., 1900, Bd. Ixix, pp. I—137, Tfn. i—xili, u. 18 fign, im Mext: In this work the author presents us with another of those exhaustive treatises on cell-lineage, for which the younger continental and American zoologists, following the lead of Prof. E. B. Wilson, are becoming so noted. 54 CURRENT LITERATURE. Dr. Meisenheimer, who has already given us the results of an investigation on the cell-lineage of the Pulmonata, taking Zimaz as an example, now deals with the Lamellibranchia, basing his conclusions upon a detailed study of the cleavage exhibited by the fertilized egg of Dreissensia, a particularly happy selection since this form belongs to an undoubted lowly division viz. the Filibranchia. Dreissensia is further interesting, for it alone of our fluviatile bivalves retains a free swimming Trochophore larva, a fact which is usually interpreted as indicating a comparatively recent incursion into freshwater, whereas in the other genera which have been simi- larly investigated (Cyclas by Stauffacher, and Unio by Lillie and others), the stage corresponding to this is almost wanting. Unfortunately the results to be derived from such an investigation as the above, are hardly commensurate with the toil which it involves, since the results arrived at by the now numerous investigators in this field are so uniform. We, consequently, cannot help wishing that Dr. Meisenheimer had directed his attention and marvel- lous patience towards some other group of animals less known, in this respect, than the Mollusca. With regard to the conclusions deduced from a study of this nature, we think a word of warning should be offered to those who have never attempted to trace back the ontogenetic history of any adult organ beyond its first definite appearance as a cell-complex, back to the earliest divisions of the egg, back even to one of the four primary blastomeres, These zoologists will hardly realize the difficulties and uncer- tainty which beset the attempts to identify a given cell in the different cleavage stages, and consequently they will be inclined to accept without hesitation the conclusion which investigators in this field put forward, their acceptation of these deductions will be still more readily given, if they study the beautiful figures in the monograph before us, where they will find each cell carefully lettered and its history traced, as if its existence had been followed continuously in a single specimen. This, however, is not the case, and when we consider the enormous difficulties in homologizing these cells, each having to be identified anew at every stage, since it is impossible to keep a live egg under observation for any time, it will be apparent that these numbers merely signify a certain observer's interpretation of the cells at a given stage, and consequently the conclusions cannot be unhesitatingly accepted, their main value lying in the fact that for the most part they are in accord with those of other workers in the same field of inquiry. Dr. Meisenheimer, as we have implied above, treats in great detail with the cleavage of the fertilized egg, and the subsequent fate of the derived blastomeres, and in this his observations differ in no vital respects from those of all former workers. He then traces the formation of the Trochophore and its organs. Here he is at variance in many points with most of the earlier observers, since he finds that in Dreissensia, as in Limazx, the primitive kidney is of ectodermal origin, and his figures in this respect appear to be most conclusive. One of the most interesting observations from a phylogenetic standpoint, is to be found in his account of the origin of the nervous system, where distinct pleural ganglia are seen to arise in the embryo from the post-velar ectoderm, and therefore quite distinct from the cerebral ganglia, with which, however, they eventually fuse, since the latter arise as usual from the apical plate of the velum. A most radical change in our ideas will be necessary if Dr. Meisenheimer is correct in his interpretation of the origin of the adult kidney and heart, for he would derive these organs in Dreissensia as in Limazx from the ectoderm, whereas all other CURRENT LITERATURE. 55 observers trace them to the mesoderm. We do not think that our author’s observa- tions on this point will meet with general acceptation, especially as his figures are by no means conclusive. The origin of one of these organs, the heart, has been traced so conclusively to the mesoderm in so many invertebrates, that we do not think a couple of isolated cases like these, even supposing them to be correct, can invalidate it. Our author traces the origin of all the remaining organs in the same detailed manner, but unfortunately, as it appears to us, he loses sight of the broader features of the homology and morphology of the organs in the study of the origin of their com- ponent cells. We cannot help thinking that ontogenists are tending to lose their powers of discrimination, so far as features of phylogenetic significance are con- cerned, in the minutiae of the ontogeny of the individual. The true study of phy- logeny can only be based upon a combination of comparative morphology and embryology, certainly not upon the study of embryology alone. In this respect, we think, Professor Sedgwick was right in his vigorous attack upon von Baer’s hypothesis that ontogeny recapitulated phylogeny, though he possibly carried his onslaught upon the law of recapitulation too far, but that such a warning was necessary we see daily in the ever increasing detailed ontogenetic works, and the phylogenetic conclusions based thereon. Dr. Meisenheimer concludes with a careful comparison of the Trochophore of Dreissensia with those of other Mollusca and Annelida, but even here we cannot help thinking that he has been led astray in concluding that the Trochophore is of such great phylogenetic importance. He himself states that he formerly held the reverse view, and, we think, if he had not restricted himself so much to ontogeny, he would still regard this interesting and undoubtedly important larval form as having less phylogenetic significance than he now assigns to it. Unfortunately owing to the iniquitous system at present in vogue, all the cream has been skimmed off this paper by the publication of no less than three preliminary communications, two of them being illustrated. Personally we utterly fail to under- stand why anyone should wilfully set to work to spoil his own work in this way, and can only express the pious wish, that the time will come when that horror the preliminary communication shall trouble us no more. —M. F. Woopwarp. MacMunn, C. A.—On the Gastric Gland of Mollusca and Decapod Crustacea: its Structure and Functions. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc., 1900, B. vol. 193, pp. I—34, pls. 1—4. The objects of this investigation, the author states, were ‘‘to determine (1) the form in which entero-chlorophyll and the associated pigments occur in the glandular epithelium of the gastric gland ; (2) the nature of the bodies with which the pigment is associated * * 3; (3) how this pigment is formed in the gland; and (4) if not actually formed there, how does it get into the glandular epithelial cells ;” finally the relation (if any) of Chaetopterin to entero-chlorophyll, and the general histology of the gland are discussed. From an examination of Ostrea, Patella, Aplysia, Helix, Limax, and Arion, the author shows that there is a complete absence of glycogen, that the colouring matters are taken up from the intestine and accumulated in the gland, which is capable of storing fat and pigment, and has also an excretory function. The author discusses in some detail the results of spectro-photometric observa- tions, and other points mentioned above. 56 CURRENT LITERATURE. Baleh, F. N.—List of Marine Mollusca of Coldspring Harbor, Long Island, with descriptions of one new Genus and two new species of Nudibranchs. Proc. Boston Soc. N.H., 1899, vol. 29, pp. 133—162, pl. i. The author enumerates 83 species comprised in 63 genera The new forms are Polycerella davenportii related to P. emertonti, Verrill, and Corambella (gen. nov.) depressa closely allied to Corambe sargassicola, Bgh., and C. testudinaria, H. Fisch. / Andre, E.—-Organes de défense tégumentaires des Hyalinia. Rev. Suisse de Zool., 1900, T. 8, pp. 425—433, pl. 32. The author here describes and figures certain curious structures found in the skin of different species of /yalinia, to which the name of phylacites is given. Each phylacite is enclosed in a parent-cell or phylacoblast, and consists of a transparent body composed of a transparent and more or less granulose substance, enclosing a round, ovoid or sometimes fusiform vesicle, in which are a number—3 to 21—of round or ovoid refractive spherules. The phylacoblast at first closely resembles ordinary connective tissue cells, but when the development of the phylacite is complete, the prostoplasmic contents and nucleus disappear. The expulsion of these bodies is very rapid. In certain features they resemble nematocysts and are probably defensive. The chemical composition remains uncertain. Mollendorff, 0. von.—Neue und kritische Landschnecken von Japan und den Liukiu-Inseln. Nachr. d. Deutsch. Malak. Gesell., 1900, pp. 33—45. Dr. von Mollendorff describes the following as new: Gastrodontella japonica, g. et. sp. n. Buliminus (Subzebrinus) nipponicus, Clausilia (Stereophacdusa) eurystoma, Marts., subsp. brachyptycha, C. (Megalophaedusa) fultoni, Sykes, subsp. clavula, C. (Hemiphaedusa) breviluna, C. (H.) omiensis, Cassidula plecotrematoides, subsp. japonica, Diplommatina ( Sinica) minutissima, and Georissa japonica. Mollendorff, O. von.—Zur Binnenmollusken-Fauna von Annam iy. Nachr. d. Deutsch. Malak. Gesell., 1900, pp. 45—50. The following are new: Lamprocystis annamitica, Mlldff., subsp. swbrubella, Xestina denserugata, X. tenera, X; pharangensis, Amphidromus rhodostylus, A. metabletus, subspp. pachychilus and insularis, and A. haematostoma. Dautzenberg, Ph.—Croisieres du Yacht Chazalie dans l’Atlantique. Mollusques. Mém. Soc. Zool. de France, 1900, T. xiii, pp. 145—265, pl. ix—x. The author enumerates 444 species, of these three quarters are from the Antilles and the northern coast of South America, 44 have been collected from Cape Blanc and the Bay of Lévrier, 32 from the islands of Branco, Maderia, Teneriffe, 7 from the pelagic fisheries, while the excursions on land have furnished about 40 land and freshwater species. The following species are new: Plecochilus dalmasi, Drilla rhodochroa, D. chazalici, D. claudoni, D. jousseaumei, Phos chazalici, Modulus guernei, Lucapinella versluysi, Chlamys ( Acquipecten) bavayi, Pecten chazaliei, Nucula dalmasi, Leda chazalici, Tellina ( Tellinella) versluyst. EDITOR’S NOTES. In the March issue (p. 32) we stated that a specimen of Plewrotomaria adansoniana, Cr. & Fisch., obtained in Barbados by Surgeon-Col. S. Archer, had been presented by him to the Manchester Museum. We find, however, that we were wrong in stating that this was presented by the finder. The Museum is indebted, for this valuable specimen, to the generosity of Mr. R. D. Darbishire. AGEIE LOURNAM OF MALAC OLOGY: No.3: SEPTEMBER 30TH, I9ol. Vorx Willi NOTICE SUR LE PROFESSEUR DE LACAZE-DUTHIERS. Par A. VAYSSIERE, Professeur de Zoologie « 0 Universite de Marseille, Conservateur du Muséum (Zoologie). La France vient de perdre le 21 Juillet dernier, en la personne du Professeur de Lacaze-Duthiers, un de ses savants les plus éminents. Né & Montpézat (Lot-et-Garonne) le 19 Mai 1821, aprcs avoir terminé ses études classiques, Félix] oseph Henri de Lacaze-Duthiers rent faire de la Médecine 4 Paris. Une fois Docteur, il abandonna cette carri¢re pour se consacrer A l’étude des Sciences naturelles sous la direction de Villustre zoologiste Henri Milne-Edwards. Vers 1849 il passe son doctorat es-sciences naturelles avec une thése remarquable sur “ I’armure génitale femelle des Insectes,” et en 1854 il est nominé professeur de Zoologie a la Faculte des Sciences (Universite) de Lille. En 1862 Lacaze-Duthiers est chargé de poursuivre des recherches sur la reproduction du corail, et apres un séjour d’un an le long des cétes de l’Algérie, surtout a la Calle, il publie son “ Histoire Naturelle du Corail,” magnifique travail accompagné de nombreuses planches colorices sur l’organisation et le developpement de ce zoophyte.” Avant de commencer ses recherches sur le corail, Lacaze-Duthiers avait ¢tudie l’anatomie de divers types de Mollusques: Histoire de Yorganisation et du developpement du Dentale (1857); Histoire anatomique et Physiclogique du Pleurobranche orangé (1859); de VHaliotide (1859); de ?Anomia (1854); des Vermets (1860) ; ainsi que divers travaux sur les Tuniciers. Journ. oF MALac., 1901, vol. vill, No. 3. 58 VAYSSIERE: ON PROF. LACAZE-DUTHIERS. Aprés sa mission en Algérie il dirige toutes ses recherches sci- entifiques dans cette double voie: Etudes sur les divers types de Coral- liaires des nos cétes, et ctudes sur divers mollusques terrestres, marins ou des eaux douces. Aprés 1870 il a publié entr’autres travaux sur les Mollusques: Otocystes ou capsules auditives des Mollusques Gas- téropodes aquatiques (1872); Etudes anatomiques de |’Aspergillum (1883); de la Testacella (1888); du Magillus.... En 1864 il avait été chargé de suppléer Valenciennes au Museum de Paris. L’année d’aprés, 4 la mort de ce dernier, il le remplace en qualité de professeur administrateur de la Section de Malacologie. Mais son activité professorale pouvait difficilement s’exercer au Museum, aussi dés 1868 il abandonne cet Etablissement pour prendre une place vacante de professeur de Zoologie 4 la Sorbonne. Ses nombreux travaux lui valurent ’honneur en 1871 d’étre nommé¢ Membre de |’Académie des Sciences en remplacement de Longet. C’est A cette époque que Lacaze-Duthiers con¢ut Vidéé de fonder une Revue Scientifique et de faire créer une station de Zoologie marine. La revue qu'il a fondé en 1872 et qui porte la nom d’ “Archives de Zoologie Expcrimentale” constitue une des principales publications francaises de Zoologie ; elle contient surtout des travaux du Maitre et de ses ¢cléves. C’est en 1873 que Lacaze-Duthiers put ouvrir a Roscoff un labora- toire de Zoologie Marine sur les c6étes de la Manche, station dans laquelle il menait frequemment tous ses éléves, mais sa situation géographique en faisait surtout un Laboratoire d’été; aussi désirait-il créer un autre laboratoire sur un point qui put permettre des recherches scientifiques en Hiver. En 1881, il arréta son choix sur le petit port de Banyuls (Pyrénées Orientales) & Pentrée duquel il a ¢tabli une station trés bien installde. On peut dire que Lacaze-Duthiers fut le véritable createur de nos stations marines en France, car le laboratoire de Concarneau (Bretagne) que Coste avait créé vers 1855, avait plutot le caractére d’un ¢tablisse- ment de pisciculture et ce sont ses successeurs seulement (Pouchet, Filhol) qui ont ¢largi plus tard le cadre des recherches poursuivies en ce point. Iinfluence de Lacaze-Duthiers sur le marche des ctudes de Zoologie marine pendant ces vingt-cing derniéres années a été con- sid¢rable; tous ses travaux personnels sont d’une exactitude telle dans les moindres détails anatomiques, quils pourront longtemps servir de base 4 tous les naturalistes qui s’occuperont des mémes sujets. 59 MALACOLOGICAL NOTES.”* Byebak: SYKES, BAS ELS. 6.—On a new Species of Helicina from Kangean Island. Helicina rollei, n. sp. T. depresso-conica, soliduiscula, leviter lineis incrementi notata, aurantiaca vel straminea, apice acuto; anfr. 5 planiusculi, ultimus valde carinatus, antice non descendens ; apertura obliqua, angulato- ovalis; columella brevis, excavata, basi extrorsum valde angulata ; peristoma crassius culum undique reflexum; callus basalis tenuis. Operculum non vidi. Diam. max. 15°5 ; alt. 6°5 millim. Hab.—Kangean Island, north of Bali (comm. H. Rolle). Fig. 1.—Helicina rollei, n. sp. This interesting shell recalls in form and colour, H. amaliae, Kobelt. It is however much more depressed, the spire much more pointed, the lip is much more reflexed and the denticle at the base of the columella more marked. In this last respect it resembles /I. agglutinans, Sby., but here again the lip is in Hf. rol/ei much more expanded and reflexed and the upper margin does not descend in front. 7.—The value of the name Ctenopoma. The name Ctenopoma was first used in a generic sense by Peters in 1844 (SB. Ak. Berlin, 1844, p. 34) for an African fish. Subsequent reference to it in Ichthyology may be found so far back as 1855 in * See ante, p. 20. 60 SYKES : MALACOLOGICAL NOTES. Heckel (SB. Ak. Berlin, 1855, Bd. xvii, p. 168) and Peters (Wiegm. ATCH ee deexx al aps 92407): The earliest publication of the name that I can trace in Mollusca was by Pfeiffer (Malak. Blatt., Bd. ii, p. 58) in 1856, where he states that the name was communicated to him by Shuttleworth and gives as the type Cyclostoma ruqulosum, Pfr. Subsequently Pfeiffer (Mon. Pneum. Suppl. I, p. 102) refers to it as ‘Shuttleworth in litt. 14 Sept. TO52.2 If these facts be correct the name cannot stand in Mollusca and I therefore propose, taking C. ruguloswm, Pfr., as the type, to replace Ctenopoma, Pfr. non Peters, by RHYTIDOPOMA, nom. nov. 8.—Note on Cecina manchuriea, A. Ad. This genus and species were characterised by Adams (Ann. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol, vill, p. 308) in October, 1861, without any figure. Authentic examples have come into my hands, and I take this oppor- tunity of illustrating the form. ———} ————d Fig. 2.—Cecina manchurica, A. Ad. It may be noted, while dealing with this species, that the note by Dr. Moellendorff (Nachr. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1900, p. 153) that Blanfordia japonica, A. Ad. “niemals diagnosticirt, sondern nur abgebildert worden,” is inaccurate. The species, as also B. bensoni, was described in the same paper as Cecina, under the generic term Tomichia, 61 NOTE UPON TROPHON UMBILICATUS, TENISON WOODS. By HENRY SUTER, Auckland, New Zealand. A short note on Murex octogonus, Q. and G., and M. umbilicatus, T. Woods, by Mrs. Agnes F. Kenyon,? induced me to study the specimens at my disposal, and I wish here to publish a short account of the results arrived at. The literature I was able to consult reveals the following facts: Trophon umbilicatus was described by ‘Tenison Woods in 1875,7 from specimens obtained on the east coast of Tasmania. He says that at one time he considered it to be a Tasmanian variety of Z. hanley?, Ang. Bednall in 1886,* classed it under Murex octogonus, Q. and G., and he has no doubt of the identification of the S. Australian shell with MM. octogonus. He also states quite correctly, ‘‘In New Zealand the species attains twice the size it does in these waters.” The same shell had already been described by A. Adams in 1853,* under the name of Murex scalaris, which name, however, is preoccu- pied by Brochi for a fossil shell. ‘T. Woods was no doubt not cognisant that the species had already been described. In his *‘ Catalogue,” Brazier® gives the synonyms and localities for M. umbilicatus, T. Woods, which are repeated in the Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., 1894 (2 ser.), vol. vill, pp. 116, 117, where he states : ‘“There is not the slightest connection between M. octogonus, Q. and G. and umbilicatus, ‘T. Woods ; the former is a large shell with very fine lirae between the longitudinal lirate ribs ; the latter is a much thicker and smaller shell with a large umbilicus margined with rounded imbricated scales.” Dr. Verco® enumerates Murex umbilicatus, T. Woods, and remarks that “Tryon in his Manual, vol. il, p. 155, has placed it in Urosal- pine, which he describes as having a purpuroid operculum. But this species has a muricoid operculum, and belongs to the genus Murex. It was formerly confounded with MW. octogonus, Q. and G.” Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1900, vol. iv, p. 39. Papers and Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1875, p. 135- Trans. and Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. Sth. Aust., 1884-85 [publ. 1886], vol. viii, p. 64. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1853, p. 71- Catal. Marine Shells of Australia, 1893, part iii. 6 Trans. Roy. Soc. Sth. Aust., 1895, p. 96. wm N HW 62 SUTER: NOTE ON TROPHON UMBILICATUS. The same author, in 1896,* published a note upon Murex umbilicatus, T. W., in which he explains that Tryon proposed the name M. anyasi as a substitute for scalar’s, not knowing its identity with AZ. wmbilicatus, and mentions that Brazier sent a specimen to H. Adams, who said it was identical with that named MM. scalaris by his brother. Dr. Verco further gives a good figure of the shell (/. c. Pl. vii, f. 4). Pritchard and Gatliff* in their “ Catalogue of Marine Shells of Victoria,” reproduce part of the synonymy, and observe, ‘Considerable confusion has surrounded this species of wrongful identifications, etc.” This is about the curriculum vitae of the species.—Returning to Mrs. Kenyon’s note the following passage is difficult to understand : “ Murex octoyonus, Q. and G. One very fine specimen, showing that Mr. Brazier erred in considering M. octogonus to be identical with JZ. umbilicatus.” Where Mr. Brazier does consider the two identical is unfortunately not stated, but on reading the foregoing quotations Mrs. Kenyon will, I hope, be convinced that Mr. Brazier took just an opposite view. It was Mr. Bednall who took the view assigned to Mr. Brazier. After comparing a good many examples from Hauraki Gulf, and also a few from South Australia, I have come to the conclusion that M. umbilicatus, T. Woods, is absolutely nothing more than a variety of AM. octogonus, Q. and G. I have a number of specimens of both before me in which there is decidedly no other difference to be found, but that in the var. wmbilicata there is a more or less open umbilicus present, which of course causes the spines round the base to spread much further out. Mrs. Kenyon says that in MW. octogonus the shell is much more fusiform and turreted. JI measured six specimens of each and the result is as follows: In J. octogonus the proportion of breadth to length was found to be 1 : 1°8, and in the var. umbilicata it varied from 1 : 1°7 to 1: 1°21, the mean being 1: 1°84 The sculpture in A. octogonus, Q. and G., varies greatly according to the locality and the depth in which the molluscs live. Shore specimens in New Zealand average the size of my specimens from South Australia, about 20-25 millim. in length, but when we get specimens from deeper water, say 10-20 fathoms, the shells are much larger, up to 50 millim. in length. ‘This also applies to the var. unbilicata. ‘The same conditions also influence the sculpture of the shell. Deep water specimens are almost always beautifully ornamented with prickly spines on the varices and round the base, but shore 7 Ibid., 1896, p. 231. 8 Trans. Roy. Soc. Victoria, 1898 (n.s.), vol. x, p. 254+ SUTER : NOTE ON TROPHON UMBILICATUS. 63 specimens have shorter spines, which often become obsolete, the shells becoming almost devoid of all ornamentation, being simply spirally grooved and longitudinally costate; this is Hutton’s var. espinosa of M. octogonus. This great variability in size and sculpture, and the presence or absence of an umbilicus, have, no doubt, been at the bottom of all the confusion. I must not forget to mention that of my three specimens from South Australia received as M. umbilicatus, T. Woods, one only has an umbilicus, the two others show no trace of it; otherwise they are alike. ON THE ANATOMY OF THE VITRINA IRRADIANS OF PREIFFER: By WALTER E. COLLINGE. (Plates v and vi.) THE mollusc which forms the subject of the present communica- tion, has at different periods, and by different writers, been relegated to various genera. Originally described by Pfeiffer? in 1852 as a member of the genus Vitrina, it was placed by Theobald? in that heterogeneous genus Helicarion ; as a member of this genus it was treated of (or at least its shell) by Nevill®, Clessin*, Tryon’, and others. In 1898 Lieut-Col. Godwin-Austen® intimated that he proposed to describe a new subgenus for its reception, to which he gave the name Ratnadvipia, and in the following year’ he gave a diagnosis and some brief notes on the anatomy of the generative organs. The jaw and radula were shown to be of the type seen in Hemiplecta, and the male organ (only partially described) was compared with that of Euplecta, Nilgiria, and Ariophanta, and thought to be allied to the two latter. 1 Proc. Zool. Soc., 1852, p. 156. 2 Supp. Catal., p. 24. 3 Hand-list of Gastrop., 1878-85, p. 15. 4 Nomencl. Helic., 1881, p. 31. 5 Man. Conch., 1885 (ser. 2), p. 176, pl. 40, fig. 33. 6 Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1899, vol. iii, p. 253. 7 Moll. of India, 1899, vol. ii, pt. ix, pp. 93-96, pl. Ixxxvy figs. 1-8a. 64 COLLINGE: ON THE ANATOMY OF THE VITRINA IRRADIANS. In connection with my studies on the Asiatic slug-like molluscs, I have had occasion to examine the internal structure of many genera of Indian molluscs, and as these are as yet very imperfectly under- stood, I cannot, in the present instance, do better than place on record the results obtained. I have pleasure in expressing how greatly indebted I am to the kindness of Mr. Oliver Collett, who has sent me many choice examples of this species, as of many other Cingalese genera. RATNADVIPIA, Godw.-Aust. Ratnadvipia, G.-A., Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1899, vol. iui, p. 2533 Moll. of India, 1899, vol. 11, p. 95. Animal slug-like, with the mantle bordering the shell on all sides, posterio-laterally produced into tongue-like extensions. Dorsum flattened behind visceral hump, posteriorly sharply keeled. Caudal mucous pore large. Foot-sole not divided into median and lateral planes. Viscera does not extend into posterior portion of body, which is solid. Intestinal tract rather short, exhibits four loops. Generative system with well developed penis-sheath, containing evertible penis; diverticulum, epiphallus, and kalk-sac present. Receptaculum seminis sessile. Dart-sac and large dart-gland,* no calcareous dart, but short, blunt, muscular papilla. Shell thin, with few whorls, body whorl large. I see no objection to the name proposed by Lieut.-Col. Godwin- Austen, excepting that it should rank as a distinct genus. The incomplete description given by this author, and the still more incomplete figures, give one very little idea of the form and structure of the internal parts, and consequently the affinities, of this. very interesting genus. I propose, therefore, to describe the anatomy in some detail. The foot-sole varies much in different specimens ; in some it is perfectly smooth, exhibiting no trace of a median groove, while in others a well-defined median groove is present, with raised lateral portions. Godwin-Austen thinks (Il. c. p. 95) that this indicates that a similar contraction prevails in life, and perhaps points to an arboreal habit of the animal. This median groove is never present in specimens of Girasia, preserved in alcohol, he further points out, a * The term ‘dart-gland” refers to the large, almost solid portion, shown on plate vy, fig. 2, d. gl. with a transverse section on plate vi, fig. 10. COLLINGE: ON THE ANATOMY OF THE VITRINA IRRADIANS. 65 statement which I can confirm after an examination of a large number of specimens in my own collection. As Simroth® has pointed out, the terminology employed by Godwin-Austen for the mantle-lobes is somewhat confusing. I have tried to use it, but find it unsatisfactory. The mantle comes round the shell on all sides, being produced posteriorly on each side into tongue-like extensions, a further and similar extension is present on the right side. Ratnadvipia irradians, Pfr. (Pls. v and vi, figs. I—13.) Vitrina trradians, Pfeiffer: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1852, p. 156. Helicarion irradians, Theobald: Supp. Catal., p. 24. Ratnadvipia irradians, Godw.-Aust.: Moll. of India, 1899, vol. 11, p. 93, pl. Ixxxv, figs. 1—8a. Animal steel-grey, the head and dorsum variable, sometimes being almost yellow or even blue. Mantle lobes surround the shell on all sides, posterio-laterally produced into tongue-like extensions. Dorsum sharply keeled. Peripodial groove deep, and well defined. Rugae large. Caudal mucous pore large, but not extending to foot-sole. Foot fringe bluish-grey. Foot-sole yellow, not divided into median and lateral planes. Usually there is a median groove, with oblique lines running from the foot fringe. Length (in alcohol) 72 millim., breadth of foot-sole 7°5 millim. Shell thin, but not transparent, whorls few, body whorl large, lip produced on the right side. Hab.—Kandy, 1500 ft. Ceylon. (O. Collett). The Alimentary Canal (Pl. v, fig. 1).— The intestinal tract is thrown into four loops, the third being somewhat short. Posterior to the crop the intestine exhibits three constrictions (Fig. 1), a feature constant in all but one of the seven specimens dissected. The stomach is fairly large and completely surrounded by the lobes of the “liver.” The remaining parts call for no special mention. The Generative Organs (Pls. v and vi, figs. 2—11).—Externally the generative orifice leads into a small vestibule into which the dart-sac opens anteriorly, the vagina in the middle, and the penis posteriorly. The vagina is a long tube-like duct with its internal walls plicated (Fig. 3, vg.). At its posterior end it receives the globular, sessile 8 Zool. Jahrb. (Abth. f. Syst.), 1898, Bd. xi, pp. 166-167. 66 COLLINGE: ON THE ANATOMY OF THE VITRINA IRRADIANS. receptaculum seminis, and the free-oviduct. The latter is of consider- able length, and just beyond its middle it expands and forms a thick-walled cavity, beyond which it is continued as a tube. The whole of its internal walls are richly plicated, the plicae taking various forms as shown in Fig. 3. The penis is a large, muscular organ with a diverticulum. Its internal structure is very interesting, and presents many points difficult of interpretation. Commencing at the vestibule as a fairly uniform tube, it expands distally into a somewhat bulbous head, beyond which is the diverticulum, a blindly ending tube, while to the left side is an epiphallus,* somewhat S-shaped, and tube-like at first, but becoming more globose at the point where it meets with the vas deferens. In one, the largest, of the seven specimens dissected, the epiphallus exhibited the form shown in Fig. 6. When dissected (Fig. 4) a thick, muscular penis-sheath is seen, whose internal walls are studded with numerous, minute, fleshy, knob-like processes, enclosed by this sheath is the evertible penis (Figs. 4 and 5), which is also covered with fleshy, knob-like processes. It has a narrow neck, expanding terminally into a globular head, while passing through the whole of its length is a fine canal. The diverticulum is a hollow, blindly ending sac, with smooth, muscular walls; as it reaches the evertible penis the lumen of the cavity narrows and becomes continuous with the canal passing through the penis (Fig. 4, dév.). The epiphallus has also richly plicated walls for part of its length, the plicae being somewhat moniliform ; the walls of the last bend, the kalk-sac, are almost smooth and the cavity is filled with a mass of minute, white, calcareous granules, while from the base of the cavity, in the two largest specimens, a long, hollow spicule, measuring about 6°5 millim., in length, arises. (Fig. 7). At first sight, this body reminds one of a dart, for basally it expands skghtly, and is firmly implanted in the muscular tissue at the base of the sac. Clustered around it are large numbers of the white, calcareous granules. When examined under the microscope, these granules are seen to vary greatly in size, shape, and composition, and seem to be most numerous in fully matured animals. The largest are biconvex (Fig. 6a) and when viewed under a high power (;4,th water immersion), they are seen to contain certain definite contents (Fig. 6a); still more numerous are smaller oval granules (Fig. 6%), while a few perfectly spherical granules, of various sizes, are also present (Fig. 6c). When pressure was brought to bear upon the cover glass, the large biconvex In specimens measuring 36 to 50 millim. this organ was very short. COLLINGE: ON THE ANATOMY OF THE VITRINA IRRADIANS. 67 granules (Fig. 6a) and the spherical ones (Fig. 6c), were ruptured, and it was clearly evident that they contained some substance very like protoplasm, for it readily stained with magenta (507% Al. sol.), Grenacher’s carmine, and other stains, whilst a denser portion (? a nucleus) took the stain much more readily. Treated with dilute hydrochloric acid (5 and 10 per cent.), all the granules excepting the largest of the spherical ones, were disolved, these latter remaining unchanged even when treated with strong hydrochloric acid. The question naturally arises, what is the function of the spicule and granules?: to which at present, I am unable to give any satis- factory answer. We know that no calcareous matter is required for the spermatozoa, and it seems out of the question to suppose that they are transferred from here to the dart-sac, nor is it any more likely that they are in any way connected with the formation of the spermatophore. It is important to point out that in the specimens in which these bodies were either present in only small numbers or absent altogether from the kalk-sac, large numbers of the spherical granules only were found in the receptaculum seminis. This fact would lead one to suppose that they had been transferred with the spermatozoa, When examining a specimen of Nilgiria tranquebarica, in which the spermatophore was only partially formed, I thought that possibly the spicule found in Ratnadvipia might also be a spermatophore in the process of formation, but a more careful examination of a second example, the one figured, convinced me that this is not so. ‘The two found were present in fully matured animals measuring (in alcohol) 72 and 76 millim. in length, respectively, further in both cases the spicule was firmly implanted at its basal end in the substance of the wall of the kalk-sac, and only by very careful teasing was it separated from the surrounding tissue. The retractor muscle of the penis is inserted into the apical portion of the diverticulum (Fig. 2, 7. m.). The vas deferens is long, and in life lies upon the vagina and free-oviduct. ‘The dart-sac and gland (Fig. 2, d.s., d.gl.) form a large organ lying upon the floor of the body cavity, the distal end of the gland extending to the extreme posterior portion. In some cases it is recurved forward owing to its great length. Usually it exhibits the sharp bend shown in Fig. 2, but this is not always present, it may be almost straight. Attached to the distal end is a short muscle, which arises from the ventral wall of the body cavity. In none of the specimens dissected was any calcareous dart found, but at the distal end of the somewhat baggy dart-sac, a blunt, fleshy 68 COLLINGE: ON THE ANATOMY OF THE VITRINA IRRADIANS. papilla was present, reminding one very much of the condition obtaining in certain Indian species of Nzlgiria, only there was no trace of the “vrgula amatoria.” Serial sections were made of both the gland and dart-sac, which proved very interesting. Below I give descriptions of the transverse sections. Externally the gland is seen (Fig. 10) to be covered by a thin muscular sheath (m.s.), beneath which is a thick layer of large, ovoid and circular gland cells (gl.c.), with radiating muscle fibres intervening. In the section from which the drawing is made, there are twenty-eight of these bundles of radiating fibres, they do not, however, traverse the whole length of the gland, but in longitudinal median sections are seen to be irregularly arranged at varying inter- vals, somewhat in the same manner as the medullary rays are in the stem of a plant. They extend from the outer side of the lining ept- thelium (/. ef.) up and into the large gland cells. Internal to this glandular tissue are bundles of longitudinal muscles, followed internally by a ring of circular muscle fibres (c. 2.7). The central portion of the gland consists of a loose connective tissue, with small, round cells scattered throughout, bounded on its inner face by the small, cuboid, lining epithelial cells, which are arranged in a wavy outline and bound a small, central cavity. A somewhat similar structure has been indi- cated by Weigmann® in Xesta cincta, Lea, and X. halmaherica, Strub.* A similar section through the dart-sac exhibits the following structure: externally there is a layer of fairly large, cuboid epithelial cells (Fig. 11, e. p.) with muscle fibres and connective tissue below, then a series of small, rounded cells, scattered amongst more con- nective tissue. The dart consists of an external layer of muscle, connective tissue and small cells, followed by a layer of circular muscle fibres, then a mass of tissue similar to that in the dart-gland, bounded by cuboid epithelial cells, which enclose a small, central cavity. The common duct is folded twice, and the prostatic portion stands out conspicuously. The hermaphrodite duct is closely coiled, and the gland is small and somewhat pyriform (Fig. 2, h. gl.). The Free Muscles (PI. vi, fig. 12).—The buccal retractor divides anteriorly into two branches, each of which again divides, the four muscle bands being inserted on the ventral side of the buccal cavity. The oculars are similar on both right and left sides, the inferior and superior being separate for over half the length. From the former a 9g Abhandl. d. Senckenb. naturf. Gesell., 1898, T. xxv, fig. 23, T. xxvi, fig. 8. * Semper also gives good figures. COLLINGE: ON THE ANATOMY OF THE VITRINA IRRADIANS. 69 short labial muscle is given off, while from the superior ocular, the short pedal muscles arise. The columellar muscle is small, and divided into four main branches. The Pallial Region (Pl. vi, fig. 13).—The kidney is short, being only a little over twice the length of the pericardium. The ureter arises from the left anterior side of the kidney, it is very wide, and forms a conspicuous V-shaped tube. Unlike the condition obtaining in some of the Indian species of Nilyiria, the kidney does not extend to the side of the rectum, but terminates bluntly before the bend of the ureter. The pulmonary cavity is comparatively small. A ffinitics.—So little detail is known of the anatomy of what at first sight appear allied genera to Ratnadvipia, that it is difficult to institute comparisons. I have examined the internal structure of different species of Nilgiria, to which genus the one under discussion is probably nearly related, but until I have worked out the same in greater detail, and know the anatomical position of Nlgiria, I prefer to reserve any expression of opinion. For Explanation of Plates and Reference Letters, see next page. 7°09 COLLINGE: ON THE ANATOMY OF THE VITRINA IRRADIANS. EXPLANATION OF PLATES V AND VI. Ratnadvipia trradians, Pfr. Higael. Intestinal tract. Fig. 2. Generative organs. XI. Wig, 5. Dissection of the vagina and free-oviduct to show the internal walls. Fig. 4. Dissection of the terminal ducts of the male generative organs, showing evertible penis, lumen of the diverticulum and plicae of the epiphallus. ; Le Terminal ducts of the male generative organs of a young specimen, showing the penis everted, and the short epiphallus. x 23. Big. 76. Terminal ducts of the male generative organs of a fully matured specimen, showing variation in the epiphallus. Fig. Spicule from the kalk-sac. x 4. Fig a-d. Calcareous granules from the kalk-sac. Fig Dart-sac opened to show the fleshy dart. Fig. 1 Transverse section of the dart-gland. Epithelial layer of the dart-sac. The free muscles. The pallial complex. x 14. v Nr OD oN Les| ya" oa oF _— — REFERENCE LETTERS. alb, gl. Albumen gland. mM. S. Muscular sheath. an. Anal aperture. oe. Oesophagus. Us @ Buccal cavity. ov. Oviduct. li Buccal retractor. Dp. Penis. cae. Cavity of dart-gland. - pe. Pericardium. Cc. Mm. Columellar muscle, (ons Prostate. c.m.f. Circular muscle fibres. D. 1. Pedal retractors. Cle Crop. p. v. Pulmonary vein. d. Dart. 7 Rectum. d. gl. Dart-gland. 1. Up. Renal aperture. d. 8. Dart-sac. rN. Radial muscle fibres. ep. Epiphallus, Re VLE Retractor muscle. epi. Epithelium. iis & Receptaculum seminis. f. ov. Free-oviduct. st. Stomach. gl. ¢. Gland cells. T. Superior ocular retractor. h. d. Hermaphrodite duct. t, Inferior ocular retractor. h. gl. Hermaphrodite gland. ur. Ureter. int.1-4 Loops of intestine. wg. Vagina. Hs Kidney. vd. Vas deferens. Nixes Kalk-sac. w. d. s. Wall of dart-sac. Labial muscle. w. p. ¢. Wall of pulmonary cavity. 1. o. 7. Left ocular retractor. Cee f Malacology,1901, Vol. VII, pt 3. Journ 0 Sox 23. AS.Huth Lith? London P del. ad nat. d il ANATOMY OF RATNADVIPIA. RIVE Journ of Malacology,1901, Vol, VII, pt 3. W.E.C. del. ad nat. A.S.Huth Lith? London.’ Fig? 10a13,F JP del ad nat. ANATOMY OF RATNADVIPIA. 71 NOTE ON THE ANATOMY OF APERA BURNUPI, E. A. SMITH. By WALTER E. COLLINGE. In 1897! I briefly described some parts of the internal organs of Apera burnupi, E. A.Sm., and later? I have given a similar description of A. natalensis, Cllge. Both these specimens had been in alcohol for some years, and I pointed out how difficult it was to make out the form of the various organs owing to their exceedingly brittle nature. Recently I have been able to examine a further specimen of the former species, and I find that my earlier description is incorrect in one very important feature, viz. the male generative organs. In the specimen previously examined I was unable to trace any distinct penis, and so far as I could interpret the form of the terminal ducts, the vas deferens seemed to open into the vestibule, the anterior portion dilating slightly, and this I termed the penis (Cf. op. cit., pl. v, fig. 6 p.). In the specimen now examined I find a well developed penis, which opens into the vestibule on the right side. It is a long, muscular organ, gradually becoming larger distally and then tapering to a blunt point. ‘The vas deferens joins it on the inner side, nearly at its distal end as a bulbous sac, and attached to the left side of this sac is a small diverticulum (Fig. 1, d.), possibly the homologue of the flagellum common to many Vestacellidae. Passing then closely along the inner or left side of the penis to the region of the vestibule, the vas deferens makes a turn backward and here becomes slightly dilated. The retractor muscle of the penis is very long, measuring 14°5 millim. in the present specimen, whose total length is about 52 millim. It takes its origin from the mid-dorsal body-wall, and is inserted in the penis at its extreme distal end. The condition of the male organ is probably similar in A. natal- ensis, where I was unable to find any penis in the type specimen. In their beautiful work on the land molluscea of the Celebes, the Sarasins express the opinion that Apera is an ancestral form of A fopos, Simr., and that both genera are nearly related to the Testacellidae. While admitting that Apera is closely allied to this family, I am inclined x Ann. Mag. N. H., 1897 (s. 6), vol. xx, pp. 221-225, pl. v. 2 Ann. Sth. Afr. Mus., 1900, vol. ii, pp. 1-8, pls. i, ii. 7.2 COLLINGE: ON THE ANATOMY OF APERA BURNUPIL. to regard the Testacellid resemblances of Afopos as independently acquired, in fact I think when we know more of their minute structure, it will probably form a very interesting example of parallelism in evolution. In the three specimens of Apera which I have examined, I have seen nothing which might be compared with the spider-glands of Simroth, which have been described as common to Atopos, while the pallial complex, pedal gland, and generative organs are totally different. Further, the above authors are, in my opinion, incorrect in stating that Heynemann was wrong in supposing that the orifice near the right upper tentacle was common to the male and female organs. I venture to appeal to malacologists and others in South Africa, for more examples of Apera, in order that anatomical investigations at present in hand may be carried out. “ald gl Figure of the Generative Organs of Apera burnupi, E. A. Smith. alb. gl. Albumen gland. p. Penis. d. Diverticulum. 7. m. Wetractor muscle. Je ows Free-oviduct. r. 8 Receptaculum seminis. h. d. Hermaphrodite duct. v. d. Vas deferens. ov. Oviduct. vg. Vagina. 73 ON THE GENUS ASHMUNELLA, PILS. & CKLL. By C. F. ANCEY. WITH ANATOMICAL NOTES, By R. MURDOCH. (Plate vii.) Tue genus Ashimunella was established by Messrs. H. A. Pilsbry and and ‘I. D. A. Cockerell,! for the reception of some shells, externally difficult to separate from Polygyia, and espccially from the group generally known as Triodopsis. The form and texture of the shell, form of the aperture, and teeth when present, do not furnish a single character that would separate them from Polygyra. Strangely enough the soft parts differ anatomically, and the geographical distribution is peculiar. All the species are confined to the boundaries of New Mexico and Arizona. These, say Pilsbry and Cockerell, “fairly define a region of arid plains from which rise numerous mountain ranges, upon whose summits the humidity refused by the dry and warmer air of the plains is precipitated. Upon the elevations thus set apart by the circumstance of a moister and colder climate, the snails inhabiting the region are chiefly found. And standing island-like in a waterless sea, the mountains exhibit to a considerable extent the peculiarities of insular faunas, each range having its own special assembly of forms, specific or varietal, in addition to a series of species common to ranges over the greater part of the region.” ‘These mountains are the home of Ashmunella, a genus which occurs in New Mexico from the latitude of Santa Fé to the White Mountains (Sierra Blanca), and westward to S.E. Arizona. The authors above cited state that the shell offers no characters different from Ziiodopsis or Mesodon sections of Polygyra, and that “it is helicoid, depressed and umbilicated, dull coloured, not banded so far as known, with lunate aperture and reflexed peristome: parietal tooth, when present, simple, not v-shaped or biramose.” My observations are quite in accord with the above, but, in my opinion Polygyra mearnsii’, Dall, and P. levette’, Bland, probably are members of the genus and hitherto the most toothed forms known. They belong to the same region, and their soft parts being unknown, I am inclined to place both species in this group, rather than in the 1 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1899, p. 188; 74 ANCEY: ON THE GENUS ASHMUNELLA. true Polygyra ; and with all due deference to the opinion of Messrs. Pilsbry and Cockerell, who referring to 4. thomsoniana? state that “the species differs widely from Polygyra levettei, which is not an Ashmu- nella, but apparently a true Polygyra.” If Iam correct, that is if we must include in Ashmunella P. levetted and P. mearnsii, the shell diagnosis has to be modified in regard to the parietal tooth. In the latter species there are two converging lamellae, not united at their inner ends into a A, the basal lamella stouter and its outer extreme bent towards the umbilicus. CATALOGUE AND SHELL CHARACTERS OF ASHMUNELLA. Ashmunella mearnsii (Dall). Polygyra mearnsii, Dall: Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1896, p. 343, plo xxxi, figs. 7, o,ubd. Shell depressed, 5-whorled, of a pinkish brown colour, with more or less conspicuous incremental lines; spire nearly flat; sutures very distinct ; periphery rounded, but nearer the upper surface of the whorl; base rounded with a compressed appearance ; umbilicus deep and narrow ; body whorl slightly descending at the termination, and constricted behind the reflected lip of a very oblique aperture ; peris- tome somewhat flexuous, united over the body by a distinct callus ; the body with two converging lamellae, and the basal part with two distinct clear-cut lamellae transverse to the lip; outer lip broad, receding, with a similar lamella set on somewhat obliquely and more deeply within the aperture. Alt. 5°53 diam. max. 15, min. 11 millim. Loc.—Huachuca Mountains, Arizona; Hachita Grand Mountain, S.W. New Mexico, altitude 8,000 to 9,400 feet (Dr. Mearns); Organ Mountain, New Mexico (Prof. Townsend). Ashmunella levettei (Bland). Triodopsis levettei, Bland: Ann. N. Y. Ac. Sci., 1881, ii, p. 115. Polygyra levettei, Bland: Dall, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1896, p. 341. Shell larger than mearnsi?, with 7 whorls, less depressed, and a single oblique tooth on the parietal wall. Loe.—Said to occur in Santa Fé Canyon, near Santa Fe, New Mexico, but not again found there since its discovery by Levetie, (Specimens sent from this locality by the late J. H. Thomson are not 2 Nautilus, 1899, vol. xiii, p. 5o. ANCEY: ON THE GENUS ASHMUNELLA. 715 levettei, but thomsoniana, Anc.). Near Tucson, Arizona (Cox); Fort Huachuca, Arizona (Fisher); Huachuca Mountains, Arizona, near the summit of the higher peaks (Mearns). Ashmunella thomsoniana (Ancey). Triodopsis levettei, Bland var. thomsoniana, Ancey: Conch. Exch., 1887, il, p. 64. Triodopsis levettei, Bland var. orobaena, Ancey: Loc. cit. supra. (This is but an individual modification of thomsoniana, and not a true variety). Shell depressed, in form closely resembling A. pseucdodonta, but with an acute denticle within the outer lip and a single hardly bifid basal tooth ; there is no notch as in psewdodonta, but a distinct basal tooth, in some specimens it is simple or nearly so, while in others it is bifid, in the latter case the tubercle nearest the umbilicus is less raised than the outer one; whorls 51, the last deflected at its termina- tion; surface shining, with faint incremental striae; spire depressed, but not flat. Alt. 7°5; diam. 12°14 millim. Loc.—Santa Fé Canyon, New Mexico (Thomson, also Ashmun). Ashmunella thomsoniana (Ancey), var. porterae, Pils. and CkIl. Nautilus, 1899, vol. xiii, p. 49. Shell corneous, shining, with distinct lines of growth and minute spiral incised lines; umbilicus broadly exposing the penultimate whorl; whorls 54—6; lip ochreous-tinged above and at the edge, the teeth white ; parietal tooth well-developed, outer tooth long, basal tooth always bifid. Diam. max. 14 to 16°5 millim. Loc.— Beulah, Upper Sapello Canyon, New Mexico (Miss W. Porter and Miss H. Blake). Ashmunella pseudodonta (Dall). Polygyra pseudodonta, Dall: Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1896, No. BET, 343: Similar to A. ashmuni in size and form, but with the whorls slightly flattened above and below, and of a yellowish-straw colour instead of livid brown; the spiral striations less sharp and largely obsolete. The aperture with a narrow reflected lip, pink or whitish ; on the internal edge of the basal part is a slight callosity, which is divided by a narrow sulcus in the direction of the coil of the shell; within the aperture and nearly midway between the outer and pillar 76 ANCEY: ON THE GENUS ASHMUNELLA. lips is a small, low, simple, short, oblique parietal tooth or ridge, with the outer end nearer the pillar. Alt. 5°5 to 7; diam. 13°5 to 15 millim. Loc.—White Oaks, New Mexico, at an altitude of 7,500 feet (Ashmun). Nearly allied to 4. thomsoniana, but wanting the denticle within the outer lip, and with the basal edge notched, not toothed. Ashmunelia pseudodonta, Dall subsp. eapitanensis, Ashmun and CkIl. Nautilus, 1899, vol. xii, p. 131. Shell depressed, shining, dark horn colour or even reddish; the usual striae distinct, but not sharp, spiral impressed lines visible with a lens; whorls 53, rounded; aperture oblique, semilunar; lip expanded, broad, reflected, strongly tinged with pinkish or coffee colour, edentu- lous, except that the basal part bears within a distinct but slight callus, which is more or less livid ; parietal denticle either rudimentary or distinct, but never large; umbilicus broad, exposing the penultimate whorl. Alt. 8 to 10; diam. max. 17 to 18°5, min. 14°5 to 15 millim. Loc.—Near Baldonado Springs, Capitan Mts. (Sierra Capitana), Lincoln Co., New Mexico, altitude 8,200 feet (Ashmun). Ashmunella ashmuni (Dall). Polygyra ashmuni, Dall: Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1896, No. 1111, Pp. 342. Differs from A. chtricahuana in size, being only 14 mm. in greatest diameter and 7 mm. in height ; also the surface when strongly magni- fied is seen to be covered with sharp, delicate, spiral, incised lines with wider interspaces. The number of whorls is but slightly less, if at all different. If the element of actual size be ignored, the figure given by Dall of A. chiricahuana will equally well represent the species in question. A careful scrutiny of a series of 4. chiricahuana shows that incised lines occur quite frequently in some individuals, so that the species under discussion may only represent a dwarf race of it with more emphatic sculpture. I fully share Dall’s opinion. Loc.—Bland, New Mexico, altitude 8,000 feet (Ashmun). Ashmunella echiricahuana (Dall). Polygyra chirtcahuana, Dall: Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1895, p. 2, also 1896, vol. xvili, p. 341, pl. xxxi, figs. 9, ro, 12. Shell depressed, thin, polished, and of a dark brownish colour ; whorls 54, sculptured only with fine incremental lines; sutures distinct, whorls moderately rounded ; periphery rounded, the termination of ANCEY: ON THE GENUS ASHMUNELLA. Fil the last whorl constricted behind the lip and somewhat descending ; umbilicus deep and narrow, showing a part of the penultimate whorl near the aperture; aperture oblique, with a narrow strongly reflected lip of a livid whitish colour; the pillar and outer lips connected in fully matured specimens by a smooth callus ; the outer lip is flexuous, receding near the periphery, and more vertical near the base. ‘The aperture is destitute of teeth, but, sometimes (in Jemez mountain specimens) there is an obsolete parietal denticle and occasionally an obscure thickening on the basal edge, in one specimen from this locality the edge is flexuous within, recalling that of A. pseudodonta, but not notched. : Alt. 7°7; diam. max. 18, min. 14°8 millim. Loc.—F ly Park, Chiricahua Mountains, Arizona, at an elevation of 10,000 feet (Fisher); Jemez Mountains and Jemez Sulphur Springs, S.W. of Santa Fé, New Mexico, alt. 8,000 to 10,000 feet (Ashmun) ; near Tucson, Arizona (Cox). The specimens from Chiricahua Mountains which may be regarded as typical, are rather more elevated and perhaps a trifle more tightly coiled than those from New Mexico, and are entirely destitute of teeth. Those from near Tucson are large, much depressed, more yellow, and the examples before me with pale varices marking stages in the growth of the shell; the whorls appear to be slightly less in number, and the aperture is edentulous. It seems to be at least a local race and I name it var. varicifera. Further investigation may perhaps prove that it is distinct. Ashmunella altissima (Cockerell). Nautilus, 1898, vol. xii, p. 76. Shell with 5! whorls, pale yellowish-brown ; sutures moderately deep; spire flattened and low, periphery rounded; apical whorls nearly smooth, and with little sculpture as far as the middle of the penultimate whorl, after which the shell becomes distinctly and strongly obliquely ribbed, the ribs near the aperture being particularly strong, the last whorl has about 48 of these ribs ; umbilicus narrow and deep ; aperture obliquely semilunar ; the peristome subcircular, except where interrupted by the parietal wall, strongly thickened, recurved with a sharp edge, yellowish white, and without teeth; no parietal denticle. Alt. 6; diam. max. 12, min. 10 millim. Loc.—Highest summit of White Mountains (Sierra Blanca), Lincoln Co., W. New Mexico, alt. 11,092 feet (Townsend). Much smaller and flatter than A. riyssa, with the aperture more narrow and the last whorl less evenly rounded. 78 ANCEY: ON THE GENUS ASHMUNELLA. Ashmunella miorrhyssa (Dall). Polygyra miorrhyssa, Dall: Nautilus, 1898 (Noy.), vol. xii, p. 75. Shell depressed, dark brown; about 54 rounded whorls, the periphery somewhat rounded above the middle of the last whorl; sutures distinct; umbilicus small, deep, narrowing rapidly towards the apex. The sur- face polished, with microscopic revolving striae, and fine, slightly irregularly distributed, oblique transverse ridges. Aperture subcircular, with a reflected, white peristome continued over the body by a thin, translucent callus ; the reflected peristome has an obscure thickening inside the peripheral part, and another more distinct inside the base ; within the aperture is a small, oblique, white parietal tooth. Alt. 8°5; diam, 15°5 millim. Loc.—Eagle Creek, Sierra Blanca, Lincoln Co., New Mexico, alt. 7,500 to 8,500 feet (Ashmun, also Townsend). Ashmunella rhyssa (Dall). Polygyra rhyssa, Dall: Nautilus, 1897 (May), vol. xi, p. 2. Shell dark yellowish-brown ; whorls 6, rounded and the sutures rather deep; the spire low but not flattened; nuclear whorls nearly smooth, the others rather coarsely obliquely striated, the last fourth of the last whorl with rather sharp, elevated riblets with wide interspaces and a marked constriction behind the reflected peristome. The entire surface more or less distinctly finely spirally striate; the periphery somewhat above the middle of the last whorl; umbilicus small and deep; aperture subcircular and oblique, with a reflected and rather solid peristome, a small obscure thickening on its, basal part and a light wash of callus over the body; slightly within the aperture isa small, oblique, elongated parietal denticle. Alt. 9; diam. max. 17, min. 14 millim. Loe.—Sierra Blanca, W. New Mexico (Ashmun). Ashmunella rhyssa, Dall var. hyporhyssa, CkIl. Nautilus, 1898, vol. xu, p. 77. Like rhyssa in size and form, but, the umbilicus wider exposing the penultimate whorl; the sculpture finer, consisting of striae rather than riblets. Alt. 9; diam. max. 15, min. 12°66 millim. Loc.—Lower slopes of Sierra Blanca, New Mexico, above head of Ruidoso Creek, in aspen belt, altitude about 9,500 feet. The following forms of the variety are also recorded by Cockerell® 3 Nautilus, 1900, vol. xiv, p. 72, ANCEY: ON THE GENUS ASHMUNELLA. 79 from Cloudcroft, Sacramento Mountains, New Mexico. Hdentata.—Lacking, like the following, the parietal tooth, shell horn- colour or pale greyish-brown. Rufescens.—Shell deep ferruginous or chestnut colour, lip tinged with pink. Alba.—Shell creamy white. The first albino reported in Ashmunella. The present paper was written and ready for publication, when another form of 4. thomsoniana was discovered and described as fol- lows by T. D. A. Cockerell :+ “Ashmunella thomsoniana cooperae, n. var.—Shell with max. diam. from 13 to 15 millim., but usually of the smaller size; basal tooth single, occasionally slightly double ; umbilicus narrower than in the type or var. porterae, exposing less of the penultimate whorl ; genitalia as in porterae, with the same long (22 mm.) spermoetheca, and double insertion of the penis retractor. Hab.—Las Vegas Hot Springs, 1900, 1901. Discovered by Miss Mary Cooper ; later taken in quantity by Miss Cooper and Miss Maud Ellis. The locality is in the Transition Zone, at about 7,000 feet altitude ; porterae belongs to the Canadian Zone, about 1,000 feet higher. This is not a very distinct form, conchologically ; but it is worth calling attention to as a species of Ashmunella in the marking, probably derived from the porterae form rather than from the true thomsoniana.” I can add nothing to this, the form now being unknown to me. ANATOMICAL NOTES, By R. MURDOCH. Ashmunella pseudodonta (Dall). (Pl. vu, figs. I—7.) THE specimens from which the following notes are taken were collected by the Rev. E. H. Ashmun, and received in alcohol in a good state of preservation. The locality given is White Oaks, New Mexico, at an altitude of 7,500 feet. EXTERNAL FEATURES. The upper surface is covered with fine granules, somewhat irregu- larly arranged and darkish in colour. The foot-sole is whitish and rounded above. There are no pedal grooves. The mantle has an 4 Op. c., 1901 (July), vol. xv, p. 35; 80 MURDOCH: ANATOMY OF ASHMUNELLA. even and slightly reflexed margin, with a small lappet at the respira- tory pore. ‘Tentacles black, the inferiors appear to be very small ; labial projections well marked and triangular in outline. Generative orifice a little below and slightly posterior to the right tentacle. INTERNAL ANATOMY. The Jaw and Radula (Pl. vii, figs. 1, 2).—The jaw is arcuate, stout, with five or six slightly unequal, broad ribs in the middle area and the ends with a number of small riblets. The dentition has the formulae varying from 25—-1—25 to 27—-1—27. ‘The central teeth with stout.mesocones, having well developed cutting points and small right and left side cusps ; laterals with meso- and ectocones, the latter small and the basal plates produced on the outer sides. From laterals to marginals the change is gradual, the latter have the mesocones bifid, and as they proceed outward the basal plates become shorter with frequently two outer thorns, and occasionally three from the splitting of a thorn. The Alimentary Canal (P1. vu, fig. 3).—The buccal mass has the usual shape; enveloping the oesophagus are two salivary glands, inti- mately united along their inner edges, which gives to them the appear- ance of a single gland with two ducts, the latter empty into the buccal cavity in the usual position. ‘The stomach forms a comparatively large elongated sac, its posterior end is curved forward and receives the right and left bile ducts. The intestine passes forward until arriving at the posterior margin of the kidney, when it curves to the right and then back through the folds of the liver, after which it again passes forward, and terminates in a long, narrow rectum ; it thus divides the left lobe of the liver into three irregular shaped lobules, from each of these lobules is a bile duct, but all unite to form a single duct before opening into the stomach. The Pallial Organs, etc. (Pl. vil, fig. 3).—The kidney is long and narrow, in length nearly four times its width, slightly more than two and a half times the length of the pericardium, and rather more than half the length of the pulmonary chamber. The ureter arises from the left anterior side of the kidney, follows the right margin, on which it partially rests, back to the posterior end, then curving to the right it forms a narrow tube and proceeds forward parallel with the rectum, terminating a little in front of the respiratory orifice. ‘The great efferent vessel is conspicuous and runs direct to the auricle, its numerous branches collect the blood from the right anterior corner, middle area, and greater portion of the right side of the pulmonary chamber; alternately with the efferent branches are the afferent vessels MURDOCH : ANATOMY OF ASHMUNELLA. 81 and branches. The venation on the right side and right anterior corner, is much more strongly marked than on the left, in the latter it is minute and widely separated. There is also a small, left, posterior efferent vessel, the branches from which are exceedingly minute, this runs forward following the margin of the pericardium, and enters the auricle at the same point as the greater vessel. On the right of the pericardium is another small vessel, which proceeds from the kidney and apparently enters the auricle with the other vessels ; it appears to be the final channel for the blood received by the kidney, from the several efferent branches which enter its right margin. Compared with Helix aspersa, Mill., the above species presents no marked difference in the form of the stomach, track of the intestine, division of the left lobe of the liver and track of the ureter, the efferent vessels proceeding direct to the auricle are also the same. ‘The branching and rebranching of the tributary vessels differ as might be expected, and the venation throughout the left region is strongly marked in H. aspersa. ‘This latter species differs in the kidney being short and subtriangular in shape, it has a length of less than twice its width, only twice the length of the pericardium, and less than half the length of the pulmonary chamber. It has also a large efferent branch with several tributaries, on the left of the great efferent vessel, which unites with the latter close to the pericardium. In 4. pseudo- donta there are no conspicuous branches on the left side, the first is slightly better defined than those immediately following, but its junc- tion with the greater vessel is considerably anterior to the pericardium. The arterial system I failed to follow with sufficient exactness to give a detailed description; the great arteries apparently follow a course similar to those in H. aspersa ; the nervous system is also, as regards the position and union of the several ganglia, very similar. The Free Muscles.—The penis retractor is attached to the diaphragm, as usual. The right and left bands which supply the foot and tentacles unite posteriorly, but, their junction is anterior to the point where the buccal mass retractor coalesces with them, the latter forms a compara- tively wide, shallow trough, immediately before its attachment to the buccal mass. ‘The right ocular retractor passes between the terminal ducts of the generative organs. The Generative Organs (P1. vii, figs. 4—7).— The penis is short and stout, somewhat abruptly contracted. ‘The epiphallus is a long, slender tube, the vas deferens opening into it a little below the apex. The retractor muscle of the penis has a double attachment, it is inserted in the lower third of the epiphallus, and from there continued free to the penis, to which it unites in the form of a thin sheath. The 82 MURDOCH: ANATOMY OF ASHMUNELLA. portion of the epiphallus between the upper and lower insertions of the muscle exceeds the latter in length, and remains in a free loop when the muscle is pulled out straight. A specimen in which the penis is everted, shews the evertible portion slightly more than equals the difference in length between the epiphallus and muscle. The internal wall of the penis (Fig. 5) exhibits three large plications and several smaller threads, these are continued within the epiphallus, where they are smaller and finely convoluted. The hermaphrodite gland is embedded in the right lobe of the liver, and consists of four small masses of follicules, which from the arrangement of their ducts are seen to be paired. The hermaphrodite duct is convoluted, and at its junction with the albumen gland there is a minute club shaped appendix (Fig. 4, ap.). Cross sections of the latter (Fig. 6) shew two tubes within this body, one of which is minute, and the other well marked and lined with ciliated epithelial cells, the apex forms a small chamber lined with epithelium, and into this cavity both tubes open. In this and the following species, the so-called appendix branches from the hermaphrodite duct partly within the albumen gland, and externally, has the appearance of springing direct from the latter organ (Fig. 7). Small as it is, the hermaphrodite duct on separating from the appendix, is very much less in diameter, and forms an exceedingly fine tube enveloped in a thin muscular membrane, which is attached to the prostate, the base of the albumen gland, and also partially envelopes the appendix. No spermatozoa were noticed within the appendix, neither were they abundant in the convolutions of the her- maphrodite duct. The free-oviduct is short, and exhibits a slight contraction immediately below the point from where the receptaculum seminis arises. ‘There is no indication of any accessory organs, or any evidence of degeneration; a simple, slight introvertion of the walls produces the above mentioned contraction. ‘The internal walls have the usual small, longitudinal folds. The receptaculum seminis is of medium length, slightly enlarged above and attached to the uterus by a delicate membrane. Ashmunella thomsoniana (Ancey), var. porterae, Pils. and CkIl. Of this species there is but a single example of the animal, from Beulah, Upper Sapello Canyon, New Mexico. The anatomy has been worked out by Pilsbry,® but, unfortunately, I am unable to refer to this paper. °® 5 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900, p. 108. 6 Pilsbry simply says (loc. supra cit.) ‘‘Genital system similar to that of thomsoniana, except that it is larger, with a double insertion of the penis retractor muscle” (C. F. Ancey). MURDOCH : ANATOMY OF ASHMUNELLA. 83 INTERNAL ANATOMY. The dentition gives the formula 26—1—26 or 11—15—1—15—I, in transverse, nearly straight rows; the form of the teeth is very similar to that of the preceding species. The jaw is strong, arcuate, with fourteen or fifteen ribs which denticulate the margins, those in the middle area are strongly developed, but towards the ends they become weak and indistinct. The Generative Organs (Pl. vii, fig. 8).—The penis is of medium length, slightly contracted in the middle, with the posterior portion less robust ; continuing as the epiphallus, which is about three times the length of the penis, the vas deferens opens into it a little below the apex. The retractor muscle is inserted in the lower third of the epiphallus, and differs from that in the preceding species in that it has but a single attachment. ‘The internal wall of the penis exhibits several fleshy plications, which are continued into the epiphallus and are delicately convoluted. The receptaculum seminis forms a narrow tube shortly after branching from the free-oviduct, with an expanded apical portion. It extends almost to the base of the albumen gland. Internally the walls of the lower portion are studded with small granules, while those of the free-oviduct have the usual plications. Other organs are similar to those of the preceding species. In addition to the shell characters, the external features of the animal, the jaw and dentition are the same as Polygyra; on the other hand the generative organs resemble the Epiphallogonous Helices. Pilsbry and Cockerell assign Ashmunella to the Belogona group, regarding it as having lost by degeneration the dart-sac and associated mucous glands. In cases such as this it would be of special value could we determine the group to which it is allied, by organs totally uncorrelated with the generative organs. Pilsbry‘ states that the pallial organs supply facts for phylogenetic research not less in import- ance than those derived from the generative organs, and supports the statement with comparative measurements of a number of genera, all of which are included in the Epiphallogona. The characteristic feature in the above group is the long, ribbon-like kidney, which is from four to ten times the length of the pericardium, and extends to as much as three-fourths of the total length of the lung. A. pseuco- donta is seen to differ considerably from the above, and apparently does not belong to the group, but a knowledge of the Belogona Euadenia is required before accepting this evidence as conclusive. 7 Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., rgor, vol. iv, p. 161. 84 MURDOCH: ANATOMY OF ASHMUNELLA. It may perhaps not be out of place to add the measurements of the pallial organs of a few other species: Helix subaperta, Ancey. Kidney in length, twice its width, nearly twice the length of the peri- cardium, and scarcely half the length of the lung. Helix (Otala) constantinae, Forbes. Kidney in length, four times its width including the ureter, and twice the length of pericardium. ‘The rectal portion of the ureter, in the form of a groove. Helicella zaccarensis, Kob. Kidney in length, nearly four times its width, rather more than twice the length of the pericardium, and about half the length of the lung. H, (Trochula) zitoumica, L. and B. Kidney in length, nearly four times its width, considerably less than twice the length of the peri- cardium, and nearly half the length of the lung. ‘The rectal portion of the ureter, in the form of a groove. Leucochroa candidissima, Drap. Kidney scarcely twice the length of the pericardium and con- siderably less than half the length of the lung. Helix (Levantina) hierosolyma, Boiss. Kidney in length, nearly four times its width, two and three quarter times the length of the pericardium, and less than half the length of the lung. The rectal portion of the ureter in the form of a groove. Note sy C. F, ANcEy.—Mr. Murdoch had no access to the paper published by H. A. Pilsbry, under the title: ‘‘ Note on the Anatomy of the Helicoid genus Ashmunella,” in the Proc. of the Ac. of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia,.1g00, pp. 107—109. From this I ex- tract the following data concerning Ashmunella thomsoniana typical. .... The single specimen secured extruded its penis in drowning, and I found it impossible to retract it. It is notable that only the lower and wider portion is everted, not the tapering upper part, which is probably epiphallic. “The general proportions of the genitalia are as in var. porterae, the spermatheca being long, decidedly over half the length of the penis + epiphallus, in both forms. The lower insertion of the penis retractor muscle in var. porterae seems to be wanting in thomsoniana. “The jaw is strongly arcuate with seven moderately strong, separ- ated, distinct ribs. “ Radula with 27°1'27 teeth, similar to those of A. hyporhyssa, the tenth to the thirteenth transitional, outer ten margins, with the inner cusps bifid.” Pilsbry adds (p. 108): ‘The tridentate forms ¢homsoniana and porterae differ from the others in the greater proportionate length of the spermatheca,” Journ of Malacology,1901, Vol. VIII pt 3. Bivite R.M. del adnat. A.S Huth Lith” London. ANATOMY OF ASHMUNELLA. . MURDOCH: ANATOMY OF ASHMUNELLA, 85 EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII. < Ashinunella pseudodonta, bigs it. Jaw. Fig. 2. Teeth. Fig. 3. The Alimentary canal, pallial organs, etc. Fig. 4. Generative organs. Fig. 5. Cross section through the penis showing the internal plications. Fig. 6. Cross section through the appendix to the hermaphrodite duct. Fig. 7. Albumen gland, much enlarged, to show the natural position of the appendix, hermaphrodite duct, and the membrane enveloping the latter. Ashmunella thomsoniana var. porterae. Fig. 8. Generative organs. REFERENCE LETTERS. alb. gi. Albumen gland. pe. Pericardium. ap. Appendix. i Rectum. b. ¢. Buccal cavity. T. (ds Receptacular duct. €. ep. Ciliated epithelium. r. Mm. Retractor muscle. lb. hs Hermaphrodite duct. T. Ss Keceptaculum seminis. h. gf. Hermaphrodite gland. s. d. Salivary duct. tnt. Intestine. s. gl. Salivary gland. k. Kidney. wr. Ureter. ih Lung. ut. Uterus. ve. Oesophagus. v. d. Vas deferens. p. Penis. w. p.c. Wall of pulmonary cavity. THREE NEW NUDIBRANCHS FROM CALIFORNIA. Bye h. Dy An COCKERELL. Coryphella cooperi, n. sp. LENGTH about 20 millim. ; foot narrow, posterior end long attenuate, anterior end produced into well-developed foot-tentacles at the sides, these curled backward, not half as long as oral tentacles; rhinophores as long (about 4 millim.) as oral tentacles, and similar to them, except that they are slightly verrucose; eyes very distinct, immediately behind rhinophores ; branchial tufts in six pairs, the second largest ; anterior tufts with about 28 papillae; the tufts are close together, and spreading, so that as the animal crawls they do not appear separate. Pellucid white with a decided pink tinge; a brilliant greenish-blue patch 86 COCKERELL: ON THREE NEW NUDIBRANCHS. between the first two tufts of branchiae, in the area just in front of and to the left side of the heart; a little of the same greenish-blue colour at the bases of the branchial tufts. Branchial papillae reddish- brown, greenish at base, apex white. The heart was observed to beat 86 times a minute. Hab.—San Pedro, California, on mud flats in the harbour, at low tide, July 19 (W. P. and T. D. A. Cockerell). It occurred with Her- missenda opalescens (Cooper). Named after Dr. J. G. Cooper, who was the first to study the nudibranchs of California. This species has the lingual dentition of Coryphella, and agrees in general type with C. rufibranchialis, except that the lower corner of the lateral teeth in C. cooper? is very much more produced. ‘The median tooth has a large central denticle, and 7 to ro long sharp denticles on each side; the lateral teeth are much produced at both ends, with the median portion of the inner face bearing a number (about 10) of small spines, of which the lower five are relatively large and the others very small. In having a colour-patch in the region of the heart, C. coopert resembles Kolis olivacea, but in that species the patch is bright pink. Facelina stearnsi, n. sp. Length about 30 millim.; foot narrow, posterior end long attenuate ; colour of foot pale pink ; foot-tentacles curled backward, short (about one-fourth length of oral tentacles), brilliant scarlet above; oral ten- tacles long (7 or 8 millim.), often curled backward, brilliant vermillion above, with white tips, otherwise pink; rhinophores about half length of oral tentacles, whitish at base, otherwise brilliant vermillion, except the extreme tips, which are white ; the red portion which is somewhat broader than the basal, is very strongly annulated ; eyes very distinct, just behind rhinophores ; branchial papillae tapering, quite long, very pale greyish olivaceous, with the tips brilliant vermillion ; branchiae in eight tufts on each side, so close as not to be readily distinguishable, anterior tufts very large, of about 28 papillae; sides of head speckled with vermillion ; back white, no colour in region of heart. Teeth very much as in Hermissenda opalescens, with no lateral teeth. A long narrow central denticle, and four long lateral denticles, hardly half the length of the central one. The central denticle is longer and more slender than in H. opalescens. Hab.—San Pedro, California, July 19, on mud flats at low tide with the last (W. P. Cockerell). Named after Dr. R. E. C. Stearns, who has contributed to the knowledge of Californian nudibranchs. COCKERELL: ON THREE NEW NUDIBBANCHS, 87 Theeacera velox, n. sp. Length about 12 millim., narrow, general form of 7. pennigera. White, marked with black stripes, appendages tipped with orange. Foot tentacles and oral tentacles both long, the first white with a purple-black line beneath, continuous with the lowest body-stripes ; oral tentacles with the apical three-fourths bright orange. Rhinophores laminated, with a terminal finger-like process ; apical third (including more than half of the laminated portion) bright orange. Rhinophore- sheath taking the form of a thickened tentacle, about as long as the rhinophore, lateral of the rhinophore and curling behind it; this pseudotentacle is purple-black above and white beneath, with the end broadly orange ; the anterior lobe of the sheath, found in 7. pennigera, is wholly wanting in 7’. velox. Appendages latero-posterior to branchiae formed as in 7. pennigera, with the apical half orange (a small black spot beneath at the base of the orange), the upper side, from the base of the orange forward, with a broad purple-black stripe, these stripes passing forward and joining in the middle line of the back anterior to the branchiae, thence sending a short process forward, and another backward on to the median branchial plume, meeting the orange of its extremity. Branchial plumes three, about as in pennigera, bipin- nate, the lateral ones with a purple-black patch and a little orange mark beyond ; the middle one broadly orange at the end. Hind end of foot bright orange, the black bands stopping abruptly at the orange. The purple-black longitudinal stripes are a dorsal and two on each side ; the dorsal begins very broadly on the front of the head, and thence narrows until it ends some distance before the branchiae ; pos- terior to the branchiae it is continued, and goes nearly to the end of the foot. The subdorsal stripes are interrupted in the region of the branchiae, but otherwise are nearly entire. There are very short stripes in the area between the dorsal and subdorsal stripes, about the middle of the anterior part of the back. ‘The lateral stripes border the narrow sole, and are continuous, but end before the subdorsal ones. Hab.—La Jolla, San: Diego County, California, among rocks at low tide, August 3, 1901 (Helen Blake). Very active when swimming with an undulating motion on the surface of the water. Described from a living specimen. 88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MIDLAND MALACOLOSICAL SOCIETY. a NOTES. Limax nyctelius, Bgt., in Washington. On May 19, 1899, I found a number of ZL. nyctelius, alive and healthy, in the sheathing bases of the leaves of a date palm just imported from Orleansville, Algeria. This is of interest as indi- cating the habits of the slug, and the way in which it may be carried from one country to another; but the other palms of the same lot were sent to Arizona, where I afterwards saw them, and if there were any slugs upon them I am sure they could not survive. —T. D. A. COCKFRELL. Psammobia ferroensis var. pallida.—-In the Journal of Conchology, 1901, p. 14, I see P. ferroensis vy. pallida, Marshall. Is not this subsequent to P. ferroensis v. pallida, Ckll., Zoologist, 1887, p. 115? I presume they are identical, but I think Mr. Marshall must have overlooked my description. — TD! Ay GOCKERELE. Conehological Society: Committee for Collective Investigation.—The fol- lowing are the subjects for enquiry proposed for 1901—1902. Returns should reach the Secretary (A. E. Boycott, The Grange, Hereford) by September Ist, 1902. i.—Do you find Vallonia pulchella and the form costata together or separately ? in dry or moist situations? do intermediate forms occur? does each form seem to affect a particular kind of habitat ? ii.— Do Tachea memoralis and 7’. hortensis occur together or separately? (1) in the same district? (2) in the same locality (hedgebank etc.) ? is there any difference in the nature of the habitat most affected by each species ? iii. —Do Clausilia rugosa (bidentata) and Balia perversa occur together ? what habitats are they found in? iv.—-Are there any constant differences between the radulae of (1) Hyalinia cellaria and H. alliaria, (2) Limnaca peregra and L. auricularia, (3) Suecinea putris and S, elegans, (4) Tachea nemoralis and T. hortensis ? v.—Kecord the circumstances attending the periodical disappearance to which certain species, such as 4. g/utinosa, H. fusca, and V. edentula, are subject. Tlow are such disappearances to be accounted for ? PROCEEDINGS OF THE MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 28TH MEETING, MAY I0TH, I9OI. The President in the chair, Various donations to the Library were announced, including a valuable series of works from Prof. L. H. Plate. EXHIBITS. The President exhibited and made some remarks upon various collections of shells from Tavoy, Amherst, and the Philippines. 3y Mr. H. Overton: Decollated specimens of Clausilia laminata from Glouces- tershire. By Mr. Breeden: Helix nemoralis and varieties, and Arion empiricorum v. bicolor from Capel Curig. PROCEEDINGS OF THE MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 89 29TH MEETING, JUNE I4TH, I90I. The President in the chair. EXHIBITS. _ By Mr. Breeden: Shells of Helix nemoralis from Birdlip with curious malforma- tion of the mouth, also specimens of Planorbis carinatus with the last whorl pro- duced and growing ventrally. By Mr. Linton: A living example of Vivipara vivipara, in which the sutures of the shell were deeply separated to form a shoulder to each whorl, also a shell of Planobis corneus m. sinistrorsum, and a beautiful series of malformed specimens of P. spirorbis from Tenby. By the President: Sinistral examples of Helix pomutia, aspersa, hortensis, and Limnaea peregra; also malformed specimens of Dentalium entalis and Ostrea virginica. 30TH MEETING, JULY 12TH, Igor. The President in the chair. EXHIBITS. By Mr. Overton: An interesting collection of land, freshwater, and marine shells from Oban and district. By Mr. Linton: Physa heterostropha from South Staffordshire; also foreign Clausilias. By the President: Various foreign Clausilias. CURRENT LITERATURE. Pilsbry, Henry A.—Tryon’s Manual of Conchology, ser. i, vol. xiv (pt. 53), pp. I—64, pls. I—15. Philadelphia: Academy of Natural Sciences. In the present part Dr. Pilsbry completes the account of the genus Amphidromus, Alb., treating of the subgenera Beddomea, Nev., and Pseudopartula, Pfr.; then conveniently follow the following genera: Draparnaudia, Montr., with D. crossei, n. sp. from New Caledonia, which stands between D. sinistrorsa, Desh., and D. lifuana, Pils., this latter being a new name for the D. theobaldianus, Gass., preoc- cupied by Benson. The genus is perhaps most closely related to Papuina than to any other genus. A new subgenus (Dolicheulota) of Hulota, Hartm., is described, the author here remarking that the anatomy, at present unknown, will probably be found to agree essentially with Zuhadra. The type is Bulimus formosensis, H. Ad., but as the name is preoccupied in LuJota, it is suggested that if on examination of the anatomy a new one is required, it may be termed &. elongata. Calycia, H. Ad., and the somewhat unsatisfactory genus Bocourtia, Rochebr., follow. Passing then to the American Bulimulidae, the subfamily Odontostominae is first dealt with. That the genera treated of are Bulimuline is unmistakably indicated by the exceedingly short kidney, and by the absence of accessory organs upon the penis. Jacrodontes, Swains., is accorded generic rank, then follow Anctus, v. Marts., and Odontostomus, Beck, with the following sections: MJoricandia, Pils. and Van., Bahiensis, Jouss., Cyclodontina, Beck, and Odontostomus, Beck, s. str. Hedley, C.—Studies on Australian Mollusca. Part iii. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1900, pp. 72I—732, pl. xlvili, and 8 figs. in text. The following new species are described and figured: Mathilda rose, Lewconopsis inermis, Stenothyra australis, Iravadia australis, Callomphala globosa, Endodonta concinna, Chlamys fenestrata. In addition to these, figures are given of many other species, particularly interesting amongst which is that of Asaphis contraria, Desh., a new and unexpected addition to the Australian fauna. go CURRENT LITERATURE. Hedley, C.—Some new or unfigured Australian shells. Rec. Aust. Mus., 1901, vol. iv, pp. 22—27, 9 figs. The new species are Philobrya tatei, Periploma micans, Sarepta? tellinaeformis, and a new variety (depressa) of Thersites gulosa, Gld. Kew, H. Wallis.— On the Pairing of Limax maximus. Naturalist, 1901, pp. 241—254, figs. 1—5. In the present paper the author sets forth the various accounts which have been given by Lister (1678), Werlich (1819), Boch-Buschmann (1853), Purkyne (1859), Bladon (1858), Baudelot (1863), and Laurent (1895), together with those of Danial, Ashford, and Adams. Some hitherto unpublished and interesting notes of Tye, Standen, and the author are given, confirming and supplementing previous observations. z Vanatta, E. G.—New Marine Mollusks. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1901, pp. 182—187, pl. v, part Haminea zanzibarica (Zanzibar), H. swecinea, Conr. var., solidior (West Indies), Atys sharpi (West Indies), Zornatina bermudensis (Bermuda), Lucina (Divaricella) daliana (South Africa), L.(D.) huttoniana (Auckland, N.Z.), and Venus (Anomalo- cordia) malonet (South Africa), are described and figured. Pilsbry, H. A.—New species of Mollusks from South Africa and Burma. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1901, pp. 188—190, pl. v, part Vivipara henzadensis from Henzada, Burma, constitutes the type of a new subgeneric group of south-eastern Asia, in which the operculum is peculiarly modi- fied, Dr. Pilsbry proposes the name Jdiopoma for this group. Ampullaria winkleyt Henzada, and Donax bertini and Fossarus capensis (South Africa) are also new. Pilsbry, H. A.—New Mollusca from Japan, the Loo Choo Islands, Formosa and the Philippines. Proc. Acad. Nat. Soc. Phila., 1901, pp. 193—210. The new forms are: Hulota succincta var. amblytropis, E. sargentiana, Lampro- cystis spadix, S. and B. var. cinctus, Vitronoconus moellendorfi, Succinea ogasawarac, S. punctulispira, Columbella polynyma, Chrysodomus tntersculptus, Sby. var. frater, Peristernia ustulata, Rve. var. luchuana, Echinella cunvingi, Phil. var. luchuana, Turbonilla varicifera, Cantharidus (Phasianotrochus) hirasei, C. bisbalteatus, Clanculus gemmulifer, C. microdon var. ater, C. hizenensis, Huchelus ruber, A. Ad. var. brunneus, Chlorostoma argyrostonuum var. basiliratum, Acmaea heroldi var, signata, Patella luchuana, Onithochiton hirasei, Cryptoplax japonicus and rhodoplax (sine descr.), Petricola cyclus, Venus hirasei, Tapes platyptycha, 7’. phenax, Donax kiusiuensis, Anatina impura, Lima hirasei, Arca (Scapharca) nipponensis. Nearly all the specimens have been collected by Mr. Lirase, of Kyoto. Pilsbry, Henry A.—The Anatomy of the sub-genus Beddoniea and the Relation- ships of the genus Amphidromus. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1901, vol. iv, pp. 158—162, pl. xvi. From an examination of specimens of Amphidromus ( Beddomea ) intermedius, Rve., albizonatus, Rve., and ceylanicus, Pfr., Dr. Pilsbry finds that they agree in their general anatomy with Aimphidromus (s. s.), and he is not inclined to accord to Beddomea, G. Nev., more than sub-generic rank. Pilsbry, Henry A.—Morphological and Descriptive Notes on the genus Crypto- plax. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1901, vol. iv, pp. I151—157, pls. xiv, xv. Pilsbry, Henry A.—Notes on the Recent Literature of Japanese Land-Snails. Ann. Mag. N. H., 1901 (s. 7), vol. viii, pp. I—9. The author briefly discusses certain questions of distribution and classification, and gives a list of the species described since the beginning of 1900, together with the somewhat extensive synonymy established during that period. The total number of new species and varieties is 129, of which 22 are known to be synonyms, while possibly a half-dozen more are doubtful. CURRENT LITERATURE. gt Baker, F. C.—The Digitations of the Mantle in Physa. Bull. Chicago Ac. Sci., 1g0I, vol. il, pp. 225—228, pls. i, ii. The author has examined the edge of the mantle which is reflected over the parietal wall, in various species of Physa, and finds the marginal digitations very uniform in those species whose shell exhibits little or no variation, while in those species subject to great variation, there is a corresponding variation in the mantle. Baker, F. C.—Description of a new species of Limnaca. Ibid., pp. 228—-230, figs. L. woodrufi, from the southern part of Lake Michigan. Gude, G. K.—A third report on Helicoid Land-shells from Japan and the Loo Choo Islands. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1go01, vol. iv, pp. 191—201, pls. XiX—Xxxi. The main value of the report lies in the generic corrections and the figures, unfortunately these latter are not printed in the text but on a glazed paper. Two new varieties are described, viz. Trishoplita goodwini v. carinata, and Eulota (Aegista) friedcliana v. tumida. Gude, G. K.— Description of a new species of Chloritis from the Loo Choo Islands. Ann. Mag. N. H., 1901 (s. 7), vol. viii, pp. 157—158, figs. I—4. C. oshimana, n. sp. resembles C. cheratomorpha, Tap., from New Guinea. Smith, J. P.—The Larval Coil of Baculites. Amer. Nat., 1901, vol. xxxv, pp. 39—49, pls. A, B. Until comparatively recently Baculites was supposed to be an ammonite that had reverted to the orthoceran form, but the discovery, in the Cretaceous beds of Dakota, of young examples possessing a larval coil attached to the straight shaft, was rightly interpreted as indicating the descent of this genus from a coiled ancestor. A recent find of numerous larval coils of B. chicoensis, has enabled the author to describe the ontogeny and phylogeny of the genus, and to illustrate the same. Smith, J. Perrin and Weller, S.—Prodromites, a new Ammonite genus from the Lower Carboniferous. Journ. of Geol., rgor, vol. ix, pp. 255—266, pls. vi—viil. In this new genus we have, the authors state, the oldest known and most complex ammonite yet described from strata older than the Permian. The new genus is founded partly on Miller’s Goniatites gorbyi, of which corrected figures are given, and a new species P. praematurus. Fischer, H.—Description d’une espéce nouvelle de Melampus provenant du Golfe de Gascogne. Journ. de Conchyl., 1900, vol. xlviii, pp. 66—69, figs. 1,2. Dr. Fischer now describes the specimen of Melampus previously referred to as MM. exiguus, Lowe (J. de Conchyl., 1899, p. 55, fig. 1), and proposes for it the name of I. biscayensis. Nabias, B. de.—Noyau lobé des cellules nerveuses chez le Gastéropodes pulmonés aquatiques (Limnaca stagnalis et Planorbis corneus). Action des anesthésiques généraux (Chloroforme). Soc. Scient. Stat. Zool. Arcachon, Trav. d. labor., 1899, pp. 36—38, I pl. Murdoch, R.—On the Anatomy of some Agnathous Molluscs from: New Zealand. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1901, vol. iv, pp. 166—173, pl. xvii. The specimens described are Rhytida greenwoodi, Gray, RK. meesoni, Suter, Rienea coresia, Gray, Schizoglossa novoseclandica, Pfr., Paryphanta hochstettert, Pfr., and Natalina caffra, Fer. Murdoch, R.—On the Anatomy of Buliminus djurdjurensis, Ancey, from the Djurdjura Mountains, Kabylia. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1901, vol. iv, pp. 174—177, figs. i—vi. g2 GENERAL REVIEWS. GENERAL REVIEWS. Land and Freshwater Shells: an Introduction to the study of Conchology. By J. W. Williams. cr. 8vo. pp. 112, 34 figs. in text. 3rd and revised edition. London: 1901. Swan Sonnenschein and Co., Ltd. We are pleased to welcome a further edition of this little handbook. The text of Chapters i—iii, treating of the anatomy and physiology of a snail and a freshwater mussel, have not been altered, excepting to make some slight corrections. Ina remarkably small space they give a clear and intelligent survey of their subject. Mr. J. W. Taylor has revised [?] the systematic part, and with Mr. Roebuck contributes an imperfect census of the distribution of the land and freshwater mollusca. We really cannot take Mr. Taylor’s revision seriously nor the so-called census. Mr. Williams would have been well advised, if he had revised the system- atic portion himself and entirely omitted the ‘‘ census.” Our Country’s Shells and how to knowthem, A Guide to the British Mollusca. By W. J. Gordon. pp. vii+152, with 33 plts. and figs. in text. London: [1901] Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, and Co., Ltd. We have carefully examined and read through this book, looking for some redeeming feature, but our task has been in vain. It is such publications as this which act rather as hindrances than helps, to the collector and student of popular conchology. Shell Life an introduction to the British Mollusca. By Edward Step. cr. 8vo. PP- 414, 32 plts. and figs. in text. London: 1901. F. Warne and Co. That there is an opening for a cheap and popular handbook treating of the Mollusca of this country few will deny, but it is absolutely necessary that the author of such, should be one possessing a practical acquaintance with his subject and the literature thereon. Mr. Step possesses neither of these qualifications, with the result that the present work is little more than a careless compilation. Good use has been made of Mr. Cooke’s interesting work (Mollusca, Cambridge Natural History), but where the author obtained the information that Limaz tenellus, Nilss., was a British slug and that Amalia carinata, Risso, was the same as 4. marginata, Drap., is more than we can tell, but such statements will serve to illustrate the general inaccuracy. The almost entire absence of any references is a marked feature; as we have stated time after time in this paper such a practice is most reprehensible, no author is justified in making statements ‘‘as though he himself had investigated and was responsible for the accuracy of these statements in virtue of his own observations on the objects described, when all the time he is simply stating what this man and that man have seen, and he has not seen, though he omits to mention the name of those to whom he is indebted.” Most of the figures on the 32 plates are good, many in the text, however, are very poor. EDITOR’S NOTES. We regret to have to record the decease of Mr. Thomas Rogers of Manchester, in his seventy-fourth year, who died on Helvellyn on May 30th, whilst making an ascent of the mountain. As we go to press, we learn with deep regret that Mr. Martin F. Woodward, while on a zoological excursion to the west coast of Ireland, was drowned on the 15th instant. EGE FOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY: No. 4. DECEMBER 30TH, IQOl. Vor VILE ON SOME LAND SHELLS FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. By EDGAR A. SMITH. THE specimens about to be described were collected by the late William Doherty near the present terminus of the Uganda Railway, between September 1900 and April 1901. The escarpment where they were obtained is at an elevation of 6500—g000 feet. Ennea (Gulella) ugandensis, n. sp. Fig. I. Testa breviter pupiformis, tenuis, polita, pellucida, albida; spira cylindrica, superne obtuse conoidea ; anfractus 8 leviter convexi, infra suturam anguste pellucido-marginati, et obsolete subplicati, vel crenu- Fic. 1.—Ennea (Gulella) wgandensis, n. sp. re) ? lati, microscopice spiraliter striati, lineisque incrementi obliquis parum distinctis sculpti, ultimus antice nec descendens nec adscendens, pone labrum tri-scrobiculatus ; apertura rotunde quadrata, longit. totius 3 Journ. oF MALAc., 1901, vol. vili, No. 4. 94 SMITH: ON SOME LAND SHELLS FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. circiter aequans, dentibus pluribus munita ; peristoma albidum, leviter incrassatum, expansum et reflexum, margine externo tridentato, basal1 dente unico parvo munito, columellari dente bifido, parietali dente Jamelliforme superne labro fere juncto. Longit. 10} millim., diam. 54; apertura cum perist. 4 longa, 3 lata. Of about the same size and general appearance as E. hanningtont, Smith, but somewhat broader, with a squarer aperture, a different columellar tooth and different teeth within the outer lip. These are three in number, the central being most prominent and the anterior one the smallest. The spiral striation is only visible under a powerful lens and is most observable upon the back of the body-whorl. 1 7) 4 Martensia permanens, n. sp. - Figs. 2, 3. Testa depresse conoidalis, carinata, anguste perforata, supra pallide fusca, infra albida ; spira breviter conica, ad apicem obtusa ; anfractus 63 lente accrescentes, duo superiores leviter convexi, microscopice spiraliter striati, coeterl1 convexiusculi, ad suturam carinati, oblique confertim et arcuatim costulato-striati, ultimus ad peripheriam acute angulatus, vel carinatus, antice haud descendens, infra fere laevis, lineisque tantum incrementi tenuibus sculptus; apertura oblique lunata ; peristoma tenue, margine columellari ad insertionem breviter expanso et reflexo. ‘ Diam. maj. 21 millim., min. 184; alt. 12. Figs. 2 and 3.—J/artensia permanens, n. sp. There is a distinct difference in the colour of the upper and lower surfaces of this species. ‘The former is of a pale brown tint varied with pale hair-like streaks in the direction of the lines of growth, whilst the Iatter is of an uniform pale or whitish colour. The minute spiral striation is limited to the protoconch, consisting of about two whorls. ‘The keel or angulation of the body-whorl in adult specimens is not very sharp, but in young examples it is much more acute, as may be seen by the distinct carina which marks the suture. SMITH : ON SOME LAND SHELLS FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 95 Limicolaria dohertyi, n. sp. Fig. 4. Testa ovato-pyramidalis, ad apicem obtusa, solida, imperforata, vel subrimata, saturate castanea, strigis albis irregularibus picta, lineis incrementi obliquis striisque spiralibus undique decussata ; anfractus 7 convexi, sensim accrescentes, sutura pallida lineari sejuncti; apertura inverse auriformis, intus caerulescens, longit. totius 2 adaequans ; labrum tenue, arcuatum ; columella incrassata, reflexa, sordide albida. Longit. 59 millim., diam. 28; apertura 23 longa, 13 lata. Fig. 4.—Limicolaria dohertyi, n. sp. This very interesting species is remarkable for its solidity and its pupoid form. The white stripes upon the deep chestnut ground are irregular and scmewhat wavy, oblique, or ziczac in form. The three apical whorls are smoother than the rest of the shell, whitish or bluish and devoid of striping. One of the three specimens under examina- tion is rimate, the two others being imperforate. Named doherty as a tribute to the memory of the collector, the late William Doherty. Buliminus bambuseti, Martens, var. Fig. 5. Buliminus bambuseti, Martens: Sitz. Ber. Gesell. nat. Freunde Berlin, 1900, p. 118. Testa ovata, supra acuminata, imperforata, vel vix rimata, saturate vel pallide fusca, solidiuscula, lineis incrementi obliquis striisque spi- ralibus tenuibus confertis minute decussata ; anfractus 6} convexius- 96 SMITH: ON SOME LAND SHELLS FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. cull, superiores duo laeves; ultimus magnus, inflatus, antice flavescens, oblique descendens, ad medium obsolete carinatus ; apertura inverse auriformis, intus rufescens, longit. totius $ paulo superans ; peristoma incrassatum, reflexum, pallidum, margine dextro curvato, columellari rectiusculo, supra leviter expanso. Longit. 294 millim., diam. 18; apertura cum perist. 14 longa, 11 lata. Fig. 5.—Buliminus bambuseti, Martens, var. Dr. E. von Martens has kindly compared a specimen with his B. bambuseti, and he is of opinion, notwithstanding slight differences, that they belong to the same species. He noted that the present variety was a little larger, the last whorl rather more inflated, and the peristome paler, also that the faint angulation or ridge around the middle of the body-whorl was more distinct in the Uganda shell. Opeas crenulata, n. sp. Fig. 6. Testa gracilis, subulata, pellucida, nitida, tenuis ; anfractus 12 lente accrescentes, duo apicales laeves, convexi, coteri convexiuscull, oblique leviter striatuli, ad suturam minute crenulati, sutura leviter oblique sejuncti, ultimus brevis ; apertura inverse auriformis, parva; peristoma tenue, margine columellari expanso et reflexo. Longit. 12 millim., diam. 3; apertura 24 longa. Fig 6.—Opeas crenulata, n. sp. Well characterised by the numerous short whorls and the minute plication at the suture. ‘The form is somewhat variable, some speci- mens being more slender than others. THE ANATOMY OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF THE GENUS SOLEN. Pt. IL* 3y H. H. BLOOMER. (Plate viii.) CIRCULATORY SYSTEM. The circulatory system of Solen presents not a few difficulties. In the following account I have been guided very largely by the valuable work of Menegaux, but the whole system has been subjected to very careful investigation, particularly the venous system. Venous System.—Solen ensis, L. (Pl. viii, fig. 17). As in all the Pelecypoda, the venous system of So/en is very com- plicated and difficult to make out. There are no defined vessels conveying the venous blood from the tissues, but it finds its way through the lacunous parts of the animal and accumulates in the various sinuses. Running along the elongated foot is a large canal, the homologue of the posterior pedal sinus of other pelecypoda (P.S.). It is nearly median and enclosed by the bundles of longitudinal and transverse muscles, leaving between them, openings by which the blood passes to it from the secondary sinus, the latter being situated dorsally (CARESS): The posterior pedal sinus branches at the proximal end of the foot into anterior and posterior divisions, the latter following inferiorly the visceral mass, from which it receives the blood, and describing a curve terminates just opposite the viscero-renal orifices (V.R.O.). In the retraction of the foot the orifices open and allow the blood to pass through the kidneys (K.). The blood then accumulates in the pallial sinuses (7a. S.), which are situated on the inner surfaces of the mantle lobes near to the line of their dorsal concres- cence, and just behind the posterior adductor muscle (P. A4.). The * See ante, p. 36. 98 BLOOMER: ON THE BRITISH SPEGIES OF THE GENUS SOLEN. anterior division of the posterior pedal sinus bifurcates and communi- cates with the sinus lying over the anterior adductor muscle (A. A. S.), this sinus extends posteriorly over the viscera and laterally down the sides of the same. The sinus of the viscero-parietal ganglion (V. P. S.) is situated between the bifurcated parts of the posterior retractor pedis muscle and the posterior adductor muscle, and dorsal to the viscero- parietal ganglion. The venous system in the mantle does not possess well-walled passes, but being very lacunous and very soft it is capable of receiving an enormous quantity of blood. In its posterior part the venous blood mixes with the arterial, and collects in the pallial sinus. The siphonal tentacles exhibit large lacunae opening directly into the siphonal sinus (Sz. S.). The afferent branchial vessel (A. B. V.) originates from the sinus of the viscero-parietal ganglion (V.P.S.). The efferent branchial vessel (#. B.V.) conveys the arterial blood to the auricle (Aw.), opening into it at the posterior end, and as the gills extend a little anterior to this part of the auricle, the vessel has con- sequently, one portion of it anterior and the other posterior to the point of junction. Solen siliqua, L., and Solen marginatus, Pult. and Don. There is nothing calling for comment in the venous system of these species. The Heart.—This is typical of the Pelecypoda, a median fusiform ventricle and lateral triangular auricles. Arterial System.—Solen ensis, L. Arising from the anterior end of the ventricle is the anterior aorta (A. Ao.), it proceeds dorsally over the viscera and shortly gives off an artery which passes to the wall of the pericardium, from there to the sinus of the foot, and then to the kidney. ‘The anterior aorta in its passage forward gives off various hepatic or gastric branches, and on reaching a position dorsal to the mouth it curves in slightly and then descends perpendicularly. At the point of incurving it sends off a branch to the anterior portion of the right lobe of the liver (A. A. Al.), after leaving this organ, the branch passes over the ante- rior adductor muscle to the region of the hinge teeth of the shell ; its further course has not yet been traced owing to the injury always caused to this part of the animal in its removal from the shell. During the descent of the anterior aorta, a large artery is given off, the visceral artery (A.V.), which vascularises a large portion of the viscera. ‘Iwo branches of it pass along the caecum of the crystalline style and cover the latter with their fine ramifications. ‘The largest branches, however, pass on to the intestinal folds and terminate there. BLOOMER: ON THE BRITISH SPECIES OF THE GENUS SOLEN. 99 The anterior aorta then turns anteriorly, at which point it gives rise to the pedal artery (P. A7.) and later to the labial branches, and a branch to each bifurcated anterior retractor pedis muscle. It then passes underneath the anterior adductor muscle, vascularising this and finally dividing in the mantle into two branches. Menegaux is of opinion that it continues by the circumpallial, although he has not been able to trace the connection very ciearly. The pedal artery (P. Ar.) passes to the foot and buries itself in the tissues. It supplies the pedal ganglion, follows the length of the foot dorsal to the anterior pedal sinus, and gives off numerous alternating branches before dividing into two divisions at the extremity of the foot. Arising from the posterior end of the ventricle is the posterior aorta (P. Ao.), which very shortly after leaving the ventricle forms the dilatation known as the bulbus arteriosus (Bb. A.), The latter is separated from the ventricle by a small valve, it 1s of considerable length, and extends to the posterior adductor muscle (P. A.), sur- rounding the rectum like a sheath and attached to it by small muscular columns. From the bulbus arteriosus a small artery arises which passes to the dorsal part of the pericardium. Near the posterior adductor muscle the posterior aorta divides into the two posterior pallial arteries (P. P. A), one going to the right and the other to the left, and both passing underneath the muscle and communicating with the rectal lacunae, these two branches then open into the two pallial sinuses. They further communicate with the tissues surrounding these organs; sinking into the walls, they reach the connected marginal borders of the mantle lobes, passing round these, they enlarge very much and give off on the external surface numerous small branches, not a fused network, and finally return anteriorly to the level of the attachment of the dorsal integument to the shell. Owing to the damage sustained in the removal of the animal from the shell, as mentioned above, it has not yet been possible to trace any connection between the anterior and_ posterior aortae. The branches of the posterior aorta are themselves true arteries, but the existence of an endothelium in them has not yet been demon- strated. In all cases these are walled canals exhibiting, laterally, orifices leading to the pallial lacunae. Everywhere in all the arteries of the mantle Menegaux states that he has found this character to exist. In the Pelecypoda generally the arteries open into the lacunae, but in the visceral mass of the foot these are only fine ramifications, 100 BLOOMER: ON THE BRITISH SPECIES OF THE GENUS SOLEN. which have their walls pierced with small holes. In the mantle these are large trunks which form lateral openings. ‘This fact may be explained by the rapid displacement which the blood has to submit to at times. Besides this, in consequence of the respiratory function of the mantle, the blood must spread over as large a surface as possible. S. stliqua, L. The arterial system of S. si/¢qua is similar to that of S. ens?s, and only differs from it in a few minor details which it is unnecessary to enumerate. S. marginatus Pult and Don. The arterial system of S$. marginatus is somewhat different owing to the anterior portion of the animal being shorter than in the species ensis and stligua. ‘The anterior aorta is dorsal to the anterior end of the right lobe of the liver, before curving and proceeding in a ventral direction. From the pedal artery arises a large branch which also vascularises the viscera and particularly the caecum of the crystalline style. ‘The pedal artery being more superficial forms fewer branches, but at the point of the terminal curve of the intestine it gives off a large lateral branch which passes between the muscular bundles of the distal end of the foot. EXPLANATION OF PLATE VILL: Fig. 17. Semi-diagrammatic view of Solen cnsis from the left side, showing the circulatory system. REFERENCE LETTERS. Ai Anus. M. L. Mantle lobe. Au. Auricle. TA Alp Posterior adductor muscle. A; As Anterior adductor muscle. PVA: Posterior aorta. A. Ao. Anterior aorta. PAT: Pedal artery. A,A.M. Artery of the Anterior P. P. A. Posterior pallial artery. adductor muscle. P. P. S. Posterior pedal sinus. A. A.S. Anterior adductor sinus. Pa. &. Pallial sinus. « A.B. V. Afferent branchial vessel. ti Rectum. A. P. 8. Anterior pedal sinus. to JOR Right lobe of liver. As Visceral artery. kt. P. A. Ketractor pedis anterior GueAn DBulbus arteriosus. artery. (Of NGS Caecum of crystalline style. Se AY Siphonal sinus. Y. B. V. Efferent branchial vessel. St. Stomach. F, A. Fourth aperture. SG he Siphonal tentacles. In. Intestine. Ve Ventricle. K, Kidney. V. P. S. Viscero-parietal sinus. 1b, Mbp Left lobe of liver. V. lt. O. Viscero-renal orifice. 0.0 yurn. of Malacolo 1 1 ! i} ! 1 1 1 T A Ts Huth, Lith? London. AS A H.H.B, del ad nat ANATOMY OF SOLEN. e IOI DESCRIPTIONS OF FIVE NEW SPECIES OF SHELLS. sy G. B. SOWERBY, F.L.S. (Plate ix, figs. I—5.) Conus beddomei, n. sp. Pl. ix, fig. 1. Shell rather solid, light yellowish-brown, ornamented with large irregular white patches, which are mostly longitudinally oblong and here and there zigzag, those at the angle being smaller and arranged in a regular way; the growth lines form slightly-waved longitudinal striae, crossed by very faint spiral ridges, which become stout and prominent towards the base. Spire broadly conical, but little raised, rather sharply angled ; whorls slightly concave above the angle, separ- ated by a well-defined impressed suture, sculptured with three rather deep spiral grooves, crossed by numerous rather prominent oblique striae. Interior of the aperture pink. Length 22, breadth at angle 16 millim. Hab.—“West Indies” (C. E. Beddome). This pretty cone bears no very close resemblance to any known species ; its markings somewhat resemble those of C. colubrinus, Lamk., but of course it does not belong to that section of the genus. The shell was found in the collection of the late C. E. Beddome (recently acquired by us), labelled ‘‘ Conus zeczac, Muhlf., West Indies.” This led me to look up the description of that species which has not been recognized by modern authors—Reeve (Conch. Icon.) and Weinkauff (Conch. Cab.) make no mention of it ; Sowerby (Thes. Conch.) places the name in the index with ‘‘ Unknown to me.” Tryon (Manual of Conch.) only quotes Sowerby. I now find Cunus ziczac, Megerle von Muhlfeldt described and figured (Mag. Gesellsch. Naturf. Berlin, vol. viii, p. 4), and it does not at all resemble the shell which I now call C. beddomei, and it is certainly not that species. The question what it is, is perhaps not so easy to answer, as the figure is a poor one, but in my opinion it is nothing but a form of C. mediterraneus. The locality quoted “Mediterranean Sea,” the obtusely elevated form of the spire as figured, and the general contour of the shell (although the markings are rather peculiar) lead me to that con- clusion. I may say also, that in the description there is nothing to render the correctness of this identification improbable. Pisania delicatula, n. sp. Pl. ix, fig. 2. Shell elongated, rather narrow, pale yellow, with an obscure inter- rupted white zone about the middle of the body-whorl ; spire acutely pyramidal; apex brown, papillary; whorls 7, the first two smooth, 102 SOWERBY: DESCRIPTIONS OF FIVE NEW SPECIES OF SHELLS. rounded and polished, the next slightly convex, decussated with rather strong longitudinal ridges crossed by spiral striae, the ridges and striae become gradually less pronounced on the subsequent whorls, the last being almost smooth, excepting towards the base where it is strongly spirally ridged, and at the upper part, where fine close striae and a few more distant ridges are faintly visible. Aperture rather small, oblong-ovate ; columella arched in the middle, and slightly recurved towards the base, and furnished above with a small projection marking the entrance to the posterior canal ; outer lip slightly thickened, very slightly crenulated, and furnished with two or three small tooth-like projections near the posterior end ; anterior canal short, rather wide, postericr canal narrow and shallow. Length 17, breadth 6 millim. Hab.—Bird Island; Pacific. A small lemon-coloured shell allied to P. montrouzieri, Crosse, but smaller, proportionately narrower, smoother, and of a different colour. Vanikoro expansa, n. sp. [. ix, fig. 3. Shell small, white, rather solid, obliquely rounded, strongly latticed, with 5 stout nodulous spiral ribs, crossed by numerous stout rounded ridges, the 5 middle ones being the most prominent, the interstices forming deep pits; spire very small, apex acute; whorls 34, rapidly increasing, first 1} smooth, minute, the next somewhat obliquely pli- cate; last whorl slightly flattened at the top, with an irregular callus next the suture. Umbilicus moderately open. Aperture wide, rather oblique ; lip acute ; interior smooth. Length 5, width 6 millim. Hab.—North-west Australia. This little species may be readily distinguished from its congeners, and notably by the comparative width of its aperture. Several speci- mens of it were found among a quantity of small shells (until recently unsorted) brought some years ago by Mr. J. J. Walker from north- west Australia. Mangilia eudeli, n. sp. Pl. ix, fig. 4. Shell white, with a very faint zone of pale buff colour; spire turreted, acute; whorls 7, the first 3 smooth, sub-pellucid, the rest shouldered, and slightly convex with about 13 longitudinal ribs which are rendered nodulous by the crossing of numerous spiral ridges ; last whorl rather more than half the length of the shell; sides rather straight. Aperture rather narrow, very slightly attenuated at each end; interior hirate; lip thick, crenulated; posterior sinus rather broad and moderately deep, situated close to the whorl; anterior canal very short and rather wide. NEW SPECIES OF XESTA, ETC., FROM MADAGASCAR AND PERAK. 103 Length 43, width scarcely 2 millim. Hab,—St. Pierre, Réunion Island. Compared with M. rugulosa, Phil., this shell is narrower and more straight sided, and has more numerous ribs. A few specimens of this species were taken by the late Captain Eudel at the above locality in 1863, but it does not appear to have been hitherto described. Cardium (Papyridia) hungerfordi, n. sp. Pl. ix, fig. 5. Shell of very thin substance, rather inflated, rounded in front, slightly expanded and bi-angular behind; anterior side radiately grooved, posterior strongly ribbed ; valves equal, completely closed ; colour light reddish brown, becoming very pale towards the margin, Umbones tumid, incurved, approximating. Lunule rather long, slightly impressed. Posterior produced, concave. Length 83, width 9 millim. Hah,—Japan. Some years ago I noticed specimens of this species in the collection of Surgeon-General Hungerford, but although I could not identify it, ‘I thought it might be the young of a larger species. Having now received specimens direct from Japan, I am inclined to think they are mature. DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF XESTA, AMPHIDROMUS, AND CYCLOSTOMA FROM MADAGASCAR AND PERAK. By HUGH FULTON. (Plate ix, figs, 6—10.) Xesta piperata, n. sp. Pl. ix, fig. 7. Shell dextral, general form as figured, thin, very narrowly umbilicated, whitish with irregular oblique light brown stripes which are more numerous on the last whorl, the whole exterior of shell marked with numerous, irregularly arranged, dark brown spots, a narrow dark brown band at periphery of last whorl continued and fading away at suture of the penultimate whorl; whorls barely 6, slowly increasing ; peristome simple, quite thin, slightly expanded at joint of insertion ; interior of aperture dark brown, the exterior band showing through. Alt. 20; maj. diam. 22 millim. Hab.—Fort Dauphin, Madagascar (Sikora). This distinct new species is well characterised by its peculiar peppered coloration. The position of the band on the body-whorl gives it a somewhat carinate appearance, but there is no trace of a carina, 104 NEW SPECIES OF XESTA, ETC., FROM MADAGASCAR AND PERAK, Amphidromus perakensis, n. sp. Pl. ix, figs. $—ro. Shell dextral or sinistral, solid, general form as figured, imperforate, polished, yellow with a narrow conspicuous band at the suture; whorls 74, sughtly convex, with weak oblique striae or lines of growth ; columella bearing a thin and somewhat flat projecting plate, situated interiorly at about a third of a volution from the exterior ; peristome white, thick, expanded and slightly reflected, margins connected by a transparent raised callus, columellar portion triangularly dilated above, somewhat angular below ; aperture sub-ovate, whitish within. Alt. (sinistral specimen) 48 ; maj. diam. 26 millim, Alt. (dextral specimen) 50; maj. diam. 27 millim. Hab.— Perak (Grubauer). At first sight one could easily take this species to be one of the numerous varieties of A. perversus, but on holding the shell obliquely, the very characteristic columellar projection becomes conspicuous. This plate appears, from an exterior view, to be thick, but on breaking away the wall of the shell, it is seen to” be quite thin. All the numerous specimens collected are quite constant in the possession of this peculiarity, although it is more prominent in some than in others. Cyclostoma sikorae, n. sp. Il. ix, fig. 6. Shell solid, moderately umbilicated, general form as figured, some- what shining, milk-white, ornamented with several dark purple-brown bands situated as shown in illustration; whorls 5#, very convex, with inconspicuous oblique striae or lines of growth; aperture circular, interior of a light brown colour; peristome white, rather broadly expanded at outer and basal portions, narrower on columellar part, margins connected by a rather thin callus ; operculum normal. Alt. 25; maj. diam. 24 millim. Hab.—Fort Dauphin, Madagascar (Sikora). This species 1s chiefly distinguished by its smoothness especially at the umbilical area. In general form it is very near C. jilostriatum, Sowb., but differs in other characters. More rarely C. sikorae is almost covered by two or three dark coloured bands which also shew through the interior of aperture. EXPEANATION “Ol WrAtE ix. Fig. Conus beddomei, n. sp. Fig Pisania delicatula, n. sp. Fig Vanikoro expansa, n. sp. Mangilia eudeli, n. sp. Ley} JQ NOANPW HN Fig. Cardium hungerfordi, n. sp. Fig. Cyclostoma sikorae, n. sp. Fig. Xesta piperata, n. sp. Figs. 8—10. ‘CHUSAN, Our knowledge of the Helicoids of this group of islands is extremely meagre. A few shells were collected by Dr. Cantor 1840-42, and GUDE: LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS. 55 enumerated by Benson. The only other contribution is by A. A. Fauvel, who recorded four species. Of Benson’s records two are doubtful : (1) Hemiplecta striata, Gray, a Singapore shell, and in Dr. von Martens’ opinion included in the present fauna owing to an acciden- tal change of label ; and (2) Plectotropis tapeina, Bens., believed by the same authority to be a mistake in identification for P. osbeckei, Phil. Family Helicidae. ravida, Bens. Genus TRAUMATOPHORA, Anc. Genus CatuHaica, Mdff. triscalpta, Mts. Sub-genus PSEUDIBERUS, Anc. Group Belogona. v. Iher. tectum-sinense, Mts. BELOGONA EUADENIA, Pils. Genus PLECTOTROPIS, Mts. Genus Eutota, Hartm. ciliosa, Pfr. Section EULOTA, s.s. ? osbeckel, Phil.(? tapeina, Bens.) G. FORMOSA. Extensive collections were made in this island in the sixties of last century, by the then British Consul, Robert Swinhoe, and were des- cribed by Henry Adams, and by Pfeiffer. | Quite recently Schmacker collected a number of shells, and described them in conjunction with Professor Boettger ; his lamented death has deprived us of an ardent field naturalist, from whom considerable additions to our knowledge were expected. Several genera, both of Zonitidae and Helicidae are represented, many showing close affinity with Chinese forms. Family Zonitidae. Sub-family Zonitinae. Sub-family Ariophantinae. Genus ‘TROCHOMORPHA, Alb. Genus ARIOPHANTA, Desm. haenseli, Schm. and Bttgr. taivanica, Mdff. Family Helieidae. Sub-family Mae:uchlaminae. Group Epiphallogona, Pils. Genus MACROCHLAMYs, Bens. Genus CuHuoritis, Beck. formosana, Schm. and bttgr. | Sub-genus TRICHOCHLORITIS, Pils. vesta, Pfr. hungerfordiana, Ney. Genus Microcystina, Morch. Genus GANESELLA Blanf. ? par , Schm. and Bttgr. fulvicans, H. Ad. ? spadix, Schm. and Bttgr. albida, H. Ad. v. cinctus, Pils. sphaeroconus, Pfr. Genus Sira.a, H. Ad. v. campochilus, Pils. trochulus, Mdff. Group Belogona, y. Iher. v. formosana, Schm. BELOGONA EUADENIA, Pils. and Bttgr. Genus BuLiminopsis, Hde. Genus KALigELia, Blanf. Section BULIMINOPSIS, s.s. depressa, Mdff. incerta, Pfr. 56 GUDE: LIST OF HELICIOD LAND SHELLS. = taivanica, Mdff. (Tryon). v. amblytropis, Pils. Genus Eu.tota, Hartm. sargentiana, Pils. Section EULOTA, s.s. mellea, Pfr. redfieldi, Pfr. friesiana, Mdff. sieboldiana, Pfr. nux, Mdff. [ =? Nanina sieboldiana, Kobelt] Section DoticHEutora, Pils. touaannensis, Soul. swinhoeana, Pils. Section EULOTELLA, Mts. = Bulimus swinhoeli, Pfr. similaris, Fér. elongata, Pfr. assimilis, H. Ad. ; = Bulimus(Amphidromus) Section EuHApRA, Pils. formosensis, H. Ad. luhuana, Sow. Genus PLECTOTROPIS, Mts. swinhoel, Pfr. mackensu, Ad. and Rve. bairdi, H. Ad. shermani, Pfr. formosensis, Pfr. yv. lautsi, Schm. and Bttgr. bacca, Pfr. granti, Pfr. y. pancala, Schm. and Bttgr. Genus ArcistTa, Alb. succincta, H. Ad. subchinensis, Pfr. H. HONG-KONG. As its close proximity to the Chinese mainland would lead one to expect, the mollusca of this island are essentially Chinese. No less than nine genera of Helicoids are represented, including such typically Chinese as Plectopylis and Moellendorfia ; but Cathaica is absent. The majority of the species were described by Dr. von Mollendorff, who collected there extensively himself, as did Dr. Hungerford and Mr. T. W. Eastlake. Some remarks by the latter are worth quoting here: ‘‘It is remarkable that the Island of Hong-kong should have produced so many indigenous species. A British possession for more than thirty years, hardly one scientific expedition has touched the shores of this ‘barren rock in the ocean’ without discovering a new species. “There are only a few places where shells are to be found, as the larger part of the island consists of naked rocks, or is sparsely covered by Gleichenia dichotoma—a fern, which is a sure indication of the absence of terrestrial mollusca. In the valleys, however, vegetation is luxuriant, and it is in these places that most of the shells are to be found. ‘The dense woods of Little Hong-kong (a Chinese village about six miles from the colony) and the little valley near Sheko (ten miles from the colony), are favorite resorts for collectors. Curiously enough, one of the highest peaks on the island, known as High West (1608’) is the only place where some of the rarest species are to be found ; in especial Helix pulvinaris, Gould.” — [Plectopylis.]). . . . GUDE: LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS. 57 “The whole eastern side is covered with a dense growth of small ficus, acanthaceae, and orchidaceous plants, and these, protected from the violence of the north-east monsoon, form a favorite shelter for the mollusca. Unluckily, the peak is only accessible from the south, and thus almost the entire eastern side is beyond reach. Still one can decend safely thirty or forty yards below the peak, although great precaution 1s necessary, for granite boulders abound, and the slippery, as well as insecure footing these afford, renders a greater decent impossible.” Family Zonitidae. Sub-family Maeroehlaminae. Genus MacrocHLamys, Bens. discus, Mdff. superlita, Morel. nitidissima, Mdff. Genus Microcystina, Morch. schmackeriana, Mdff. eastlakeana (Mdff.), Eastlake (nom. nud.). stenomphala, Mdff. Sub-family Helicarioninae. Genus CryPTOSOMA, Theob. v. imperator, Gld. imperatrix, West. Genus KaALieLia, BIf. depressa, Mdff. hongkongensis, Mdff. Family Helicidae. Genus PLECTOPYLIS, Bens. Section SINICOLO, Gude. pulvinaris, Gould. Group Epiphallogona, Pils. Genus CAMAENA, Alb. Sub-genus CAMAENA, S.s. cicatricosa, Mill. xanthoderma, Mdff. vy. minor, Eastlake. Group Belogona, v. Ther. BELOGONA EUADENIA, Pils. Genus EuLora, Hartm. Section EULOTELLA, Mts. similaris, Feér. v. hongkongensis, Desh. Genus PLECTOTROPIS, Mts. gerlachi, Mdff. BELOGONA SIPHONADENIA, Fer. Genus Hexicoponta. Fer. Sub-genus MOELLENDORFFIA, Anc. eastlakeana, Mdff. trisinuata, Mts. I. HAINAN. Most of the Helicoids of this island were described by Dr. von Mollendorff from O. Herz’s collections. Of Zonitidae seven species are known, and of Helividae six species, all exhibiting decided affinity with the forms from southern China and Indo-China. Family Zonitidae. Sub-family Maeroehlaminae. Genus MACROCHLAMYs, Bens. cincta, Mdff. Genus MicrocysTiINna, Morch. sinica var. hainanensis, Mdff. Genus Hemieiecta, Alb. filicostata, Mdff. Sub-family Heliearioninae. Genus S1TALa, H. Ad. t. Proc. Acad. Net. Sci. Philad., 1882, p. 232, 58 GUDE: LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS. hainanensis, Mdff. Genus Cuuioritis, Beck. Genus KaALieLia, Blanf. Sub-genus TRICHOCHLORITIS, Pils. depressa, Mdff. herziana, Mdff. trochospira, Mdff. Genus GANESELLA, Blanf. ? costigera, Mdff. schomburgiana, Mdff. Family Helicidae. = trochulus, Mdff. Group Epiphallogona, Pils. Group Belogona, v. Iher. Genus CAMAENA, Alb. BELOGONA EUADENIA, Pils. Sub-genus CAMAENA, §.5. -Genus EuLota, Hartm. hainanensis, Mdff. Section EULOTA, S.s. Sub-genus CAMAENELLA, Pils. tourannensis, Soul. platyodon, Pfr. Section EULOTELLA, Mts. = tournouerl, Crosse. assimilis, H. Ad. DOUBTFUL AND SPURIOUS RECORDS. Hemiplecta striata, Gray, = naninoides, Bens.—Recorded by Benson from Chusan (Dr. Cantor). Not since found. Dr. von. Martens attributes this record to an accidental change of labels, since Dr. Cantor collected also in Singapore, where this shell is very common. (Ost- Asien, Zool. 11, 1867, p. 58.) ? Eurypus pfeiferi, Phil—Reached Europe with other shells from the Pacific Islands. Dr. von Martens thinks that in this case also the labels must have been misplaced. (Loc. cit., p. 58.) Ganesella myomphala, Mts.—Recorded by Nevill from China (Hand List, 1, 1878, p. 72.) If correctly identified, this record will probably be due to a mistake in labelling, since this common Japanese shell has not been found in China by any traveller. Ganesella largillierti, Phil.—Doubtfully recorded as Chinese, has since been found in the Loo Choo Islands. Eulota mercatoria, Gray.—Also recorded from China, and since found in the Loo Choo Islands. Mandarina mandarina, Gray.—Likethe two preceding species originally attributed to China, but has since been found in the Bonin Group. Mandarina pallasiana, Pfr.-—Recorded by Bland with some doubt from Corea, has since been found in the Bonin group. Plectotropis tapeina, Bens.—Dr. von Martens is of opinion that this shell was wrongly identified and probably pertains to P. osbecke7, Phil. Helix melanostoma, Sow.—Recorded by Fraser and Cuming as collected with other shells by Mr. Robert Swinhoe in Formosa (Proc. Zool. Soc., 1865, p. 197). Itis impossible to conjecture what species was intended by this record, no such species was ever described by Sowerby. GUDE: LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS. 59 Helix ruficrissa, Mdff.—A nude name published by T. W. Eastlake, (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1882, p. 235). I am unable to trace any species published by Dr. von Mollendorff under this name. ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS. On page 3 of my first paper Sitala bilirata, Gredl., becomes a synonym. ‘The specific name is preoccupied in the genus Sifala by Blanford (1861). Tryon proposed the name /wangstensis (Man. Conch., ser. 2, 1886, il. p. 55), and this name should be substituted. On page 3, after Helicarion setchuanensis, Hde., add H. sinensis, Hde. Yang-tse district. On page 3, after Macrochlamys davidii, Desh. add M sinensis, Hd. DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF CHLORITIS FROM NEW GUINEA. By G. K. GUDE, F.ZS. (Figures 1-4.) Chloritis (Suleobasis) prestoni, n. sp. 60 GUDE. DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF CHI-ORITIS. Shell globose, moderately umbilicated, blackish chestnut, of a deeper shade towards the mouth. Spire conical, apex sunk, suture impressed. Whorls 4%, globose, the first 2% increasing slowly, the last 2 widening rather suddenly, the last dilated above and a little constricted below, behind the peristome, and flattened laterally for some distance further back ; finely striated, the earlier 3% whorls with oblique rows of hair- scars ; a shallow furrow encircles the body-whorl at the periphery. Last whorl decending shortly but rather deeply in front, angular round the funnel-shaped, deep umbilicus. | Aperture semi-ovate ; peristome thickened and shortly reflected, dark brown, the margins slightly con- vergent, columellar margin triangularly dilated and reflected over the umbilicus. Diam. maj. 34, minor 28°5 ; alt. 30; apert. 14°5 millim. Hab.—Collingwood Bay, British New Guinea. Type in my collection. Compaired with Chloritis rehsei, Mart., its nearest ally, the new species is darker in colour, smaller, the spire is more compressed and elevated, the last whorl decends more and is less globose, the peristome is much less reflected, dark brown instead of bluish, and the outer margin is not sinuous, while the umbilicus is narrower. ‘The sudden deflection of the last whorl is not well shown in figure 4. ON A COLLECTION OF LAND AND FRESH WATER SHELLS FROM KELANTAN, MALAY PENINSULA. By E. R. SYKES, B.A. (Plate iii.) ReEcENTLY"” I published a few brief diagnoses of some new shells from this district, collected by Mr. J. Waterstradt, and I am now enabled to give a fuller account of the collection, with illustrations. For the present, the Helicoids have been omitted, in the hope that some person, more conversant with the group than I am, may deal with them. Streptaxis ecollingei, Sykes. Pl. iii. figs. 8—1». Streptaxis collinget, Sykes: Ante, p. 22. Amphidromus aureus, Martyn. 3oth a dextral and sinistral form, bright yellow in colour, with a white zone below the suture, and no brown striping. One specimen, dextral, measures 62 millim. I have followed Pilsbry” as I gather i. Ante; p: 22: 2, Man. Conch., vol. xiii, p. 160, SYKES ; COLLECTION OF LAND AND FRESH WATER SHELLS. 61 that the name perversus, which I should otherwise have used for this shell, is to be restricted to forms found in Celebes, Java and Borneo. Hypselostoma hungerfordianum, Mlldif. A good series of this interesting shell. Boysidia kelantanense, n.sp. PI. iii, fig. 7. Shell umbilicate, obliquely striated, chestnut brown. Whorls 43-5, very convex and suture deep, apex blunt, the last whorl some- what distorted, obscurely angulated at the periphery. Aperture rounded, with a sinus at the upper corner of the outer lip ; lip well reflected, not solute from the last whorl. Parietal lamella strong, 3 other well marked teeth inside the outer lip, and one each side of the lamella. Alt. 3 ; diam. max. 2 millim. Belongs to the group of b. boettgeri, MIldff., from Java, and B. palmira, Stol., from Penang ; compared with the latter the last whorl is more distorted and gibbous and the relative proportions of height and breadth differ, the present species being also much larger. Rhodina (?) mirabilis, Sykes. PI. iii, fig. 2. Rhodina (?) mirabilis, Sykes : Ante, p. 22. Subulina oetona, Chemn. Clausilia filicostata, Stol. Clausilia kelantanense, Sykes. PI. iii, fig. 1. Clausilia (Pseuwlonenia) kelantanese (err. typ.), Sykes : Ante, p. 22. Cyclophorus saturnus, Piciffer. Cyclophorus borneensis, Metcalle. Lagoechilus townsendi, Crosse. Opisthoporus dautzenbergi Sykes. PI. iii, figs. 5, 6. Opisthoporus dautzenbergi, Sykes: Ante, p. 23. Opisthoporus tener, Menke. Compared with specimens of this species from Annam (coll. Fruhstorfer), I can trace but little distinction except size, one of the adult Kelantan shells, for example, only measuring diam. max. 13°5 millim. ‘The tube is also slightly more parallel to the suture. Platyraphe echrysalis, Sykes. PI. iii, figs. 3, 4 Platyraphe chrysalis, Sykes: Ante, p. 23. 62 SYKES! COLLECTION OF LAND AND FRESH WATER SHELLS Alyeaeus gibbosulus, Stoliczka. With this occurs another form, much less gibbous, and which may belong to a different species, but the specimens before me show considerable variation. Alyeaeus kelantanense, n. sp. PI. iii, figs. 13, 14 Shell conic, minutely umbilicate, white in colour, the upper whorls often being yellowish, apparently due to the animal within. Sculpture close well marked rib-striae, with microscopic spiral striation intersecting the ribs. Whorls 5, moderately convex, the last whorl gibbous, and constricted about 2 millim behind the lip, the sculpture being thence much finer and more remote. Aperture sub- circular, lip double, the upper outer margin forming a slight wing where it approaches the last whorl. Alt. 3°8 ; diam. max. 4 millim. Opisthostoma laidlawi, Svkes. PI. iii, figs. 13, 14. Opisthostoma laidlawi, Sykes : Ante, p. 22. Georissa monterosatiana, G.-Aust. and Nevill. Ampullaria perakensis, De Morgan. Ampullaria ampullacea, L. Vivipara cingulata, Martens. Canidea bocourti, Brot. Faunus ater, L. In my view, / cantori, Bens., is only a small form. Melania variabilis, Bens. There are also two other species of Melania, which I am unable to identify. Septaria, sp. Neritina erepidularia, Lam. Neritina zigzag, Lam. Unio (Nodularia) ingallsianus, Lea. Unio ascia, Bens. Identified from the tablet in the British Museum, no doubt that from which Hanley described the species in 1856 (Cat. Rec. Biv. Shells p- 385-) Monocondylaea ehaperi, De Morg in (?) Corbicula, sp. Journ. of Malacology, 1902, Vo/,/x, pt. 2. Pl. WI. ) m J. Green, del ad nat. SHELLS FROM MaLay PENINSULA. SYKES: COLLECTION OF LAND AND FRESH WATER SHELLS. 63 EXPLANATION OF PLATE III. Fig. 1. Clausilia kelantanense. ls, 7/5 Boysidia kelantanense. Bigs. 2: Rhodina (?) mirabilis. Figs. 8, 9, 10. Streptanis collinget. Figs. 3. 4. Platvraphe chrvysalis. Figs. 11, 12, Alycacus kelantaneuse. 3 Figs. 5, 6. Ofisthoporus dautzenberg!. Figs. 13, 14. Opisthostoma laidlawi. IS AMALIA CARINATA, RISSO, A BRITISH SLUG? By WALTER E. COLLINGE. For some time I have been receiving (in connection with my proposed Monograph on the British Slugs) from various correspondents in different parts of the British Isles, numerous examples of Amalia sowerbyi, Fer. Amongst these a specimen collected by Mr. Bromley Peebles, near Birmingham, and two collected by Mr. F. J. Partridge in Devonshire, seemed to differ slightly from the ordinary form. These I have subjected to a rather more careful scrutiny, and have also compared them with Simroth’s excellent figure of A. carinata, Risso,” also with the drawings and description of the internal structure of this species, as given by Simroth,” and Lesson and Pollonera.”’ I have now little doubt that these three specimens are not referable to A. sowerbyi, Fér., but are very closely allied, if not identical with, the A. carinata of Risso. On comparing them with specimens of this latter species from Algiers, they are scarcely distinguishable from them, excepting in size, the English examples being the smaller. Amalia carinata was described by Risso” in 1826, and has by most malacologists been regarded as a valid species. Bourguignat in 1862 described a Milax carinatus, and Paulucci in 1888 described a variety fulra of A. marginata, both of which have been regarded as synonyms of A. carinata, by Pollonera. Externally there are few characters to distinguish A. carinata from A. sowerbyi, usually, however, it is darker than the typical form of sowerbyi, the mantle is longer, and the groove on the mantle extends further forward, this latter character being well shown in Lesson and Pollonera’s figure. Whether or not these three specimens are true carinata, and if so, does this species occur generally in this country, remains yet to be proved. With a view to working out this matter, I venture to appeal to malacologists for specimens of dark coloured forms of A. sowerbyi, from any part of the British Isles. Abhandl. |. Senckenb. naturf. Gesell., 1891, Bd. xvi, p. 20, T. 1, f. 7. Zeit. f. wiss. Zool., 1885, Bd. xlii, p. 228, T. vii, f. xv, T. x, f. xvc, XVD. Monog. d. Limacidi Italiani, 1882, T. i, f. ro=12, 30, 31, T. ii, f. 15, Prod. Europe Mérid., 1826, p. 56. Bwrs ON A MALFORMED VARIETY OF LIMNAEA PEREGER, MULL. By H. OVERTON, SUTTON COLDFIELD. In May 1897, I collected from a pool in Sutton Coldfield, a very interesting malformed variety of the well-known Limnaea pereger, and as illustrations of such seem to be scarce, I have thought it of sufficient interest to figure. The specimen is of a dull brown colour with eight whitish bands, six above and two below the periphery. The first and third bands are faint, only showing half way round the penultimate whorl; the second, fourth, fifth and sixth are well pronounced, the fifth and sixth, which are the broadest, almost fusing with one another. The seventh and eighth are faint, and between these and the sixth and seventh are still fainter traces of several Limnaea pereger, Mill. broken bands. ‘Towards the ventral margin of the lip there is a curious gap, as 1f a piece of the shell had been broken out, but that this is not so, is evidenced by the perfect growth of the lip. The shell was found in company with normal individuals and also with Limnaea stagnalis, both species, however, being much smaller than when I visited the spot three years previously, the former then were much larger and the outer lip remarkably expanded and reflected, whilst the latter were exceedingly large specimens. This feature appears strange, as the two visits were made as near as possible at the same time in each year. 65 DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF SEPARATISTA FROM NEW ZEALAND. By HENRY SUTER. Separatista benhami. nr. sp. SHELL small, fragile, subdiscoidal, with a very short spire and broadly- expanded aperture, cancellated, and with deep umbilicus. Colour yellowish-white, semi-transparent, flinty. Pullus consisting of 1% whorls, which are smooth and glossy. Spire very low, conoidal. Whorls 3, rapidly increasing, body-whorl with a flat shoulder and distinct angle, the larger lower portion strongly convex. Suture first impressed, then, on reaching the aperture, channelled. Spiral ornamentation, consisting of numerous distinct threads, about 12 on the body-whorl, but bifurcating and thus _increas- ing in number on reaching the lip; in the shallow grooves between the riblets there is a fine median thread, recognisable only under the lens. Axial ornamentation represented by numerous, broad, rounded sinuated costae, which become more pronounced and more distant towards the aperture; points of intersection granulate. Fine equidistant and numerous incremental lines cross the spiral threads. Aperture widely expanded, oval, straight above, subangulated at the base. Outer ip patulous throughout, sharp, sinuated below the angle. Inner lip subvertical, slightly concave in the whole length, broadly reflected, continuous with the outer lip and very slightly detatched from the penultimate whorl. Umbilicus not broad, but deep and carinated by the lowest spiral riblet. Operculum ? Height 6. 5; breadth 7 millim. Aperture: height 6 ; breadth 6 millim. Hab.—Cape Maria van Diemen, New Zealand Type in the Otago University Museum, Dunedin, New Zealand. This interesting little shell was found by Mr. Rayner, formerly lighthouse keeper at Cape Maria, and sent to Prof. Benham, the curator of the Dunedin Museum, who kindly handed the specimen over to me for description. I have very great pleasure in associating the name of our distinguished scientist with the species. 66 SUTER : DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF SEPARATISTA. ‘The unique specimen is most likely not quite adult, and therefore has the last whorl but very little disunited. The genus Separatista is new to the fauna of New Zealand. ‘The species is nearly allied to S. separatista, Dillw., and perhaps S. grayi, Ad., but may at once be distinguished by the beautiful and complicated sculpture. Hedley" suggests that “ Trichotropis gabriel, P. and G., T. graz- lenta, Braz., and YT. torcularis, T. Woods, may conveniently be distinguished from the typical northern Trichotropis, and assembled under Separatista.” I fully share Mr. Hedley’s opinion with regard to the forms mentioned by him, but there is one stumbling block in the way as far as New Zealand is concerned, and this is Trichotropis inornata, Hutton (=clathrata, Sow.). If Trichotropis is an exclu- sively northern genus, the question arises: What is inornata? It is quite true that the membranaceous fringes of Z’richotropis are wanting, but otherwise the shell has all the characters of that genus, and I cannot make up my mind to class it under Separatista. The species of the latter genus seem to be exceedingly variable, but to include our T. inornata would necessitate retorming Gray’s diagnosis of Separatista to such an extent, that it would almost become a synonym of Tvicho- tropis. So far as I can ascertain, the operculum and the animal of Separatista are unknown, and the same is the case with 7”. inornata, so that with the little knowledge that we possess at the present time we have to admit the occurrence of Zvichotropis not only in the northern, but also in the southern hemisphere. It is represented by about seven species in Japan, and there seems to be no reason why it should not also be found in New Zealand. 67 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 35TH MEETING, APRIL IITH, 1902. The President in the chair. EXHIBITS. The evening was devoted to the examination of a collection of Algerian Helicidae, exhibited by Mr. H. H. Bloomer, who made some remarks upon the various species, and their range and character of variation. Mr. Overton showed examples of Phiysa hypnorum from Tenby, P. fontinalis from Sutton Coldfield, P. leterostropha fcom South Staffordshire, and P. acuta from Kew. 36TH MEETING, MAY oTH, 1902. The President in the chair. EXHIBITS. By Mr. H. H. Bloomer: Sixty-nine species of Achatinella, from the Sandwich Islands. ; By Mr. Breeden: Specimens of Physa lypnorum, Helix pulchella, H. pygmaea, Vertigo minutissima, and V. pygmaea, from Charmouth, Dorset. By Mr. Overton: A curiously banded and malformed shell of Limnaca pereger, from Sutton Coldfield, also L. glabra, from Stafford. CURRENT LITERATURE. Pilsbry, Henry A.—Tryon’s Manual of Conchology, ser. ii, vol. xiv (pt. 56), pp. 193302, pls. 37—62. Philadelphia: Academy of Natural Sciences. The author continues his enumeration of the Cerionidae, describing the following as new: —C. cayimanense, from Grand Cayman Island ; C. crassius- culum v. smithit, from Sagua de Tanamo; C. longidens, trom Cuba ; C. eximium v. fraternum, from San Salvador ; C. bryanti v. pudicum, and C. rubicundum y. heterodon, from Inagua. The present part concludes volume fourteen, and includes an Index to Cerion and References to the sixty-two plates. Dr. Pilsbry is to be congratulated on the completion of a further volume of this invaluable work, which is yet a desideratum in many of our museum and public libraries. Gude, G. K.—Descriptions of new Helicoid land shells from Japan. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1901, p. 617. The new species here described are :—Ciloritis (Trichochloritis) pumila, making the third species of this genus recorded from Japan, and Eulota (Aegista) mimuloides. x. Records Australian Museum, Vol. iv, No. 3, p. 126. 68 CURRENT LITERATURE. Stearns, R. E. C.—The Fossil Freshwater Shells of the Colorado Desert, their distribution, environment and variation. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., iQoI, vol. xxiv, pp. 271—-299, pls. xix—xxiv. To all interested in the distribution and variation of the mollusca, Dr. Stearns’ paper presents numerous points worthy of consideration, while the six beautifully clear plates, make the paper an exceedingly valuable one. Stanton, T. W.—Chondrodonta,a new genus of ostreiform mollusks from the Cretaceous, with descriptions of the genotype and a new species. Ibid., pp. 30I1I—307, pls. Xxv, Xxvi. Dr. Stanton is of opinion that the Ostrea miuumnsoni, Hill, is not a member of the genus Ostrea nor referable to any described genus, he therefore proposes the name Chondrodonta as a new genus for this and a new species, C. glabra. The affinities of the new genus seem to be with the Pectinacea, which includes the Spondylidae, Limidae and Pectinidae. Williamson, M. Burton.—A Monograph on Pecten aeguisulcatus, Cpr. Bull. S. Calif. Ac. Sci., 1902, vol. i, no. 5, pp. 51—61, pl. iv—vi. Mrs. M. Burton Williamson gives an interesting account of this mollusc, and some notes on the various parts of its anatomy. The paper scarcely deserves the title of monograph, but we hope the authoress will later give us a more detailed account of the anatomy, including the nervous system, illustrated by clearer figures. Mollendorff, 0. von.—Binnen-Mollusken aus Westchina und Centralasien. II. L’Ann. du Mus. Zool. dl’Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersb., 1901 (1902), T. vi, pp. 299—412, Tafn. xii—xvil. Continuing his work on the Mollusca of Western China and Central Asia, the author here devotes the greater portion to the genus Buliminus, of which he describes and figures upwards of 40 new species and a dozen sub-species. The following new subgenera-are described :—Pufpinidius (type B. pupinidius 1.Sp.), Peiracomastus (type B. heudeanus, Ancev,) Clausiliopsis (type B. szechenyt, Bitg.), Lophauchen (tx pe B. cristatellis, n. sp.), Coccoderma (type B. granulatus, Mdff.). Two new sub-species of Pupilla, 2 species of Phaedusa, and 1 of Linmaea are also cescribed. Randles, W. B.—Merestic variation in Trochus zizyphinus. Nature, 1902, vol. O05, P2535) ues. 12: The author records and figures the presence of two supernumerary eyes on the right ocular tentacle. So far as could be made out from the examina- tion of an incomplete series of longitudinal sections, all the eyes seem to have been functional during life, each being provided with crystalline lens, retina and optic nerve. The innervation is derived from a single optic nerve arising from the right cerebral ganglion. This nerve bifurcates, one branch passing to the primary eye, and the other again dividing, supplies the two secondary eyes. Kew, H. Wallis.—On the Mucus-threads of Land-Slugs. Journ. Conch., 1901, vol. 10, pp. 92—I03, 4 figs ; 1902, vol. 11, pp. 153—165, 3 figs. Mr. Kew gives a very useful resumé of the published observations upon this subject, together with some observations of his own, and others communi- cated by correspondents. CURRENT LITERATURE, 69 Baker, F. C.—The Mollusca of the Chicago Area. The Gastropoda, Bull. Chicago Ac. Sci., 1902, pp. 131—418, pls. xxviii—xxxvi. The treatment adopted in the present work is very similar to that employed by the author when dealing with the Pelecypoda in a previous part. Here, however, numerous extracts and figures from Pilsbry’s work, add greatly to the general value. Mr. Baker, in nearly all cases, has given very clear descriptions of the shell, the animal, jaw, radula, and notes on the generative organs, distribution, and habitat. Referring to the speed of molluscs while in motion, the author gives the results of some of his own observations. A few species were timed whilst travelling a distance of two inches, with the following results :— Limnaea palustris... 45 seconds | Polvgyra profunda .... 55 seconds Limnaea caperata ... 50 rf Polygyra albolabris .... 60 4 Limnaea cubensis... 50 5 Polyvgyra monodon .... 120 i Limmnaea reflexa ea 35 be Polygyra thyroides sy 260 % Physa heterostropha ... 30 = Circinnaria concava ... go Vivipara contectoides ... 120 In a work of this character, an author has often to rely upon the state- ments of other writers, and in consequence it behoves him to exercise every care and discrimination in selecting the same. The statements found on p. 197 ve Limax maximus, L., are woefully inaccurate ; it reads :—“‘ In Europe it is solitary in habit and is found chiefly in the woods, under fallen trees and stonesand near the sea shore. . . Its food consists principally of fungi. It is said to rarely to eat green plants (vide Scharff).” Owners of vegetable gardens know to their cost how very plentiful this species is, and what damage it does to the produce. In all 113 species are recorded comprised in 38 genera. The volume concludes with a useful Bibliography, Glossary, an Appendix, Index, and 9 plates. Kennard, A. S. and Woodward, B. B.—Note on the occurence of Planorbis stroemi, Westerlund in the Holocene deposits of the Thames Valley. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1goI, Vol. iv, p. 236. Collett, O.—Contributions to Ceylon Malacology. (3) The Terrestrial Mollusca of Ambagamuwa (Part II). Journ. R. Asiatic Soc, Ceylon Branch, 1901, vol. xvi, pp. I—8. Babor, J. F.—Mekkysi ceského Plistocaenu a Holocaenu. Archiv pro prirodov. prozk. Cech, 1901, Dil. xi. pp. 1—83, 30 figs. Robert, A.—La segmentation dans le genre Trochus. Compt. Rendus, 1901, vol. Cxxxii, pp. 995—997. Pannell, Jr. C—The Land and Freshwater Mollusca of Surrey. Journ. Conch., 1902, vol. 10, pp. 168—179. Cockerell, T. D. A. and Cooper, Mary.—Notes on dAshmunella. Naut., 1902, vol. xv, pp. 100, Ilo. ye) GENERAL REVIEWS. The Foraminifera: An Introduction to the Study of the Protozoa. By Frederick Chapman. 8vo. pp. xv and 354, pls. I1—14, and 42 figs. in text. London: 1902. Longmans, Green and Co. Mr. Chapman’s work supplies students of the Foraminifera with a concise and authoratative guide, which has long been desired, and will, we feel sure, meet with a ready welcome. After a general introduction on the nature and occurence of Foraminifera, their structure, classification and reproduction, the author devotes a chapter to the structure and plans of growth of the shell ; a further chapter deals in an interesting manner with the various ideas of the early writers concerning the nature of Foraminifera. Chapter vi is devoted to a consideration of the various classifications which have been used by different investigators ; chapters vii to xvi are confined to a systematic review of the different families, genera, etc.; chapter xvii to a survey of the various geologic foraminiferal faunas; chapter xviii to the geographical distribution ; chapter xix to the collecting, examination and mounting, the work concluding with a useful series of bibliographical lists, comprising the more important works. Mr. Chapman has given students of this interesting order of protozoa a valuable handbook, which few will omit to avail themselves of. EDITOR’S NOTES. We regret to have to record the decease of Alpheus Hyatt, one of the foremost authorities upon the fossil Cephalopoda, which occurred at Cambridge, Mass., U.S.A.,on January 15th; also of Professor A. G. Wetherby, an American conchologist, on February 15th; and that of J. C. Mansel- Pleydell, on May 3rd. We again appeal to those subscribers whose subscriptions to volumes vii, viii, and ix are in arrear, to kindly!forward the same. A third request will surely not be necessary. The publication of the Journal involves a considerable expenditure of time and labour, in addition to an annual financial loss ; unless the subscriptions are forthcoming at the commencement of each year, it will be impossible to carry it on. Je THE TOURNAL. OF MALACOLOGY: No: .3: SEPTEMBER 29th, 1902. Wor. BX. ON THE NON-OPERCULATE LAND AND FRESH- WATER MOLLUSCS collected by the Members of the ‘‘Skeat Expedition” in the Malay Peninsula, 1899-1900. By WALTER E. COLLINGE, B.Sc, The University, Birmingham. (Plates iv-vi.) INTRODUCTION. Or the collection of Land and Freshwater Molluses obtained by the members of the ‘“Skeat Expedition” in the Malay Peninsula, Dr. Harmer has invited me to furnish a report upon the non-operculate species. The collection is not a large one, comprising representatives of only 29 species, which are contained in 22 genera ; of these 11 species and 3 genera are new. The most interesting species are those belonging to the genus Atopos, Simr., which has not hitherto been recorded from the Malay Peninsula ; unfortunately the new species are nearly all represented by single examples. Paraparmarion, Apoparmarion, and Cryptosemelus are new and interesting genera, placed at present in the family Girastidae. A number of specimens of the animals of Hemiplecta humphrey- siana, Lea, were collected, which has enabled me to give some details of the anatomy. Iam also able to make a further contribution to our knowledge of the internal structure of the genus Amphidromus, Albers, by a description of various internal parts of A. perversus, L. Of the shells, the most interesting are the two new species of Streptaxis, and the very small new species of Hypselostoma. Previous collections from these regions have been described by Journ. oF MALac., 1902, vol. ix. No. 3. 72 COLLINGE: NON-OPERCULATE LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCS. de Morgan (22, 23), Crosse (9, 10), Godwin-Austen and Nevill (14), Stoliczka (30), and Mollendorff (19, 20, 21). * My best thanks are here tendered to the Council of the Royal Society for a Grant in aid of this work. The identification of some of the specimens here recorded, has often proved very difficult, and I must express my indebtedness and thanks to Messrs. Edgar A. Smith and E. R. Sykes for the generous assistance they have at all times so willingly given me. LIMNAEIDAE. Limnophysa, Fitzinger. Limnophysa singaporiea, Kiister. Limnaeus singaporinus, Kist.: Conch. Cab., T. 1, pt. xvii, p. 35, no, 50; Dabs 6G, fei. Héb.—Biserat, State of Jalor. STREPTAXIDAE. Ennea, H. & A. Adams. Ennea (Microstrophia) perakensis, Godw.-Aust., and G. Nev. Ennea perakensis, Godw -Aust., and G. Nev.: P.Z.S., 1879, p. 735, pl. lix, fig. 2 (Guv.). Ennea (Microstrophia) perakensis, Mildff.: P.ZS., 1891, p. 331; Plc Hos teas Hab.—Caves near Biserat, State of Jalor. One specimen. Streptaxis, Gray. Streptaxis sykesi, n. sp. Play; figs. a, 2. Shell dextral, subdiscoidal, depressed, flattened above, concave below, deeply and widely umbilicated, smooth except for faint lines of growth ; whorls 5, regularly increasing, aperture somewhat L-shaped, deeply depressed above, armature consisting of one lamelliform projection, ascending inwards, situated on the columella whorl; peristome thickened and reflected. Diam. maj. 11°5, min. 8°5 ; alt. 3 millim. Hab.—Biserat, State of Jalor. This interesting species seems to be very distinct from any prev- iously described. It is perhaps most closely allied to the S. plaussensis * Since this paper was completed, Mr. E. R. ie has Sablished oe Sede in this Journal, and Dr. Méllendorff one in the Machrichtsblatt d. D. Malak. Geseil., the titles of which have been added to the Bibliography. COLLINGE: NON-OPERCULATE LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCS. 73 of de Morgan (23), which species, however, has a more heliciform shell, and according to the author’s figures (op. cit., pl. v, figs. 1a-c), there is a distinct notch or groove in the upper portion of the aperture. S. sykesi is much more distantly related to S. planus, Fulton (11), with which it partly agrees in the form of the aperture. I have much pleasure in naming the species after Mr. E. R. Sykes. Streptaxis striatula, n.sp. Blivive figs. 3, 4. Shell dextral, flattened above and below, umbilicus deep, striae fairly prominent; whorls 6, irregular, last whorl occupying the greater portion of the shell, deeply depressed above, armature consisting of one long, lamelliform projection, situated on the columella whorl; peristome reflected and slightly thickened. Diam. maj. 13, min. 8°5; alt, 5 millim. Hab. Belimbing, State of Ligeh. ‘This species is probably allied to S. theaeocola, Heude (16, p. 151, pl.xxxv, fig. 25), and also to S. borealis, Heude (16, p. 79, pl. xviil, fig. 26), but distinct, I think, from either. VITRINIDAE. Helicarion, Fér. Helicarion permolle, Stol. Helicarion permolle, Stol.: J. As. Soc. Bengal, 1873, vol. xlu, p: 2, pl: 1, fie, ri, pl u, figs: 21-23. Hab.—Gunong Inas, 3,000 ft., State of Perak. This is certainly the mollusc described by Stoliczka, for both externally and internally it agrees with his description and figures. GIRASIIDAE. Apoparmarion, n. gen. Apoparmarion partridgii, n. sp. Pavehgs: 5-12, (Pl v,-figs:isi=3'3. Animal yellowish-brown, head bluish, tentacles yellow ; mantle blue, coarsely granulated, rising upon the shell on all sides, on the right side posteriorly a large wing-like lobe covers the apex of the shell. Body laterally divided up into somewhat diamond-shaped figures by a series of oblique lines. Rugae small. Peripodial groove distinct. Foot- fringe yellow, no lineoles. _ Foot-sole yellow, divided into median and lateral planes. Caudal mucous pore not extending to the foot-sole. Length (in alcohol) 25 millim, 74 COLLINGE: NON-OPERCULATE LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCS. Shell amber coloured, thin, membranaceous, apex distinct, whorls 2. Maj. diam. 9°5, min. 5 millim. Body cavity not extending posterior to the visceral mass. _ Intest- inal tract short. Generative organs Parmariontike. Well developed penis with beak-like head, no penis papilla. Dart-gland and dart-sac, latter containing fleshy dart. Hab.—Gunong Inas, 3,500 ft., State of Perak. I have pleasure in associating with this interesting species the name of Mr. F. J. Partridge, who* has spared no pains to faithfully represent by his skillful brush and pencil, most of the specimens in this collection. The Alimentary Canal (P1. iv, fig. 7).—The intestinal tract is both short and simple. Commencing at the fairly large buccal cavity, the oesophagus passes off from the dorsal side, and after a short course enters the wide pyriform crop, which has, at its posterior end, a sharp constriction marking the division between the crop and the ill-defined stomach. ‘The intestine passes off from the posterior end of the stomach, and making a bend forward and to the right side forms the second loop of the intestinal tract, then gradually narrowing, a very short backwardly directed loop follows, which again bends forward to form the rectal portion, and terminates at the anus. Lying at each side of the forepart of the crop is a conspicuous salivary gland, which gives off a duct opening at the side of the oeso- phagus, on the dorsal region of the buccal cavity. The Generative Organs (PI. iv, figs. 8-11).—The form and general character of these organs at once indicate the Parimarion relationship of this genus. The vagina, which opens into the vestibule by an opening common to this organ and the dart-sac, is short and wide ; at its posterior end it becomes constricted, and on the right side the duct of the pyriform receptaculum seminis opens into it. Beyond the constriction is the free-oviduct, which at first is a wide, sac-like cavity, suddenly narrowing into a tube, which as it passes backward gradually widens until it joins the oviducal portion of the common duct. Externally the lower portion has its wall thrown into a series of folds which give it a fluted appearance. The penis is a long tube-like organ, with a sharply differentiated beak-like head At the distal end of the tube-like portion, the retractor muscle is inserted. The two portions of the penis are connected together by a short neck. ‘The head is marked by a series of crescent shaped constrictions, while just below the point where the vas deferens joins the penis, there is a peculiar little outgrowth (PI. iv, fig. 9, x). Internally the cavity of the penis differs considerably from the external form. Commencing as a COLLINGE: NON-OPERCULATE LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCS. 75 narrow tube the lumen widens until about the middle of the penis, then narrowing somewhat abruptly it gradually becomes less, and passing through the neck as a very fine tube it expands in the first portion of the head into a globular sac, which is connected on its ventral side with the vas deferens (PI. iv, fig. 10). The remaining portion of the head is solid. The dart-gland and the dart-sac are of about equal length, and similar in shape. ‘The external wall of the sac is marked by a series of ring-like indentations. Internally there is a small fleshy dart, the surface of which is minutely studded with fleshy papillae, (Pl. iv, fig. 11). No trace of a muscle at the distal end of the dart- gland was observed. The Free Muscles (P\. iv, fig. 12).—The buccal retractor divides anteriorly into two bands which are inserted into the posterior ventral portion of the buccal cavity. Both superior and inferior tentaculars join to form a common tentacular retractor, and are exactly the same on both sides. The columellar muscle is short and small. Paraparmarion, n. gen. Paraparmarion elongatus, n. sp. Pl. v, figs. 34-36. Animal dark reddish-brown, head and tentacles bluish, mantle degen- erate, rising upon the shell on the right side only, as a dark brown, wing-like lobe, covering the apex of the shell. Rugae scarcely visible, small and flat. Peripodial groove faintly marked. Caudal mucous pore very small, not extending to the foot-sole. Foot-fringe reddish- brown. Foot-sole reddish-brown, divided into narrow median and broad lateral planes. Length (in alcohol) 12 millim. Shell yellow, thin, membranaceous ; whorls 3, last whorl large and globose. Hab.—Gunong Inas, 3,500 ft., State of Perak. This is one of those small, puzzling, Parmarion-like molluscs, common to the Indian and Malayan faunas. I have compared this interesting specimen with a large number of small Parmarion-like molluscs in my collection, from Java, Borneo and India, which at present are unnamed, and also with immature specimens of Parmarion, but can find nothing at all like it. The well-developed shell and the degenerate mantle at once characterise this form, and it seems desirable that it should be named, if for no other reason than that of directing attention to these diminutive species. Until the internal structure is made known it is difficult to say what its true position is, but judging by the external features, this genus may possibly supply a 76 COLLINGE: NON-OPERCULATE LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCS. link between the genus Damayantia of Isseland Parmarion of Fischer. Cryptosemelus, n. gen. Cryptosemelus gracilis, n. sp. Phy, figs. 37-20: Animal dark blue, body marked by prominent oblique lines running downward and backward, dorsum posteriorly keeled; mantle rises upon the shell anteriorly and laterally, on the right side it is produced into a wing-like extension covering the apex of the shell, while on the left side antero-laterally there is a smaller lappet. Rugae only visible on the head and anterior parts of the body. Caudal mucous pore very small. Peripodial groove distinct, Foot-fringe bright yellow, no lineoles. Foot-sole divided into median and lateral planes. Length (in alcohol) 19°5 millim. Shell yellow, thin, membranaceous, whorls, 34, last whorl very large. Hab.—Bukit Besar, State of Nawng Chik. Known to the natives as the ‘ Dancing Slug. ? Girasia. Gray (em Godw.-Aust.). Girasia peguensis, ‘iheob. Pl. iv, figs. 13-14. Girasia peguensis, Theob. : J. As. Soc. Bengal, 1864, p. 244. Girasia ? pequensis, Godw.-Aust.: P.Z.S., 1880, p. 294. Girasia peguensis, Godw.-Aust.: Moll. of India, 1888, vol. 1, p. 227, pl. lix, figs. 6-6d. Hab.—Belimbing, State of Ligeh. It has been pointed out by Godwin-Austen (12) that so far as the mantle is concerned, this species forms a connecting link between Girasia and Austenia, Nev (em. G.-A.); this author also draws atten- tion to the fact that the right and left tentacular retractor muscles differ from one another, which I am able to confirm: the left one is joined to the buccal retractor and both of these have their origin posterior to the shell, while the right one remains distinct and originates from the posterior border of the visceral mass. The Generative Organs (Pl. iv, figs. 13-14).—The generative organs of this species have not previously been described. The vagina is a wide cavity, similar in detail to that in G. hooker, Gray. The receptaculum seminis is much longer than in the last mentioned species, and has a distinct duct which gradually widens into the elongated head (Pl. iv, fig. 13, 7. and 7s.). In life it les at the COLLINGE: NON-OPERCULATE LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCS. 77 left-hand side of the free-oviduct beneath the penis. In figure 14 (Pl. iv), the free-oviduct is purposely omitted so as not to complicate the figure. The extreme end of the receptaculum seminis is over- lapped by the folds of the oviduct. The penis is long and twisted upon itself (Pl. iv, fig. 14, p.). At the point where the penial retrac- tor muscle is attached, its walls are thrown into a series of constrictions and at the distal end of this constricted portion there is a short coiled kalk-sac (PI. iv, fig. 13, /4.s.). The vas deferens passes over the proximal portion of the penis and then beneath it before communicating with the ov‘duct. No flagellum or diverticulum was present in the specimen dissected. The penial retractor muscle 1s long, and originates just behind the right tentacular retractor muscle on the right posterior border of the visceral mass. The free-oviduct is much longer than in G. hookeri, Gray, but not so wide. The common duct is a sinuous tube, but not folded upon itself as in many species of this genus; lying over its posterio-dorsal portion is the albumen gland. I was unable to trace the hermaphrodite gland, but a portion of the hermaphrodite duct was dissected out; this is character- ised by the absence of any convolutions or foldings so generally associated with this particular organ (Pl. iv, fig. 13, h.d.). ZONITIDAE. Macrochlamys, Bens. Macroechlamys resplendens, Philippi. Helix resplendens, Philippi: Zeitschr. f. Malak., 1846, p. 192. Macrochlamys ? resplendens, Godw.-Aust.: Moll. of India, 1883, p. 109, pl. xxvi, figs. 1-3. Hab.—Penang. One specimen. The habitat of the type was Mergui. Mr. Edgar A. Smith, who has very kindly examined this specimen and compared it with examples in the British Museum, writes me ‘“ We have a specimen from King Island, Mergui Archipelago (named by Dr. von Martens as resplencens) which is exactly like your example only a trifle smaller, that is to say less fully grown.” Cryptosoma, Theob. Cryptosoma, sp. Ply iv; figs: .04, 15: Animal yellowish, with deep blue mottling ; head and tentacles dark blue. Caudal mucous pore large. Peripodial groove distinct, termin- ating below caudal mucous pore. Foot-fringe yellow with blotches of 78 COLLINGE: NON-OPERCULATE LAND .AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCS. blue. Foot-sole yellow, not divided into medium and lateral planes. Extremity of foot rounded. Length (in alcohol) 24 millim., breadth of foot-sole 7 millim. Hab.—Summit of Bukit Besar, 3,500 ft., State of Nawng Chik. One specimen, damaged. Although I think this is a new species of Cryptosoma, I hesitate to name it, aS it was in a very damaged condition when received, in fact the only internal parts of its anatomy present were the terminal ducts of the generative organs, and of these I give a figure (PI. iv, fig. 24). The penis is of considerable size, very long, and quite distinct in form from that of any described species. ‘There is a small kalk-sac just before the commencement of the vas deferens. The dart-gland and dart-sac are proportionally small, at the distal end of the gland there is a short muscle; a dart, partially formed was present in in the dart-sac. Rhysota, Albers. Rhysota eymatium, Bens. Helix cymatium, Benson, apud Pfr.: Novit. Coach., 1, p. 58, pl. xv, figs. 1, 2. Rhysota cymatium, Stol.: J. As. Soc. Bengal, 1873, vol. xlu, DP: Ti,, plea, figs: 135 .pls dis figs nears: Hab.—Penang. Hemiplecta, Albers. Hemiplecta humphreysiana, Lea. Pl. iv, figs. 16-23. Hemiplecta humphireysiana, Lea.: Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., 1841, VOl. Vil, p. 403, pl. sal, fig. m6; Hab.—kKwala Aring, State of Kelantan. After a careful examination of the shells and animals of the specimens collected, I have come to the conclusion that there are here three distinct forms. Fortunately I have had two or three examples of each, and quite recently I have been able to confirm my observations made some months back. Respecting the different forms, which it will be convenient to refer to as A, B, and C respectively, the different characters in the shell were in each case found to be associated with differences in the animal. Tur SHELL.—In the form A the apex is fairly high, and the keel on the whorls slightly produced with only a single band below the keel on the last whorl; generally the whorls are flattened, COLLINGE: NON-OPERCULATE LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCS. 79 In the form B the apex is much higher than in A, and the last whorl exhibits a somewhat prominent keel. In addition to the band below the keel, there is a broad incipient band above ; the whorls are more convex than usual and the shell thicker. In the form C both apex and whorls are flattened, there is very little keel on any of the whorls, and an incipient band above the keel only ; the shell is much thinner than either A or B. INTERNAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANIMAL.—Alimentary Canal. No differences of any importance were found in the intestinal tract. In an example of form C the long straight oesophagus is followed by a wide crop, over which a pair of large salivary glands lie, fused in their mid-dorsal line. Posterior to the crop is a short tube-like portion which passes into the large sac-like stomach, which is coiled upon itself, the posterior portion exhibiting a well marked constriction which separates the terminal portion from the main cavity. The remaining part of the intestine is a simple wide tube, which makes a bend backward over the region-of the stomach, and then again forward, traversing the side of the pulmonary cavity. The Generative Organs (Pl. iv, figs, 16-19).—In the form A there is a large vestibule into which the penis opens on the right side. This latter is a long muscular organ for half of its length, then coiling upon itself, it becomes a narrow tube-like body, and making a further sharp turn upon ‘itself it joins the epiphallus, from here a short diverticuluin is given off which terminates in a fine hook-like process (PI. iv, fig. 16). The epiphallus is a short tube expanding at its distal end to form a bulbous, sac-like, terminal portion, the kalk-sac, to which the retractor muscle of the penis is attached. The vas deferens joins the epiph- allus just below the insertion of the muscle, and is a long fine tube looped around the vagina. All around the proximal portion of the vagina, a series of short oblique muscles bind this organ to the ventral body wall. The vagina is wide and sac-like in this region, but bending to the right it soon becomes tube-like. The receptaculum seminis is small and its duct short. Inserted in the distal wall of the recepta- culum seminis is a short stout muscle, differing in this particular point from the condition described by Godwin-Austen (13, p. 32). The free- oviduct exhibits a constriction about its middle, and then gradually becoming smaller joins the oviducal portion of the common duct. There is a large conspicuous dart-gland, the actual dart-sac being very small and containing no true dart, this latter being represented by a short, broad, muscular papilla, on the summit of which there is a small, pointed, horny-looking body (PI. iv, fig. 17). In the forms B and C the generative organs were very similar to 80 COLLINGE: NON-OPERCULATE LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCS. one another. Those in B are here figured and described (PI. 1y, fig. 18). The chief differences from those described in the form A are, the general position of the organs, the form of the male organs, free-oviduct, and the densely convoluted common duct. Proximally the penis is surrounded by a muscular collar, and is shorter than in the form A. At the inner side of the muscular collar there is inserted a small muscle (PI. iv, fig. 18, 7), which is continuous with one inserted in the end of the kalk-sac (PI. iv, fig. 18, mm”). There is a small diverticulum, the retractor muscle of the penis being inserted at its distal end. ‘The epiphallus is very short, practically a small connecting duct between the penis and vas deferens. The kalk-sac is smaller than in form A. The vagina is comparatively short, the receptaculum seminis sessile, and usually without any muscle. Externally the free-oviduct appears as a large, globose mass for the greater portion of its length, internally, however, the actual cavity is considerably smaller than one would at first suppose (PI. iv, fig. 28, f.ov.). Commencing at the external generative orifice the internal wall of the vagina has quite smooth walls, but passing distally they become plicated, and at the point where the sharp bend occurs at the junction of vagina and free-oviduct, the walls become very richly folded, and again quite smooth in the free-oviduct (PI. iv, fig. 19). The Free Muscles (P1. iv, figs. 20-22).—In the form A the buccal retractor forms a thick broad band, tapering posteriorly at its origin and dividing anteriorly into two narrow bands, which are inserted into the walls of the buccal cavity posteriorly and ventro-laterally. The retractors and inferior tentaculars are on both sides fused together, while more posteriorly the combined pedal and inferior tentacular join the superior tentacular, passing backward as a single band (PI. iv, fig. 20). In the form B the buccal retractor is as in A. The pedal re- tractor arises from the superior tentacular, and then posteriorly the superior and inferior tentaculars unite (PI. iv, fig. 21). In the form C the buccal retractor commences as a broad band, which soon bifurcates, the two branches then being similar to those in A and B. The superior and inferior tentaculars fuse much more anteriorly than in either A or B, after the fusion the pedal retractor arises, and some distance behind a further pedal (PI. iv, fig. 22). The Pallial Organs (P1.iv, fig. 23).—The kidney 1s a little more than half the length of the lung, the latter measuring 102 millim., and the former 62 millim. The ureter passes off from the anterior border, at its commencement it is slightly more than 5 millim in breadth, but posterior to the region of the pericardium it narrows forming a tube of uniform dimensions. ‘The posterior border of the pericardium is COLLINGE: NON-OPERCULATE LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCS. 81 exactly 37°5 millim. from the anterior border of the kidney. ‘The pulmonary vein is large, as also the efferent and afferent vessels. The specimen figured is one of form B. HELICIDAE. Trochomorpha, Albers. Trochomorpha eastra, Bens. Helix castra, Benson: Ann. Mag. N.H., 1852, vol. x, p. 349. Trochomorpha castra, Stoliczka: J. As. Soc. Bengal, 1873, vol. xlii, p. 21, pl. 1, figs. 14-16, pl. n, figs. 7-9. Hab.—Kwala Aring, State of Kelantan. One specimen. Sitala, A. Ad. Sitala carinifera, Stol. Sitala carinifera, Stoliczka: J. As. Soc. Bengal, 1873, vol. xlii, p- 16, pl. 1, figs. 8, 8a-c. Hab.—Gunong Inas, 3,500 ft., State of Perak. Four specimens. Chloritis, Beck. Chloritis malayana, Mlldff. Helix (Trachia) malayana, Mlldff.: J. As. Soc. Bengal, 1886, vol. ly, p. 303. Chloritis malayana, Mildff.: P.Z.S., 1891, p. 335, pl. xxx, figs. 6, 6a. Hab.—¥oot of Gunong Inas, State of Perak. Amphidromus, Albers. Amphidromus perversus, L. Pl. iv, figs. 24, 25, Pl. v, figs. 26-28. Hab.—Biserat, State of Jalor. Three examples of the animal of this species, enables me to give some account of the anatomy. The shells of the two specimens here described were submitted to Mr. Hugh Fulton, who very kindly confirmed my identification. The Generative Organs (Pl. iv, figs. 24, 25, Pl. v, fig. 26).—In the first specimen the vagina is of great length, and proximally is held in position by a series of short, strong muscles arising from the floor of body cavity. Internally the condition is not unlike that I have described in A. palaceus, Mouss. (6). ‘The free oviduct is very short. The receptacular duct is a long, wide, irregular shaped tube, distally it becomes very narrow and forms a short, fine tube, which terminates 82 COLLINGE: NON-OPERCULATE LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCS. in an ovoid-sac, the receptaculum seminis (PI. iv, fig. 24, 7.s.). The penis is short, with an epiphallus of great length, variously folded and twisted upon itself, it penetrates the distal wall of the penis and terminates in a short, bluntly ending, fleshy papilla (Pl. v, fig. 26, p.p.); beyond the epiphallus is a long flagellum whose distal portion is densely coiled. Internally the wall of the penis is thrown into a series of thick, longitudinal, muscular folds, with short cross . con- necting folds (Pl. v, fig. 26). The retractor muscle of the penis is short, and inserted on the right-side, at the proximal end of the epiphallus. The vas deferens leaves the latter organ as a narrow tube, and passing forward along its walls, it bends back again over the region of the vagina and joins the common duct, which is long, and richly folded. ‘The albumen gland is longand narrow. ‘The hermaphrodite duct short and convoluted. In the second specimen (PI. iv, fig. 25) the chief differences are, that the vagina is shorter and S-shaped, the receptacular duct longer and narrower, the epiphallus and flagellum both shorter, and the retractor muscle of the penis longer. The Free Muscles (Pl. v, fig. 27).—The buccal retractor consists of a series of short muscular bands inserted on the vetnral side of the buccal cavity, and two rather longer bands, one being inserted on each lateral wall of the buccal cavity. All these fuse immediately behind the buccal cavity, and pass backward as a single band. ‘The ten- tacular and pedal retractors are similar on both sides. ‘The superior and inferior tentaculars first join, forming a stout band with which the pedal unites a little more posteriorly. The columellar muscle is short and narrow, and twisted twice. The Pallial Region (Pl. v, fig. 28).—The kidney is unusually large, measuring 51°5 millim. in length and 5°5 millim. in breadth. The ureter passes off from the anterior border, and in the region just in front of the pericardium it passes across the dorsal side of the kidney, continuing its course backward on the opposite side, to the posterior end of the lung, where it bends forward again and runs along the side of the rectum. Ina sinistral example of this species the ureter does not cross over the kidney. The measurements of the different organs in the two specimens were as follows : Lung. Kidney. Pericardium. Dextral 65°5 POs ro millim. long. Sinistral 80 58 8 ” ” Hapalus, Albers. Hapalus jousseaumei, de Morgan. COLLINGE: NON-OPERCULATE LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCS. 83 Hapalus jousseaumet, de Morg.: Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr., 1885, vol. x, p. 24, pl. i, figs. 2a,20. Hab.—Kwala Aring, State of Kelantan. PUPIDAE. Hypselostoma, Bens. Hypselostoma Jaidlawi. n. sp. Pl. -v; figs.-29; Zo: Shell dextral, conical, with last whorl dorsally grooved, surface smooth, deeply umbilicated, whorls 5, regularly increasing, aperture co shaped, armature consists of four teeth, a dorsal and ventral one situated on the upper and lower border of the peristome, and two smaller internal teeth, one on the nght and one on the left of the peristomial teeth ; peristome thin, slightly reflected. Alt. and diam.1 millim. Hab.—Biserat Caves, State of Jalor. STENOGYRIDAE. Prosopeas, Morch. Prosopeas tchehelense, deMorg. Stenogyra tchehelensis, de Morg.: Le Natural., 1885, p. 69, Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr., 1885, vol. x, p.-40, pl. ui, figs. 7a, 70. Stenogyra swettenhami, de Morg.: Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr., 1885, vol. x, p. 41, pl. u1, figs. 6a, 60. Stenogyra (Subulina) tchehelensis, Mldff.: J. As. Soc. Bengal, 1887, vol. lv, p. 304. Stenogyra (Opeas) ? terebralis, Theob. (? n. sp.): G. Nevill, Hand-list Moll. Ind. Mus., 1878, p. 166. Prosopeas tchehelense, Mildff.: P.Z.S., 1891, p. 337. Hab.—Gunong Inas, 3,000 ft., State of Perak ; Belimbing (from jungle floor, at base of cliff), State of Ligeh; Biserat, State of Jalor. Mollendorff (20, p. 337) has expressed the opinion that the Stenogyra tchehelensis and S. siwettenhami of deMorgan are the same, the latter being only a slight variation. After examining a large series of specimens from the above localities, I can fully endorse this opinion. The eggs of this mollusc are exceedingly large for the size of the animal, and are enclosed in a hard calcareous shell. All the eggs in the region of the free-oviduct had a well developed shell, whilst those in the lower portion of the oviducal canal had not. Specimens having eight whorls in the shell were found to be sexually mature ; the largest shell met with was one with twelve whorls, 84 COLLINGE: NON-OPERCULATE LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCS. CLAUSILIIDAE. Clausilia, Drap. Clausilia kapayanensis, de Morg. Pseudonenia kapayanensis, de Morg.: Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr., 1885, VOI. xX.) p24g5 pla, tie.) o: Hab.—Belimbing, State of Ligeh. One specimen. Clausilia penangensis, Stol. Clausilia (Phaedusa ) penangensis, Stol.; J. As..Soce. Bengal, 1873, vol. xli, p. 27, pl. il, figs. 4-6 and 15-17. Hab.—Belimbing, State of Tage. I have to thank Mr. E. R. Sykes for very kindly examining these. A large globose form, which at first sight seems very distinct, he thinks is only a variety, as there are intermediate forms gradually leading up to it. Clausilia penangensis, var. Hab.—Bukit Besar, 2,000 ft., State of Nawng Chik; Patalung, State of Raman. VERONICELLIDAE. Veronicella, Blainv. Veronicella, sp Hab.—Hills near Biserat, State of Jalor. There are two specimens belonging to this genus, but owing to injury the species are undeterminable. RATHOUISIIDAE. The genera of slugs which have been grouped under this family are Rathouisia, Heude (15), Atopos, Simr. (27), Prisma, Simr. (27), and the sub-genus Padangia, Babor (1). In the present collection there are examples of Atopos only (and possibly Babor’s sub-genus), but as the anatomy of this genus has an important bearing upon the family generally, and on other families of molluscs, it seems desirable to very briefly state the history of the various species and genera, and the views of other malacologists upon their position, affinities, etc. Under the name of Vayinula tourrannensis,* Souleyet (29) in 1852 described a tte found by Gaudichand near ‘Tourranne in * It shou'd be pointed out that Férussac’s genus Vaginulus (1821), has really priority over any of the above mentioned genera, for he distinctly states that in V. tannavsz, the type of the genus the pulmonary aperture is on the lower right side of the mantle about two- fifths of the length of the body from the anterior end, the female generative orifice on the same side is said to be about the middle. Blainville’s account of the anatomy, however, is partly contradictory to Féruss1c’s acccunt, and his figures very unsatisfactory. COLLINGE: NON-OPERCULATE LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCS 85 Cochin China. Later Semper (26) found a slug in Central Luzon which he named Vaginulus trigonus, and expressed the opinion that it was more like a Limaxr than a Vaginula. Stoliczka (30) in 1873 found in Penang a species closely allied to V. towrrannensis, Soul., which according to Heynemann (17), is probably identical with the V. pulverulenta of Benson from the same island. Heynemann in 18767 described a further new species from Queensland, which he named V. australis. In 1882, Heude (16, p. 10, pl. xiii, figs. 2, 2a) gave a brief description of a slug found in Eastern China, under the name of Vayinulus sinensis ; finding, however, that the name sinensis was preoccupied by Mdllendorff’s Vaginula sinensis, he re-named it leonina, an altogether unneccessary change, as he now (16) transferred it to a new genus fathouisia. 'Tapparone-Canefri (31) in 1883 des- cribed a species from New Guinea which he named V. prismatica, Heude in 1885 (16, p. 100, pl. xxvi, figs. 1. 1@) gave a description and figures of a further new species of Rathouisia (R. tigrina), while at the same time Rathouis (24) gave a short, but exceedingly interesting account of the life-history of &. leonina, Heude, and figures of many parts of the internal structure. Unfortunately, as the Sarasins (25) have observed, the lithographic impressions of his figures are so faint that much of the detail is lost. When studying the specimens of slugs in the British Museum collection in 1885, Heynemann examined two slugs, one from an island in the Torres Straits, the other from the Huon Gulf (17). _ Heude in 1890 (16, p. 133, pl. xxxvi, figs. 23, 23a), described a further new species of Rathouisia (R. pantherina) from Eastern China, and gave figures of the animal. In 1891, Simroth (27) in a paper betokening rare and critical in- sight, founded the genera Afopos and Prisma, the former including three new species: A. semper? from Mindanao, and A. leuckarti and A, strubelli from Amboina, and the Vaginulus trigonus of Semper and the V. pulverulenta of Benson. The new genus Prisia included the following species: P. towrrannense, Soul., from Cochin China, P. prismaticum, Tap.-Can., from New Guinea, P. australe, Heyn., from Queensland, and the Huon Gulf specimen in the British Museum collection, to which he gave the name of P. heynemanni. A detailed account of the anatomy of the three new species of Afopos was given, illustrated by figures. In the same year Cockerell (2) published the names Vayinulinae or Rathouisiinae, as a sub-family for the genera Rathouisia, Atopos and Prisma. He further pointed out that a specimen in the British t J. Mus. Godeffr., 1876, xii, p. 159. 86 COLLINGE: NON-OPERCULATE LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCS. Museum collection from Pengag marked “V. sanguinea, Stol.,” was apparently referable to A. pulverulentus, Bens., and also gave a des- cription of Prisma heynemanni, Simr. In 1892 von Ihering (18) published a short, critical note on Simroth’s paper, and proposed a separate family—Aftopidae—for the genus. A reply by Simroth followed (28). Nothing more was heard of these interesting molluscs until 1899, when the Sarasins (25) in their beautiful work on the Land Mollusca of the Celebes, described four new species of Afopos, viz., A.scutulatus, simrothi, cristagalli and pristis, and gave some interesting notes on their anatomy and figures of some of the internal organs. Lastly Babor (1) in rgoo described a new sub-genus—Padangia— for a new species, Afopos (Padangia) schildii, from Padang, Sumatra. The opinions held by the different writers quoted above, as to the affinities and systematic position of these various genera are widely diverse. On the one hand Simroth and Babor are both inclined to regard them as allied to the Veronicellidae, while on the other von Ihering and the Sarasins allie them with the Testacellidae. Simroth (27) in his valuable paper first directed attention to certain resemblences between Afopos and the Athoracophoridae (Janellidae ), and he there states that the Veronicellidae may have been directly derived from the Opisthobranchia, the Athoracophoridae diverging from them at some period ; the two families he classes together as Mesom- matophora, in contradistinction to the true Stylommatophora. Babor (1) also hints at the resemblences between the Athoracophoridae and Padangia. Von Ihering strongly supports the Testacellid relationship, entirely overlooking the fact mentioned by Simroth, that the Testacellid tooth structure, evolved as it is by necessity for adaptation to carnivorous habits, has no anatomical value, as is evidenced by the great variety of molluscs possessing such a tooth structure. The Sarasins regard Rathouisia and Atopos only as valid genera, Prisma in their opinion not having been sufficiently defined. Whilst strongly favouring the Testacellid affinities of these two genera, they admit that such characters may have arisen independently, as in Tanthina and Scalaria. | Further, these authors regard Apera, Heyn., as also being closely allied to the athouisiidae, they write (25, p. 112) “This slug, we can without hesitation look upon as an ancestral form of Afopos.” Unfortunately the genus Apera is known to these authors from Binney’s original description and figures only. ‘The spider-glands of Simroth are not present in Apera, and the general disposition and form of the digestive and generative organs, pedal gland, etc., is totally COLLINGE : NON-OPERCULATE LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCS. 87 different. As yet our knowledge of the internal structure of this genus is very imperfect. I have given a very brief account of the anatomy of Apera burnupi, E. A. Smith (3), and A. natalensis, Clige. (5), from two alcoholic specimens, and in a later example of the former species, I have recently figured and described the male organ (7). This figure is repeated here for comparison (PI. vi, fig. 6). An examination ofthe specimens contained in the present collection, and comparison with the results obtained by the above authors, suggests not a few points of interest. Firstly there seems every probability that the family Rathouisiidae comprises a large number of species, and possibly genera, distributed over the Malay-Australian region and Southern China. From the primitive condition of the digestive organs, and similar indications in the generative organs, I am adverse to grouping any of the genera with the Vestacellidae, and prefer to regard the Testacellid resemblences as a case of parallel evolution rather than one of direct affinity. Respecting the generic or sub-generic distinctiveness of Rathouwisia, Atopos, Prisma, and Padangia, our knowledge is yet too inexact and insufficient for any definite expression of opinion. I agree with the Sarasins that Prisma, Simr., is as yet insufficiently defined, still, I think there can be no doubt as to the wisdom of separating it from Afopos on the one hand and Veronicella on the other. From the above brief résumé it will be seen that we have yet much to learn respecting the internal structure of these most interesting molluscs, before our attempts at classification or tracing affinities can be of any value. I am pleased to learn that my friend Dr. Josef F. Babor has in active preparation a monograph of the genus Afopos, to the completion of which, all malacologists will look forward with great interest. RATHOUISIIDAE, Heude. Atopidae, von Ihering: Nachr. Deutsch. Malak. Gesell., 1892, p. 143. Atopos, Simr. Atopos sarasini, n. sp. Pl. v, figs. 40-42, 56-59, Pl. vi, figs. 60-65. Colour of the notum a deep blue, granulated, extending over the head in a hood-like manner ; head yellowish ; underside (perinotum ?) yellowish-brown ; foot-sole yellowish-brown ; keel only faintly produced. Length of notum (in alcohol) 59°5, breadth 13°5, height 14°5 millim. Breadth of foot-sole g millim. Female generative orifice 14 millim. from the male generative orifice, 88 COLLINGE: NON-OPERCULATE LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCS. Hab.—Hills near Biserat, State of Jalor. Probably this species belongs to Babor’s sub-genus Padangia. The granulated appearance of the notum is due to a large number of small wart-like bodies of two different sizes. The notum fits over the head as a hood, covering over the tentacles and mouth. The external male generative orifice is situated on the right side, as indicated in figure 57 (Pl. v); although very carefully examined, I failed to find any opening on the left side which would correspond to the opening of the left gland of Simroth. ; The Alimentary Canal (P1. v, fig. 59).—The digestive tract is ex- exceedingly simple. I have nothing to add to the accounts already given by Simroth and the Sarasins, of the buccal cavity and sheath. The oesophagus passes from the buccal cavity towards the right side, then dipping ventrally it passes beneath the most posterior portion of the buccal mass, and backward to the stomach or mid-gut gland of Simroth, which internally has a sacculated appearance very similar to that figured by Rathouis (24, Pl. xxxu, fig 1), in Rathouisia leonina. Leaving this gland the intestine makes a slight sigmoid curve and runs dorsal to the oesophagus as the second loop of the intestinal tract, then making a bend to the right, it terminates at the anal aperture, the whole structure being of a very simple and primitive nature. The contents of the oesophagus and mid-gut gland were microscopically examined, and the results obtained tend to confirm Simroth’s observations on the contents in A. semperi and A. leuckarti, viz. that the food consists of vegetable matter (fungi) and flesh. The Generative Organs (Pl. v, figs. 58-59, Pl. vi, figs. 60-64).— Having only one specimen for dissection, I have been unable to work out the structure of the generative organs in the detail I should have liked. This specimen internally was not in the best condition either, which is the more to be regretted as both Simroth (27), and the Sarasins (25) give few particulars regarding these organs. The figures given by Simroth (27, T. xxxvii, figs. 27-28) I can scarcely think are correct. In A. sarasini I was able to trace a well developed vagina, a simple tube-like organ, at the distal portion of which, the duct of the recepta- culum seminis enters, beyond this point it becomes foldedin an U-shaped pouch, continuing again as a tube ; this portion lying posterior to the receptaculum seminis I regard as the free-oviduct. It passes into the oviduct, a large and closely coiled body which is sharply folded upon itself, the folding marking the organ off into three portions. At the end of this tube there is a small glandular body lying upon the albumen gland, this, I think may be the ovary (PI. vi, fig. 60, 0). I have failed to trace any connection between the male and female organs. COLLINGE: NON-OPERCULATE LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCS. 89 The penis is a large and muscular body enclosed within a muscular sheath. There isa prominent retractor muscle inserted in its distal end. The external orifice is common to the penis and the right Simroth gland. I was unable to find any trace of a gland on the leit side. Internally the sheath of the penis has plicated walls, while arising from the distal end of the cavity is a large muscular organ the penis papilla. ‘This is broad at its base, narrowing towards its free end which terminates as a comparatively sharp point. Its external wall appeared longitudinally indented or fluted, but this appearance is probably due to the pressure of the plications of the sheath. On the left side, at the base of the penis there is a small aperture which communicates with a folded duct (Pi. vi, fig. 61), this I succeeded in tracing as far as the inner side of external male generative orifice. As previously pointed out, only a single Simroth gland was found, the one on the right side ; I am quite certain as to the absence of any such body on the left side. The structure of the folded distal portion of that on the right side is shown in transverse section in figure 62 (PI. vi.). On comparing this transverse section with some recently made of the dart-gland of a Cingalese mollusc (8), I have been struck by the extraordinary resemblance they bear to one another, which has led me to inquire whether it is not possible that the Simroth gland is a vestigial dart-gland ? The Pedal Gland (PI. vi, fig. 65).—This is a small tongue-shaped body measuring 22 millim in length. Serial transverse sections were made of the whole of the gland, and while agreeing in general with Simroth’s description, there were some points very different, but better material is necessary before these can be discussed. Atopos harmeri, ». sp. Pl. v, fig. 43-45. Colour of the notum, light blue with darker blue blotches and spots, a dark blue stripe extends along the mid-dorsal line, granulated ; head yellow ; tentacles dark blue ; underside (perinotum ?) yellow ; foot- sole yellowish-white with a faint median groove and transverse wrinkling ; keel only very feebly developed. Length of notum (in alcohol) 65°5, breadth 12, height 14°5 millim. Breadth of foot-sole 7 millim. Female generative orifice 13 millim. from the male generative orifice. Hab.—Kampong, near the borders of Kelantan and Ligeh. A young example of this species measuring 37°5 millim. in length, exhibits a much more prominent keel than the larger specimen. Judging from the external features this species is probably allied to A. straubelli, Simr. I have much pleasure in associating with this species the name of Dr. S. F. Harmer, go COLLINGE : NON-OPERCULATE LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCS. Atopos rugosus, n. sp. Pl. v, figs. 46-48. Colour of notum, dark green with yellowish-brown spots, granulated, the extreme anterior portion of the notum is almost white, while pos- teriorly the body is sharply pointed ; underside (perinotum ?) yellowish ; foot-sole dirty yellow; keel fairly well developed, yellowish brown in colour. Length of notum (in alcohol) 43°5, breadth 7, height 8 millim. Breadth of foot-sole 4 millim. Female generative orifice 8°5 millim. from the male generative orifice. Hab.—Hills near Biserat, State of Jalor. Atopos punctata, n. sp. Pl. v, figs. 49-52. Colour of notum, yellow spotted with dark blue or black, granulated ; head and tentacles yellowish ; underside (perinotum ?) yellow ; foot- sole yellow with closely set transverse wrinkles ; keel fairly prominent. Length of notum (in alcohol) 35, hreadth 4, height 4 millim. Breadth of foot-sole 2 millim. Female generative orifice 7 (?) millim.* from the male generative orifice. Hab.—Hills near Biserat, State of Jalor. A figure of a small piece of the notum much enlarged (PI. vi, fig.52), shows that the wart-like bodies vary greatly in size, as do also the blackish spots. Atopos strubelli, Simr. Atopos strubelli, Simr.: Zeit. f. wiss. Zool., 1893, Bd. li, p. 600. The specimen collected agrees practically in all details with the description given by Simroth. ‘The dimensions are as follows: Length of notum (in alcohol) 61°5, breadth 11, height r1°5 millim. Breadth of foot-sole 7 millim. Female generative orifice 13 millim. from the male generative orifice. Hab,—Hills near Biserat, State of Jalor. Atopos laidlawi, n. sp. Pliv, figs) 53-55: Colour of the notum, dorsally yellowish-brown with small, dark brown dots, finely granulated, laterally an irregular, broad, dark brown band, below which the notum is drab colour, at the extreme anterior and posterior ends the notum is almost white ; head dirty white ; tentacles * It is exceedingly difficult in small species like these, which have become hardened and some- what brittle by immersion in alcohol, to be certain of the actual orifice. COLLINGE: NON-OPERCULATE LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCS. QI bluish ; underside (perinotum ?) dirty white ; foot-sole yellowish-white ; keel well developed and fairly prominent, white with numerous minute brown dots. Length of notum (in alcohol) 30, breadth 7, height 7 millim. Breadth of foot-sole 4 millim. Female generative orifice about 6 millim. from the male generative orifice. * Hab.—Ban Kong Rah, District of Gaboing. This interesting species will probably prove to be at least sub- generically distinct from A/fopos when the internal structure is known. It is named in honour of Mr F. F. Laidlaw, a member of the Skeat Expedition, and by whom it was collected. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 1. Babor, J. F.—Mittheilungen uber Nacktschnecken in der Sammlung des k. k. naturhist. Hofmuseums. II. Erste vorlaufige Mittheilung zu einer Monographie der Gattung Atopos Simroth. Ann. d. k.k. Naturhist. Hofmus. Wien, 1900, Bd. xv, pp. 100-102. 2. Cockerell, T. D. A.—A Check-list of the Slugs. The Conchologist, 1893, vol. il, pp. 168-176 and 185-232. 3. Collinge, Walter E.—On the Anatomy of Apera burnupi, E. A, Smith. Ann. Mag. N. H., 1897 (s. 6.), vol. xx, pp. 221- “2215, Dl. v. 4. do. Report on the Slugs. A. Willey’s Zoological Results, 1899 [1900], pp. 429-438, pls. xl-xli. 5. do. Ona collection of Slugs from South Africa, with descrip- tions of some New Species. Ann. Sth. Afr. Mus., 1go0, vol. 11, pp 1-8, pls. 1, 2. 6. do. Note onthe Anatomy of Amphidromus palaceus, Mouss. Journ. Malac., rgo1, vol. vill, pp. 50-52, pl. iv. 7. do. Note on the Anatomy of Apera burnupi, E. A. Smith. ibid: pps 72, 72H: 8. do. Onthe Anatomy of the Vitrina irradians of Pfeiffer. Ibid., pp. 63-70, pls. v, vi. g. Crosse, H.—Mollusques nouveaux de Perak. Journ. de Conchyl., 18709, vol. xxv, pp. 198-208. to. do. Faune malacologique de Perak. Ibid., pp. 336-340. 11. Fulton, Hugh.—A List of the species of Land Mollusca, collected by Mr. W. Doherty in the Malay Archipelago ; with descriptions of some supposed new Species and Varieties. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1899, vol. i11, pp 212- 219, pl. xi. 12. Godwin-Austen, H. H.—Mollusca of India, 1882-1888, vol. 1. 14. Tie 16. 10. COLLINGE: NON-OPERCULATE LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCS. do. On the Anatomy of Hemiplecta flower, E. A. Smith, from Perak, Malay Peninsula. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1900, vol. iv, pp. 31-36, pl. iv. do. and Nevill, G.— Descriptions of Shells from Perak and the Nicobar Islands. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1879, pp. 734-740, jel Gmuiba, Ibe Heude, P. M.—Note sur une Limacien nouveau de Chine. Journ. de Conchyl., 1883, vol. xxxi, pp. 394. do. Notes sur les Mollusques terrestres de la vallee du Fleuve Bleu. Mem. concern. L’Hist. nat. de ’Empire Chinois, 1882-1890, pp. 1-188, pls. xii-xlin. Heynemann, D. F.—Uber Vaginula-Arten im British Museum —Natural History—in London. Jahrb. Deutsch Malak. Gesell., 1885, pp. 1-16. Ihering, H. von.—Ueber Atopos Simroth. Nachr. Deutsch. Malak. Gesell., 1892, pp. 140-144. Mollendorff, O. F. von.—The Landshells of Perak. Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, 1887, vol. lv, pp. 299-316. do. On the Land and Freshwater Shells of Perak. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1891, pp. 330-348, pl. xxx. do. Ona collection of Land Shells from the Samui Islands, Gulf of Siam. Ibid., 1894, pp. 146-156, pl. xvi. Morgan, J. de.—Note sur quelques espéces nouvelles de Mollusques terrestres recueillis dans la Péninsula Malaise. Le Naturaliste, 1885, vol. vii, pp. 68-70. do. Mollusques terrestres et fluviatiles du royaume de Perak et des pays voisins (Presqu’ile Malaise). Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1885, t.x, pp: 1-80, 5 pits. Rathouis, C.—Quelques remarques sur les moeurs et habitudes du Rathouisia leonina. Mem. concern. L’Hist. nat. de Empire Chinois, 1884, pp. 131, 132, pl. Xxxli. Sarasin, P. und F.—Die land-Mollusken von Celebes. Wiesbaden, 1899. Semper, Carl.—Reisen im Archipel der Philippinen. 1870, Bd. iii. Landmollusken. Simroth, H.—Uber das Vaginulidengenus Afopos n.g. Zeit. f. wiss. Zool., 1891, Bd. li, pp. 593-616, ‘T.xxxvu. do Einige Bemerkungen zu vorstehendem Aufsatz. Nachr. Deutsch. Malak. Gesell., 1892, pp. 144-149. (See reference No. 18.) Souleyet in Eydoux et Souleyet. Voyage sur le Bonite, 1852, ‘Ti. Stoliczka, F.— On the Land Shells of Penang Island, with des- COLLINGE: NON-OPERCVLATE LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCS. 93 Ba a2. criptions of the animals and anatomical notes. Pt. 1. Helicacea. J. As. Soc. Bengal, 1873, vol. xlii, pp. 11-38, pls. 1-1. Tapparone-Canefri, C.—Fauna malacologica della nuova Guinea e delle isole adiacenti. Pt. i. Molluschi Estramarini. Ann. del Mus. Civ. de St. Nat. de Genova, 1883, vol. xix, pt. i, pp. 1-304, Tav. 1-xi. Sykes, E. R.—Descriptions of six new Land Shells from the Malay 33° 34. Malacca. Nachr. Deutsch. Malak. Gesell., 1902, pp: I 35- 149. REFERENCE LETTERS. alb. gl. Albumen gland. ov. Oviduct. an, Anus. ps eens. b.c. Buccal cavity pe. Pericardium. br. Buccal retractor. pr. Prostate. - cm. Columetlar muscle. p-p. Penis papilla. c.m.f. Circular muscle fibres. pr. Pedal retractor. cr. Crop. p.v. Pulmonary vein. d. Watt. = r. Rectum. d. gl. Dart-gland. r. ap. Renal aperture. d.s. Wart-sac. r.d. Receptacular duct. di gl. Digestive gland. rm. Retractor muscle. div. Diverticulum. r.or. Respiratory orifice. ep. Epiphallus. r.s. Receptaculum seminis. fl. Flagellum s.d. Salivary duct. f. ov. Free-oviduct. s. gl. Salivary gland. fis. Foot-sole. S. gl. Simroth’s gland. gl. c. Gland cells st. Stomach. h.d. Hermaphrodite duct. TY. Superior tentacular retractor. h. gl. WHermaphordite gland. t. Inferior tentacular retractor. int. 1—4 Loops of intestine. Tn. Superior tentacle. Kidney. tn. Inferior tentacle. k.s. Kalk-sac. Mies Wie lor. Left ocular retractor. v. Vestibule. m.3i.2, Muscles. vg. Vagina. m. gl. Mid-gut gland. v.d. Vas deferens. nm. Notun. w.d.s. Wall of dart-sac. 0. Ovary. w.p.c. Wall of pulmonary cavity. ob. m. Oblique muscles. 3 Male generative orifice. oe. Oecesophagus. p Female generative orifice. do. Peninsula. Journ. Malac., 1902, vol. ix, pp. 22, 23. Kelantan, Malay Peninsula. Mollendorff, O. v.—Binnenmollusken aus On a collection of Land and Freshwater Shells from Ibid., pp 60-63, pl. in. Hinterindien. 1. Landschnecken von Kelantan, Ostktste der Halbinsel 94 COLLINGE: NON-OPERCULATE LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCS. EXPLANATION OF PLATES IV-VI. PEATE IV: Fig. 1. Streptaxis sykesi, n. sp. Dorsal view of the shell. x 2. Fig. 2 53 . Ventral view of the shell. x 2. Fig. 3. Streptaxis striatula, n. sp. Dorsal view of the shell. x 1. Fig. 4. 5 x Ventral view of the shell. x 1. Fig. 5. oo ° 2 9. x1. 8.x. C.Butterworth, del. et pinx.ad nat. Huth, Lith’ London. THs Ge NUS TE RSMAS SiiMR Oar: ae COLLINGE: FURTHER NOTES ON AMALIA CARINATA, RISSO. 133 I think, there can be little doubt but that Risso’s species has been confused with A. sowerbyi in this country, and that on more careful examination it will be found to be fairly well distributed. I hope at a later date to give coloured figures of the British examples, and also figures of the internal anatomy. In the meantime, I shall still be pleased to receive further examples from any parts of the British Isles. Distribution in British Isles. Devon.—Barnstaple (F. J. Partridge). Warwick.—Near Birmingham (Bromley Peebles). Dublin —Kingstown. Dr. Scharff” does not distinguish between A carinata, Risso, and A. sowerbyi, Fér., in his list. THE ANATOMY OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF THE GENUS SOLEN. Parte By He; Ee) BLOOMER: Plate x. Solen pellucidus, Penn. EXTERNAL CHARACTERS. When compared with S. enszs, L., this species presents the following points of difference : The measurement from the dorsal to the ventral surface is proportionately greater. The hinge of the shell is situated some distance from the anterior end, and the anterior part of the anterior adductor muscle, together with the dorsal integument, termin- ate there (Pl. x, fig. 1, H.). What represents the fourth aperture is present at the posterio-ventral part of the pedal aperture. As in S. ensis it carries a tentacular fringe. From specimens examined, I have not been able to find any trace of concrescence of the mantle lobes between the two apertures, but as this portion of the animal is easily ruptured, the question still remains a matter of uncertainty. The pedal aperture is larger, extending more posteriorly both dorsally and ventrally. The dorsal and anterior edges of the mantle lobes bordering it, carry a closely and finely crenulated fringe, while in the dorsal portion, the mantle lobes are joined together a little below their margins, thus forming a chamber, which apparently does not communicate with the pallial chamber. ‘The foot (Pl. x, fig 1, /.) 3. Irish Naturalist, 1892. vol. 1, p. 89, * See ante p. 18. 34 BLOOMER: ON THE BRITISH SPECIES OF THE GENUS SOLEN. is large, particularly as it approaches its distal end, where it is axe- shaped and of considerable depth. ‘The bases of the inner gills are connected with each other.as in S. marginatus, Pult. and Don. MUSCULATURE. The musculature of S. pel/weidus differs from that of S. ens?s in the following particulars. ?. The Pallial Muscles.—TYhe muscles along the edges of the mantle lobes are deeper than in S, ens7/s, and anteriorly describe a semi circular curve to the anterior end of the anterior adductor muscle (PI. x, fig.1, .), while posteriorly, where forming the proximal portion of the siphon, they are much more developed (Pl. x, fig. 1, E.S.C. and I.S.C.). Th > posterior portion of the anterior adductor is deeper but the depth gradually diminishes towards the anterior end, which curves dorsally to the teeth of the shell (Pl. x, fig. 1, A.A.). The posterior adductor is correspondingly smaller(PI. x, fig.1, P.A.). ii. The Pedal Muscles —The foot increases in size towards its distal end. In this part the muscles are frayed out, and form a large fibrous network. ‘The retractor pedis posterior muscles are longer, their ter- minal parts being situated more posteriorly than in S. enszs (Pl. x, fig ere Al) In the retractor pedis anterior muscles, the posterior bifurcation (Fig. 1, P.R.A.) is short and thick, while the anterior one (Fig.1, P. R.A.’) is long and narrow extending over the greater portion of the anterior adductor muscle. The fibres of the muscle cross the foot, as in S. marginatus, and pass underneath instead of over the longitudinal muscles, eventually becoming buried in the muscular integument. THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. The oesophagus (Pl. x, figs. 2 and 3. Oe.) is long and narrow, passing in a posterior direction to the stomach, in consequence of which, the latter is situated more posteriorly than in S. ens?s. The divisions of the stomach are very pronounced. ‘The cardiac portion (Fig. 2, C. St.) is a narrow, deep, pocket-shaped sac. The pyloric portion (Fig. 2, P. Sé.) and the proximal portion of the caecum of the crystalline style (C.C.) are very large, while the latter is of considerable length and extends along the greater portion of the pedal cavity. The intestine (J7.) proceeds from the pyloric portion, close to the caecum of the crystalline style, to within a short distance of its distal end, where it bends and returns along the opposite side, traverses round the posterior dorsal end of the stomach and folding upon itself, passes into the rectum (R. ). If contrasted with the description of S. ensis and S. marginatus, it will BLOOMER: ON THE BRITISH SPECIES OF THE GENUS SOLEN. 135 be seen that in many respects the alimentary canal more closely re- sembles that of the latter than that of the former, the more important differences being the relatively larger size of the pyloric portion of the stomach and of the distal part of the caecum of the crystalline style, and the absence of folds in the intestine shortly after leaving the stomach. The position of the liver (Fig, 1, Z.) is similar to that of S. ensis. NERVOUS SYSTEM. The nervous system of S. pellucidus resembles that of S. ensis, differing from it, however, in the number and distribution of the pallial nerves. The anterior pallial nerve only gives rise to two branches. The first branch leaves the nerve after it has passed a little distance under the ventral surface of the anterior adductor muscle, and the second a short distance before reaching the anterior edge of the muscle ; both branches cross the mantle lobe and join the circumpallial nerve. The posterior pallial nerve does not give rise to any branch which crosses the mantle lobe as in S. ensis There is only one circumpallial nerve, which anteriorly passes along the dorsal portion of the muscular part of the mantle lobe, and gradually attains a ventral position as it proceeds posteriorly. It is to be observed that the two anterior pallial nerves fuse together close to where the teeth of the shell are connected with the dorsal integument, forming a small ganglionic mass, and then separating, pass along the mantle lobes. CIRCULATORY SYSTEM. The general features resemble those of S. ens’s, but owing to the smallness of the specimens examined it has not been possible to follow it out in all its detail. From the foregoing morphological account of the different species, and from further work shortly to be published, I purpose at no distant date to review the present classification of the genus Solen. 136 BLOOMER: ON THE BRITISH SPECIES OF THE GENUS SOLEN. M.L. EXPLANATION OF PLATE X. Solen pellucidus, Penn. View from the right side, alimentary canal, &c. x 3. Longitudinal section of the stomach, showing the internal structure oOnthevlettisid ex x2: Longitudidal section of the stomach, showing the internal structure of the right side. x 12. REFERENCE LETTERS. Anus. M.R.O. Muscular ridge separating the Anterior adductor muscle. oesophagael from the car- Anterior lip. diac portion of the stomach. Small cavity receiving the M.R.P. Muscular ridge separating the small bile duct. small cavity receiving small Caecum of crystalline style. bile duct from pyloric Crystalline style. portion. Cardiac portion of stomach. Oe. Oesophagus. Exhalent siphonal chamber. Oe. St. Oesophagael portion of stomach. Foot. P.A. Posterior adductor muscle. Fourth aperture. ale. Posterior lip. Point where the dorsal integu- P.R.A.P.R.A.’ Bifurcated parts of re- ment is connected with the tractor pedis anterior. teeth of the shell. P.R.P. Bifurcation of retractor pedis Intestine. posterior. Inhalent siphonal chamber. P. St. Pyloric portion of stomach, Liver. Ine Rectum. Mouth. Si. Stomach. Mantle lobe. We Ventricle. M.R.C. Muscular ridge separating the cardiac from the pyloric portion of the stomach. Journ.of Malacology, 1902, Vol IX, pt 4. Tale MBC. MRE.O. PES nCuSe. 1 y Pals at HH. B. del. ad nat. Huth, Lith® London. ANATOMY SOlp “SiO INE 137 OBITUARY. Alexander Onufrievitch Kowalevsky. Born November 2oth, 1840. Died November 22nd, Igot. The death of Professor Kowalevsky removes a zoologist of renown, and one whose studies ranged over a wide field. In the Mollusca he in- vestigated the development of Chiton and Dentale, the structure of Pseucdovermis and the Hedylidae, and in conjunction with Professor A. F. Marion, the Solenogastres, and with Ovsyannikoy, the central nervous system and auditory organ of the Cephalopoda. Oliver Collett. Born 1867. Died June 13th, 1902. By the untimely death of Mr. Oliver Collett, Malacology has lost a devoted and single hearted student of the Cingalese mollusca When, in 1898, I resumed the Editorship of this Journal, Mr. Collett wrote me inquiring if, in connection with my work on Asiatic molluscs, I cared to examine any of those from Ceylon; this was the commencement of a regular correspondence, which, alas! has all too soon ceased As I write, there lies before me the latest consignment from him (one of very many which he has sent me, and which, as yet, have been little more than examined in opening), containing examples of Nilgira, Ariophanta, Euplecta, Veronicella, etc., all beautifully preserved. Mr. Collett while engaged in his vocation as a tea planter, found time for much zoological work. As a member of the Ceylon branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, he contributed various papers to their Journal. He died on June 13th, somewhat suddenly at Columbo, from an attack of dysentery. Much of the material collected by Mr. Collett has been described by Dr. Blanford, Mr. E. R Sykes, Lt. Col. Godwin-Austen, myself and others. Some, however, he described himself in the following papers : 1. ‘Description of Streptaris gracilis, n. sp., from Ceylon.” Proc. Malac. Soc. London, 1€ « z. ‘The Terrestrial Mollusca of Ambagamuwa.” Journ. Ceylon Asiat. Soc., 1897, vol. xv, pp. 12—2I1. 3. ‘On two new varieties of Cataulus nietneri, G. and H. Nev., from Ceylon.” Journ. of. Malac., 1899, vol. vii, pp. 85, 86, 3 figs. 4. ‘Description of a new Helicoid land shell from the Southern 138 OBITUARY. Province.” Journ. Ceylon Asiat. Soc., 1899, vol. xv, pp. 153, 154, r pl. 5. ‘Pearl Oysters and Pearl Fisheries.” Ceylon Observer, 1900, pp. 1—12. 6. “The Terrestrial Mollusca of Ambagamuwa.” Journ. Ceylon Asiat. Soc., 1901, vol. xvi, pp. 1—8. James G. Cooper. Born June toth, 1830. Died July 19th, 1902. By the death of Dr. Cooper, Western America loses another of its pioneer zoologists. Born in New York in 1830, he received his degree in 1851, and two years later he was appointed physician on a govern- ment survey between St. Paul and Puget Sound. Here part of his duty was to make zoological and botanical collections, and after the abandonment of the survey in 1855, he continued his field work on the Pacific coast until 1860. In that year he was appointed Zoologist of the California State Geological Survey. Later he served as a surgeon in the Civil War, after which his life was spent in the practice of his profession. Although interested in many branches of zoology, he published upwards of forty papers on the mollusca, many of great value and interest. NOTES. Physa viegata mut. alba, nov.—Shell pure white. Salt River at Tempe, Arizona, 1902, with the ordinary form.—T. D. A. COCKERELL. Limax maximus, L., in the Hawaiian Islands.—I have recently received from Professor H. W. Henshaw a small collection of slugs from the neighbourhood of Hilo, amongst which is an example of Limax maximus, L. Externally the body is a deep yellow (in alcohol) with about nine irregular and broken black bands, the mantle is spotted with numerous black spots, mostly smaller than those composing the bands. The generative organs differ slightly from those of British or Continental specimens. This species has not hitherto been recorded from the Hawaiian Islands. —WALTER E, COLLINGE. PROCEEDINGS OF THE MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 37TH MEETING, JUNE 13TH, 1902. The President in the chair. EXHIBITS. By Mr. F. J. Partridge: Succinea oblonga from Braunton Marshes, North Devon, and examples of Hydrobia jenkinsi, PROCEEDINGS OF THE MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 139 By Mr. Overton: Planorbis wumbilicatus and monstrosities, P. cormeus, Limnaea stagnalis, L. pereger, and Bythinia tentaculata, from the Derby canal ; also Limnaea stagnalis from Sutton Coldfield. By Mr. Collinge : Limax nyctelius, Bgt., from Washington, D.C., Otoconcha dimidiata, Pfr., from North Island, New Zealand, and a small collection of slugs from North America. 38TH MEETING, NOVEMBER I5TH, 1902. The Meeting was held at the President’s house. The President in the chair. It was unanimously decided (i) to undertake the preparation of a Record of the Molluscan Fauna of Warwickshire, and that Mr. H. Overton be the Recorder. Also (ii) the collection of statistics on the Early Colour Changes, Protective and Mimetic Colouring of Molluscs, and that Mr. Walter E. Collinge be the Recorder. EXHIBITS. The President exhibited part of his collection of Slugs, and Land and Freshwater Molluscs and Nudibranchs (in alcohol); the eggs of many species of molluscs, and a series of monographs and memoirs upon the anatomy of the Mollusca, CURRENT LITERATURE. Pilsbry, Henry A.—Tryon’s Manual of Conchology, ser. ii, Index volume, pp. i—xcix ; vol. xv (pt. 57), pp. 1—48, pls. 1—15. Philadelphia: Academy of Natural Sciences. The very useful Index volume contains a classification of the Bulimoid molluscs described in volumes x—xiv of the “Manual.” Dr. Pilsbry explains that owing in part to the absence of anatomical data, and in part to the want of sufficient knowledge to interpret the facts in his possession, a number of groups belonging to the Helicidae were formerly referred to the Bulimulidae or “ Bulimidae,” by reason of the lengthened and Bulimoid contour of their shells. Investigations however, made during the progress of the volumes on the Bulimi, have shown the true relationships of several of these genera. We can scarcely over-estimate the value of this epitome. Among a few of the changes we may cite the genus of Gomyostomus, Beck, formerly considered a sub-genus of Bulimulidae subordinate to Auris. Anato- mical research, however, shows that it has no relation to Auwris or. other Bulimuline genera, but is a member of the Strophochilinae, and closely related to Strophocheilus. Thaumastus, Albers, formerly considered a sub-genus of Strophocheilus, is shown to be more nearly related to Bulimulus, Auris and Plekocheilus. Anatomical details are given of numerous other genera, and their bearing upon the classification considered. In commencing volume xv we note a great improvement in the type, which has been changed from Long Primer to Small Pica, and the quality of the paper. White paper for the plates is still a desideratum. The volume opens with a consideration of the genera Eucalodium, Cr. and Fisch., Anisos- pira, Strebel, and Coelocentrum, Cr. and Fisch. In the last mentioned genus a 140 CURRENT LITERATURE. new variety, estefaniae, of C. arctispira, Pfr., is described and figured, and a new species C. dispar, from Guatemala. Kowalevsky, A.—Etudes anatomiques sur le genre Pseudovermis. Mém. de l’Acad. Imp. d. Sci. St. Pétersb., 1901, T. xii., pp. 1—28, pl. i—iv. The author returns to a further study of Psewdovermis, and confirms the opinion expressed in 1899 that it isa mollusc. It is classed among the Nudi- branchia, and is most nearly related to Eolis. A new species, P papillifera, is described from Mytilene, and the anatomy of that species and P. paradoxus are described, and illustrated by four very beautiful plates. Thiele, Johannes. —Proneomenia amboinensis, n. sp. Jen. Denkschriften, 1902, Bd. viii, pp. 735—737, TI. Ixvt, figs. 5—9. Dr. Thiele gives a description of this new species from Amboina, and a short account of the anatomy. Kesteven, H. L.—The Protoconchs of certain Port Jackson Gasteropoda. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1901, pp. 709—716, pls. xxxV—xxxvi. The author describes and figures the protoconchs of eleven species of Gasteropoda found in various bays in and around Port Jackson. The sug- gestion is made that where no varix has been thrown up, it may be that the mollusc has left no conchological record of the nepionic period. Keller, W.—Die Anatomie von Vaginula gayi Fischer. Zool. Jahrb., Suppl. v, 1902, pp. 607 —642, T. 18. The author has investigated the anatomy of V. gayi, Fisch., on material brought home by Prof. Plate from Chili. After a description of the external features, and the structure of the integument, the pallial complex is described. The kidney is somewhat triangular in shape; the ureter is folded showing three limbs, the third opening into the base of the lung. The author also gives a corrected account of the kidney in V. willeyi, Cllge. The alimentary canal shows a well marked division into oesophagus, stomach, with cardiac and pyloric portions, and a strong, muscular, true stomach, The “liver” is divided into a fore-and hind-liver, the former consisting of eight lobes, and the latter of two. The generative organs are of the usual type. The central nervous system is characterised by the extraordinary way in which the cerebral, pedal and visceral ganglia approximate to one another, and also with the small buccal ganglion. The nervous apparatus of the foot consists of a thick network of anastomosing fibres in connection with the pedal nerves. Thiele, Joh.—Die systematische Stellung der Solenogastren und die Phylog- enie der Mollusken. Zeit. f. wiss. Zool., 1902, Bd. Ixxii, pp, 249—466, Tafn. XVili— xxvii u. 21 fign. The author, after an exhaustive survey of the anatomy and phylogeny of the Amphineura, concludes that the Solenogastres are really a group of worms allied to the thread-worms (Gordiidae) and annelids, but, in the relation of the heart to the uterus, and in the possession of a rudimentary radula they approximate to the Mollusca, more especially to the Chitonidae. Fleure, H. J.—No'es on the Relations of the Kidneys in Haliotis tuberculata, etc, Quart. Journ. Micro. Sci., 1902, vol. 46, pp. 77—96, pl. 6, In connection with studies upon the Gastropod kidney, the author here gives an account of the relations of the kidneys in Halvotis, together with certain suggestions concerning the kidney and reproductive organs of the Monoto- cardia, CURRENT LITERATURE. I4I He is of opinion that in H. tuberculata there are two separate kidneys right and left of the pericardium, which open externally by separate apertures. The right kidney is the functional excretory organ. It com- municates with the pericardium, and opening into it is the gonaduct. The left kidney, which does not communicate with the pericardium, is partly de- generating into lymphatic tissue, and is becoming connected with the efferent branchial vein by direct blood-channels. Practically the large anterior lobe of the right kidney, is an accessory genital organ 77 posse, and the external opening of the right kidney is evidently becominga genital pore. This being so, the functional kidney must find an exit for its excretory products, and it seems probable that this is provided for by the external opening of the left kidney, which would thus be the homologue of the Monotocardian excretory aperture. Mr. Fleure then discusses the views of various workers upon the deriva- tion of the accessory reproductive organs of the Taenioglossa, and of their descendants the Opisthobranchs and Pulmonates, and the bearing of his investigations upon the same. Hensgen, €.—Biometrische Untersuchungen iiber die Spielarten von Helix nemoralis. Biometrika, 1902, vol. 1, pp. 468—492, with 3 maps and 10 figs. The author has made an elaborate study on the distribution of the markings on the shell of Helix nemoralis found in the ditches and ramparts of the old Strasburg fortifications, which illustrates the influence of segregation and environment. Statistics of the markings prove that many mathematically possible combinations are not necessarily represented in nature. The basis is laid for further biometric work on other local races of this species, and for observing on captive individuals the laws of inheritance in the shell markings thus classified. Hedley, Charles.—Scientific Results of the Trawling Expedition of H.M.C.S. “Thetis.” —Mollusca, pt. i. Mem. Aust. Mus., 1902, vol. iv, pp. 287—324, figs. 39—60. In the present report the author treats of the Brachiopoda and Pelecypoda obtained on this expedition, four species are recorded of the former phylum and sixty-four of the latter. Among the Pelecypoda two new genera are described, viz., Pronucula, which differs from Nucula in the character of the hinge and in the possession of a more prominent radial sculpture (type P. decorosa, n. sp.), and Cuna, a genus of the Crassatellitidae, embracing C. concentrica, n. sp., the type, Kellia atkinsoni, T. Woods, Carditella delta, Tate and May, etc. Cyrilla dalli, n. sp., and Condylocardia projecta, n. sp., add two new genera to the Australian fauna. There are thirteen other new species described and figured. Hedley, Charles.—A new Australian Volute. Rec. Aust. Mus., 1902, vol. iv, P. 309, fig. 23. Voluta perplicata, n. sp., allied to V. thatcheri, McCoy. Hedley, C.—Studies on Australian Mollusca. Pt. vi. Proc, Linn. Soc , N.S.W., 1902, pp. I—29, pls, i—iii. Continuing this important series of papers Mr. Hedley describes as new Bornia filosa, Congeria Innata,a genus new to the Australian fauna, Mactra parkesiana, Pyrgulina fperspectiva, P. senex, P. zea, P. umeralis, Crossea biconica, C. gatliffi, Teniostoma involuta, Liotia corona, L. incidata, and Mecol- 142 CURRENT LITERATURE. zotia spinosa. There are notes on numerous other species, on the genera Ctiloceras and Lippistes, and cn Perry’s Australian Shells. All the new species are figured, in addition to many others, and figures of the operculum, jaw, and radula of Vermetus caperatus, Tate and May, are also given. Kesteven, H. L.—The Systematic Position of the genus Fossarina, A. Adams and Angus, and of Fossarina varia, Hutton. Rec. Aust. Mus., 1902, vol. iv, pp. 317—322, figs. 28—35. From an examination of the radula and operculum of F. patila, the author is of opinion that Minos, Hutton, is only a synonym of Fossarina, which latter genus should be placed in the Trochidae, between Gibbula and Margarita. Discussing next the F. varia of Hutton, the author shows that in addition to anatomical differences, which he proposes to describe later, it has a subspiral operculum, and a dentition showing relations to Littorina, it therefore becomes necessary to propose a new genus for its reception, to which the name Risellop- sis is given. The teeth, operculum and shell are figured and idescribed, and a new varieiy—carinata, described and figured. Willey, Arthue.—Contribution to the Natural History of the Pearly Nautilus. A. Willey’s Zool. Results, 1902, pt. vi, pp. 691-830, pls. Ixxv-Ixxxiii, a map, and 33 figs. in text. Although Dr. Willey failed to obtain material for the study of the embry- onic development of the pearly Nautilus, he has given given a most interesting account of his search for the same, and a valuable resumé of previous work upon Nautilus. Some of the new observations contained in the present memoir have been already published in a preliminary form, they are now published in detail, and relate principally to the following aspects of the subject :—binomics (habits, range, oviposition), branchial sense organs (osphradia), mechanism of respiration, injection of the vascular system, ‘connections of the siphuncle, innervation of the ophthalmic tentacles, development of the accessory sexual organs, enumeration of the digital tentacles, orientation, and specific divergence. When compared with its former world-wide distribution, the present restricted range of the genus has a special interest. It is wholly confined to the seas adjoining the islands of the Eastern Archipelago, which includes the East Indies, Philippines, New Guinea and its dependencies, Solomon Islands, New Caledonia, New Hebrides, and Fiji. The distribution of the species is still more interesting. N. pompilius is never taken in the New Caledonian Group of Islands, while N. macromphalus is never taken anywhere else. Of the three species ponpilius, macromphalus, and umbilicatus, the first has the widest known range, occurring in the Philippines, Moluccas, Bismarck Archipelago, Torres Straits, New Hebrides, and ‘Fiji ; the second is confined to the New Caledonian Archipelago ; while the third overlaps that of the first. The paper is well illustrated by nine excellent plates, a map, and numerous figures in the text. Bergh, R.—The Danish Expedition to Siam 1899-1900. Results of the Zoolog- ical Collections made by Dr. Th. Mortensen. I. Gasteropoda opistho- branchiata. Mém. d. l’Acad. Roy. de Danemark, 1902 (6th ser. Sect. d. Sci.), T. xii, pp. 161-218, T. i-iii and map. The list of the Opisthobranchia obtained by Dr. Mortenson includes seven Tectibranchia, one Ascoglossa, and fourteen Nudibranchia. There are eight new species and one new genus, viz., Aplysia immunda, Aflysiella incerta, Aclesia ocelligera, Idalia plebeia, Doriopsilla pallida, Marionia chloanthes, Melibe CURRENT LITERATURE. 143 bucephala, and Nossis (gen. nov.) indica. This last genus is closely related to Samla. A welcome contribution to the anatomy of the little known genus Aclesia is supplied in the account of the structure of the new species, which is described in some detail. Ridewood, W. G.—On the Structure of the Gills of Lamellibranchia. Proc. Roy. Soc., 1902, vol. Ixx, pp. 499, 500. Dr. Ridewood has examined the structure of the gills in 215 species of Lamellibranchia, belonging to 118 genera. He is of opinion that the minute structure of the gill, like the gross, cannot, except in a very broad way, be regarded as an indication of genetic affinity. Three main types can be recog- nised. The first, found in the Nuculidae and Solenomyidae, is characterised by the mutual freedom of the gill lamellae. For these the author proposes to retain the term Protobranchia (Pelseneer). In the remaining two types the filaments are held in juxtaposition by interlocking cilia, which occur in circular patches on their anterior and posterior faces, or by regularly arranged horizontal bars of cellular tissue. For the former type the author proposes the term eleutherorhabdic, and for the latter synaptorhabdic. We hope to give a further and longer review when the complete paper is published. Gude, G. K.—A synopsis of the genus Streptaxis and its allies. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1902, vol. v, pp. 201-244, pl. iv. Mr. Gude here gives a very valuable synopsis of the genera Streptawis, Gray (with 165 species), Happia, Bourg. (with 13 species), and Scolodonta, Do6ring (with 17 species). S. leonensis, Pfr., S. eburneus, Pfr., S. gibbosus, Pfr., S. sinuosus, Pfr., S. anceyi, Mab., S. subbulbulus, Mildff., and S. diplodon, Mlldff., are figured. Sykes, E. R.—The Zoological Record, 1901, vol. xxxviii. Record vii. Mollusca. pp. 102, London, 1902. We heartily welcome another year’s Record, which still remains the most complete and thorough work of its kind. Owing to ill-health, Mr. G. C. Crick has not been able to assist this year, and Mr. S. Pace has taken over a share of the work. A few alterations have been made which will still further facilitate reference. The Anatomical and Biological headings have been re-classified, and under the heading “ Geologi- cal,’ the Teritary entries have been arranged geographically, finally a paragraph has been inserted giving details respecting Biographies, Obituary Notices, etc. Sykes, E. R.—The Zoological Record, 1901, vol. xxxviii. Record viii. Brachiopoda. pp. 12, London, 1902. No less than 98 titles of papers, etc., are given, which is by far the largest number for many years past. Ihering, H. von.—As Melanias do Brazil. Rev. Museu Paulista, 1901 [1902], vol. v, pp. 653—681. figs. I—3. The author describes and figures the following new species: Doryssa schuppi, D. rixosa, and a new variety—araguayana—of Hemiusinus tenuilabris, Rve. The distribution in space and time is discussed, and a key to the genera Doryssa and Hemisinus is given. In all 33 species are recorded. Suter, H.—On the Land Mollusca of Little Barrier Island. Trans. N. Z. Inst., 1901, vol. xxxiv, pp. 204—200. Mr. Suter records twelve species from this island. 144 CURRENT LITERATURE. Suter, H.—List of the species described in F. W. Hutton’s Manual of the New Zealand Mollusca, with the corresponding names used at the present time. Ibid., pp. 207—224. Suter, H.—Observations concernant les “‘ Considérations sur les faunes mala- cologiques des parties Australes du globe par M. C. F. Ancey.”” Journ. de Conchyl., 1902, vol. xlix, pp. 316—324. Babor, J. F.—Zur Histogenese der Bindesubstanzen bei Weichtieren. I. Entstehung der elastischen Fasern. 11. Die Entwickelung des knorpeligen Schadels bei Eledone moschata. Verhandl. d V. Int. Zool. Con. Berlin, 1902. pp. 1—8. H{armer], S. F.—Henri de Lacaze-Duthiers. 1821—1901. Year-Book of the Roy. Soc. no. 6. 1902, pp. I—5. Hoyle, William E.—Two points in Nomenclature. Journ. Conch., 1902, vol. LOM pa Replying to a note by Mr. R. B. Newton, the author defends the use of the name Cyfrina, and points out that the generic term Antiopa is preoccupied by Meigen, 1800, for a genus of Diptera. Kennard, A. S.and Woodward, B.B.—Onthe non-marine Mollusca from the Holocene deposits at London Wall and Westminster. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1902, vol. v, pp. 180-182. The authors’ record from the London Wall excavations 6 species of marine and 34 non-marine, of the latter the most noteworthy are Planorbis glaber, P. fontanus, and Sphaerium lacustre. Those from Westminster, which are 22 in number, are all common forms in Holocene beds. Wright, B. H.and Walker, Bryant.—Check List of North American Naiades. Detroit: 1902, pp. Io. This useful check list is based upon Mr. C. T. Simpson’s Synopsis, with certain corrections, and the addition of species described since the publication of that valuable work. The List is divided into two parts; the first giving a systematic arrangement and the second a catalogue of the species. The two might with great advantage have been put together. Carter, C. S.—Pisidium subtruncatum near Louth, Linc. N. Nat., 1902, p. 292. Smith, Edgar A.—On the supposed Similarity between the Mollusca of the Arctic and Antarctic Regions. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1902, vol. v, pp. 162-166. EDITOR’S NOTES. On completing another volume the Editor tenders his grateful thanks to all who have in any way furthered the interests of the Journal, during 1902. During the year the number of subscribers has slightly increased, which has enabled me to continue the illustrations as heretofore, and will, I hope, permit of a further increase during 1903. In maintaining and furthering the value and usefulness of the Journal, the Editor trusts t> the co-operation of all subscribers. INDEX, FO VOEU MESS A. PAGE Afghanistan. List of the Heli- coid Land Shells of ... ee LOM Alcaeus kelantanense, n. sp. (fig.) 62 Amalia carinata. Risso? Is ... a British Slug. wis 63 Amaliacarinata. Further noteson Amphidromus perversus, LL. Anatomy of ... 81 Anatomy of Amphidromus perver- sus, L. (figs.) . 81 Anatomy of Apoparmarion part- ridgit, n.sp. (figs.) ... 74 Anatomy of A topos Sarasin, 0. sp. (E1SSs) ee 88 Anatomy of Girasia peguensis, Theob. (figs.) 76 Anatomy of Henitplecta ki umphre ey- siana, Lea. (figs.) .. 79 Anatomy of Myotesta frulstor, feri, Clige. (figs.)... 12 Anatomy of Myotesta punctata, Clige. (figs.) 13 Anatomy of Solem ensis, 10s (figs. ) 18 Anatomy of Solen marginatus, Pult. and Don. 20 Anatomy of Solen pellucidus, Penn. (figs.) eee 20 Anatomy of Solen siliqua, ees) 1 2O Ancistromesus, Dall. 56 III Anodonta cygnea, L. Notes on some further malformed specimens of Ps eee OO Apera, Heyn. si he joo 8) Apera_burnupi, E, A. Smith. [Generative organs]. (fig.)... 86 Apoparmarion, n. gen. ... sats Apoparmarion partridgii, n. sp. - (figs.) ove O60, Jann coc 97/3) Apoparmarion fares Anat- omy of 74 Arabia. List of the Helicoid Land Shells of . 103 Armenia. List of the Helicoid Land Shells of iat .| 112 Asia Minor (Mainland). List of the Helicoid Land Shells of 117 Asia Minor (Islands of). List of the Helicoid Land Shells of 120 Asiatic Russia. List of the Heli- coid Land Shells of ... sce 09/ A topos, Simr, <= nee noo te) A topos harmeri, n. sp. (figs.) 89 A topos laidlawi, n.sp. (figs.) ... go ) go A topos punctata, n.sp. (figs. A topos rugosus, n. sp. (iS!) eee A topos sarasini, MS SO, (AskSh)) coo 87/ A topos sarasini. Anatomy of ... 88 B. Bloomer, H. H.— The Anatomy of the British species of the genus Solen. Pt. iii.” st RLS: —“ Notes on some further malformed specimens of Anodonta cygnea, L.” 96 —*‘ The Anatomy of the British species of the genus Solen, Pt. iv.” . 133 Boysidia kelantanense, n.sp. (figs.) 61 Buccinum, Fusus, etc. Notes on the British species of goa. S15) C. Chloritis (Sulcobasis) prestoni, n. sp. (figs.) .. 59 Chusan. Lid of the Helicoid Land Shells of : 54 Clausilia (Pseudonenia ) kelanta- nense, N. sp. Clausilia kelantanense Sykes. (figs. ) ae Clausilia penangensis, Stol, var. 84 Cockerell, T. D. A.—“ Physa vir- gata mut. alba, nov.” ado, LiSke: Collett, Oliver. Obituary. od5 116%9/ Collinge, Walter E.—“ On the Anatomy of the genus Myot- esta, Clige.” . II “Description of a new species of Onchidium from South Africa,” : 7] —"“TIs_ Amalia carinata, Risso, a British Slug?” ,,, 63 146 INDEX. —‘On the non-operculate Land and Freshwater Moll- uscs collected by the Mem- bers of the “ Skeat Expedi- tion” in the Malay Peninsula, 1E09; TOQOOM | eee : ei “Some notes on the aes Prisma, Simroth.” ——Further notes on Amal- 12 ia carinata, Risso.” a ae —“Limax ma: vimus, L., the Hawaiian Islands.” ... 338 Cooper, James G, Obituary. ... 138 Corea. List of the Helicoid Land Shells of 36 54 Cryptosemelus, n. gen. ... i 70: Cryptosemelus gracilts, nv. sp.(fiigs.) 7 Cryptosoma, sp. ... Wh Current Literature. .. 26, 67, 105, 139 Cyprus. List of the Helicoid Land Shells of aay non 25 D. Description of a new species of Gomphina from New Zealand. 109 Description of six new Land Shells from the Malay Penin- Sulasames: 22 Description of a new species of Onchidium from South Africa. 17 Description of a new species of Separatista from New Zea- land. ... AG ae ie 1O5 BE. Editor’s Notes 34, 70, 108, 144 1 Formosa. List of the Helicoid Land Shells of ies eS Fusus consimilis, n. sp. ... 50 tal) fusus gracilis, Da Costa, var. gla- ber, Verk., new to Britain. 44 Fusus propinguus, Ald. var. laevis, n. var. Sa we a 40 G. Girasia peguensis, Theob. Anat- omy of the generative organs. 76 Gomphina maorum, n. sp. (figs.) 109 Gude, G. K.—“‘A Classified List of the Helicoid Land Shells of Asia.” si I —'‘A Classified List of the Helicoid Land Shells of Asia. Part ii.’ 5 51 ——“ Description of a new species of Chloritis from New Guinea.” 5 ——" A Classified List of the Helicoid Land Shells of Asia. Pantetiies ; —“A Classified List of the Helicoid Land Shells of Asia. valtateniivanes : yt Isle Hainan. List of the Helicoid Land Shells of ae 32 7, Hawaiian Islands. Liman max- zmus, L., in the ; po D388 Helicoid Land Shells of Asia. A Classified List of the 1, 51, 112 Hemiplecta humphreysiana, Lea. Internal structure of 78 Hong Kong. List of the Helicoid Land Shells of Ba 56 Hypselostoma laidlawi, n.sp. (figs.) 83 K, Kowalevsky. Obituary. 137 Kurdistan. List of the Helicoid Land Shells of Sa vee LOZ les Limax maximus, L., in the Haw- aiian Islands. 358 rm 138 Limnaea pereger, Mill. A mal- formed variety of (figs.) ... 64 M. Macrochlamys coeligena, n. sp. (figs.) ee ae sae 22 Malay Peninsula. New Land Shells from the a 97 Malay Peninsula. Ona collection of Land and Freshwater Shells from Kelantan. a LOO Malay Peninsula. On the non- operculate Land and Fresh- water Molluscs collected by the Members of the ‘‘Skeat Expedition” in the. 71 Marshall, jj. 2.—* Notes on the British species of Buccinum, Fusus, etc,” ... ae Si 5 Mesopotamia. List of the Heli- coid Land Shells of PLO? Metameniatina, n. group. sae TO Mollendorff, O. F.— Obituary. C. A. F. Wiegmann. 24 Mongolia. List of the Helicoid Land Shells of oe suo" 46%} Myotestidae, n. fam, ai vay SKE INDEX Myotesta, Cllge. ... 5 ti Mvyotesta fruhstorferi, Clige. (figs.) 12 Myotesta punctata, Clige. (figs.) 13 N. Neomeniatina, n. group. Been LOS) New Guinea. Description of a new species of Chloritisfrom 52 New Zealand. Description of a new species of Gomphina 1HKOITN Hac 306 a ee LOO ©), Obituary DANN Chenin burnupi, n. sp. (figs.) 17 Opisthoporus dautzenbergi, n. sp. 23 Opisthoporus dautze Bees cea (figs.) . 61 Opisthostoma laidlawi, n. sp. 22 Opisthostoma laidlawi, Sykes. (figs.) 62 Ostracolethe fruhstorfferi, SUM | Overton, H.—“‘On a malformed variety of Limnaea EE Mull.” oe one eed: Es Padangia, Babor. ee pas tah6) Parameniatina, n. group. EeLOS Paraparmarion. n. gen. ... re 75 Paraparmarion clongatus, n. sp. (figs.) a nae Patella kermadecensis, ‘Pilsbry. (figs.) . es sop, seleil Persia. List of the Helicoid Land Shells of Nac = 103) Physa virgata, mut. alba, nov. ... 138 Platyrhaphe chrysalis,n. sp. ... 23 Platyrhaphe chrysalis, "Sykes. (figs.) 61 Prisma, Simr. ; nee kels Prisma, Simroth. Some notes on ‘the genus .. o6 LAA) Prisma heynemanni, Simr. (figs.) I31 Prisma prismatica Tap. -Can. (figs.) 130 Prisma smithi, n. sp. (figs.). ... 130 R. Rathoutstidae. : 84, 87 Rhodina (?) mirabilis, i: ‘sp. aaa 22 Rhodina (?) mirabilis, Sykes. (figs.) 61 S. Separatista benhami,n.sp. (fig.) 65 Siberia. List of the Helicoid Land Shells of wee ano = (0) “Skeat Expedition.” Land and 147 Freshwater Mollusca collect- ed by Smith, Edgar A— Description of a new species of Gomp- hina from New Zealand.’ Solen. Anatomy of the British species of the genus 18, Solen ensis, L. Nervous system. Solen marginatus, Pult.and Don. Nervous system. Solen pellucidus, Penn. Alimen- tary canal. ... “es ane Solen pellucidus, Penn. Circula- tory system. ... 560 Sho Solen pellucidus, Penn, Eternal characters. ... Se ee Solen pellucidus, Penn. Muscula- LURES uar s0C an Solen pellucidus, Penn. Nervous system. Solen siliqua, L. Nervous system. South Africa. New species of Onchidium from af Streplawis collingei, n. sp. Streptaxis collingei, Sykes. (figs.) Streptaxis striatula, n. sp. (figs.) Streptaxis sykesi, n. sp. (figs.) ... Suter, Henry.—“ Description of a new species of Separatista from New Zealand.” . “(Ons the Systematic Position of Patella kermad- ecensis, Pilsbry.” Sykes, E. R.—“ Description of six new Land Shells from the Malay Peninsula.” ... ~—-On a collection of Land and Freshwater Shells from Kelantan, Malay Peninsula.” Syria (including Palestine). List of the Helicoid Land Shells of phe a mele “lis Tibet. List of the Helicoid Land Shells of aes oes ae Transcaucasia. List of the Heli- coid Land Shells of .. : Turkistan, Western. List of the Helicoid Land Shells of Turkistan, Western. List of the Helicoid Land Shells of We Veronicella, sp. W. Wiegmann, C. A, F,—Obituary. 71 III 22 60 126 51 113 52 97 84 24 =x No. 1. MARCH 25th, 1901. Vol. VIII, THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY Established in 1890 as “The Conchologist, 1 Journal of Malacologp.” EDITED BY WA ERE CORE PNG LECTURER ON ZOOLOGY AND COMPARATIVE ANATOMY IN THE UNIVERSITY OF BIRMINGHAM. PRESIDENT OF THE MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. : WITH THE CO-OPERATION OF Dr. JOSEF F. BABOR. (CIEUURILITS) ISUAIDILISNZ, IIL; Rap vREVe AG HH. (COOKE, MEAG. EiZ.S- 1D, IRS NURI) Iva lo7tSho dol bust B. B. WOODWARD, F.G.S., F.L.S. Contents, PAGE Notes on the references for authorship of species, as given in Jeffreys, British Conchology, Volume II—V. 39 ad of By the Rev. A. H. Cooke, M.A., F.Z.S. I Description of two new species of Heticetd Land Shells. aC oe by, Grke Gide: P.Z.S. 14 Description of two new species of A/zcxrofarmarion from the Andaman Islands. By Walter E. Collinge. 16 Note on Myrina sinipsoni, Marsh. .. ae 96 os 56 fe By J. T. Marshall. 19 Malacological Notes. .. a0 a5 es a) yp BR. Sy Kes bsA, Hae. Ss 20 Notes—Helix lapicida m. ay OYSUM. .. A6 a0 -. By Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell. 2I Trichomya, von Ihering. .. : .. By Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell. 21 Dates of publication of Forbes inal faanley: s Hist. Brit. Moll. By B. B. Woodward. 21 Investigations on the Variation and Life-history of British L. and F. Molluscs. .. te 50 22 Proceedings of the Midland Malacological Society. .. te on dc a0 36 30 22 Current Literature. re at Bs a 56 ae a se be 36 30 ae 23 General Reviews. Fa 7. ait 3 Ab a ae oe ae aaa ee ae 30 Editor’s Notes. .. ar $6 a5 te ant oc 30 bo oe oe a6 Xe 32 **The Journal of Malacology”’ is issued to Subscribers only. The Prepaid Subscription is 12s. per volume. LONDON Bor a Messrs. DULAU & CO., 37, SoHO SQUARE. BERLIN ... Messrs. R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN, CARLSTRASSE II. All communications should be addressed— W. E. COLLINGE, THE UNIVERSITY, BIRMINGHAM, ENGLAND. PRINTED BY RoBeRT BIRBECK & SONS, 158, GREAT CHARLES STREET, BIRMINGHAM. ESTABLISHED 1872. TELEPHONE No. 514, W. & J. GEORGE, LTD., (Late F. E. BECKER & CO,) LONDON AND BIRMINGHAM. Bacteriological, Microscopical, Chemical, Electrical, and General Apparatus Manutacturers. SPECIALITY: BALANCES & WEIGHTS. PURE CHEMICALS. CONTRACTORS TO THE GOVERNMENT. OFFICES, WAREHOUSE, AND SHOW ROOMS, 159 & 160, GREAT CHARLES STREET, BIRMINGHAM. THE NEW? LUGE PC Or eae ite 47, JOHN BRIGHT STREET, BIRMINGHAM. LEADING HOUSE FOR GAS FITTINGS, OUTSIDE LAMPS, ENORMOUS REDUCTIONS IN INCANDESCENT LIGHT & ACCESSORIES, &¢. Large Selection of Glass Globes, etc. NIVOC WORKS, CAMBRIDGE STREET. CONTRACTORS TO MASON UNIVERSITY COLLEGE. MICROSCOPICAL & LANTERN SLIDES Sllustrative of every Department of ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY, At the uniform rate of 6s. per dozen. The Student’s Series of 48 Preparations in Elementary and Advanced Botany, sent out packed in rack boxes at I. Is. net, post free. This Series contains 14 Type Preparations, which can only be supplied separately at Is. to Is. 6d. per slide. Stem Structure, Leaf Structure, Floral Structure, Ovaries, Fruits, Seeds, Plant Hairs, Scales, and Glands, 6s. per dozen. Type Slide Preparations of the Mouse, the Newt, the Earthworm, Peripatus, Cerianthus, and Alcyonium, Is. to Is. 6d. per slide. Sets Slides of Foraminifera, 9d. to 1s. per Slide. Sections of Cotton, Flax, Hemp, Jute, China Grass, Wool, Silk, &c., at Is. per slide. MICROSCOPICAL AND LANTERN SLIDE CIRCULATING LIBRARY. Skdes, to the number of 300 per year, supplied in sets as required by Subscribers will bé sent, post paid, for the Annual Subscription of £1. Is. payablé in advance. The Slides will be sent one or two days prior to the day of the Lecture or Exhibition, and must be returned ¢he day following the lecture, post paid. Special post boxes will be provided for this purpose, which will obviate the usual trouble of packing. The whole of my very extensive stock will be at the disposal of Subscribers, and Lists of additions to it will be sent from time to time. ABRAHAM FLATTERS, 16 & 18, CHURCH ROAD, LONGSIGHT, MANCHESTER. Preparer of Textile Fibres and Demonstrator in Microscopy to the Manchester Municipal Technical School. SEND FOR LISTS, &c., FREE PER) POST, Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements. JOHN J. HEATH, ESTABLISHED i828, General Engraver, Stationer, &c., &c. BRASS DOOR PLATES, Suitable for Professional Men and others, executed in the best manner, at reasonable prices. SKETCHES AND ESTIMATES ERE ONe APPiICATION: MEDICAL ACCOUNT FORMS ENGRAVED AND IN FACSIMILE, &e. REMOVED FROM 11, GREAT CHARLES STREET, FLEET STREET, SUMMER ROW, BIRMINGHAM. ime D) ») ITPATL MR. F. J. PARTRIDGE, ARTIST AND SCIENTIFIC DRAUGHTSMAN, is prepared to execute Drawings to illustrate Authors’ Papers in all branches of Zoology. Al Speciality made of Malacological Work. Reference is kindly permitted to the Editor of this Journal, and others, For Estimates and Specimens of Plain and Coloured Work, Apply—F. J. PARTRIDGE, 25, NOEL ROAD, EDGBASTON, BIRMINGHAM. EB. E. SPICER, F.Z.S., Caridermist, C2 Of, SUFFOLK STREET, 32g5 0“ "Scorers BIRMINGHAM. PATRONISED BY THE ROYAL FAMILY. SEVERAL GOLD AND SILVER MEDALS AWARDED. Birds, Animals, Fish, etc., mounted in the best manner. Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements, Just published. Price sia shillings net ; to subscribers to the series five shillings inet. DIGESTA MALACOLOGICA No. L A SUMMARY OF THE AMERICAN JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY 1865—1872. BY K. R. SYKES. LONDON: WILLIAM WESLEY & SON, 28, ESSEX STREET, STRAND. LOW: Extract from Preface. Ir has been a constant source of difficulty for many years past to ascertain what work has been done by our predecessors relating either to a special genus or to some faunal district ; with the idea of rendering some assistance to students, the present work has been undertaken. With a view to furnish- ing an index to the periodical now dealt with, the few species described in its pages which do not belong to the Mollusca have been included; in future work, however,—and it is hoped, if sufficient support be forthcoming, to deal with other periodicals such as the ‘ Zeitschrift fiir Malakozoologie,’ ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History’, &c—no forms will be included which are not, in the strictest sense, Molluscs. The general arrangement is that of the ‘Zoological Record,’ Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements. THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY. Established in 1890 as ‘*The Conchologist, a Journal of Malacology.” No. 1. MARCH, !900. VOL. VIII. Contents : PAGE Notes on the references for authorship of species, as given in Jeffreys, British Conchology, volumes II—V. By the Rev. A. H. Cooke, M.A., F.Z.S. I Description of two new species of Helicoid Land Shells. By G; Ko Gude, F:Z:S. 14 Description of two new Species of Microparmarion from the Andaman Islands. - - By Walter E. Collinge. 16 Note on Myrina simpsoni, Marsh. - - By J. T. Marshall. 19 Malacological Notes. - - By HRS Sykes) BAC, Files, 20 Notes: Helix lapicida m. sinistrorsum. Bye bro. DA. Cockerell so Trichomya, von Ihering. By Prof. T.D. A. Cockerell. 21 Dates of publication of Forbes and Hanley’s Hist. Brit. Moll. - : - By B. B. Woodward. 2r Investigations on the Variation and Life- Bistory of British L. and F. Molluscs. - - 22 Proceedings of the Midland Mer eennereal Society - - =e 212 Current Literature - - - E : = 23 General Reviews - to, = : : : = “ = 30 Editor’s Notes - . - - - : : = : 2 SALT & SON, Surgical Fnstrument & Eppliance Manutacturers TO} Tne BIRMINGHAM & MIDLAND HOSPITALS. SURGICAL, SCIENTIFIC, & OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS OF EVERY DESCRIPTION. 5, Cherry Street, Birmingham. Please mentior this Journal in replying to Advertisements. To Conchologists. H B PRESTON ezZe segs to inform Collectors and others that he will be pleased to forward on application price list of any GENERA included in his LARGE AND VARIED STOCK OF SHELLS. SELECTIONS SENT ON APPROVAL. MUSEUMS SUPPLIED. Address—H. B. PRESTON, F.Z.S., 3, Sydney Terrace, Fulham Road, London, S.W. Two minutes walk from South Kensington Station. Ccelenterata, Annelida, Echinodermata, Crustacea, Insecta, Arachnoidea, Myriopoda, Amphibia, Reptilia, Fishes, &c., dry and in spirits. A LARGE STOCK OF RECENT SHELLS. 3ritish and Foreign Fossils, Minerals, Rocks, &c. Coloured Casts of rare and figured Fossils. Sets of Fossils, Minerals, &c., for Students. Address—R. F. DAMON, Weymouth, England. BUITTERWORIUsS;: ENGRAVERS, ARTISTS, ETC., SAVOY HOUSE, 115, STRAND, LONDON, W.C. ADAM J. BROWN & SON, Tailors and Breeches Makers, lll, COLMORE ROW, BIRMINGHAM. Established 1874. Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements, THE MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY. Founded by the late Geo. W. Tryon, Jun., continued under the care of the Conchological Section. | Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, by Henry A. Pilsbry, Conservator. The Manual of Conechology is a fully illustrated monography of recent molluscs. Issued in octavo form, in quarterly parts. Each part comprises 64 (or more) pages of letterpress, and 15 to 20 plates. The Second SERIES is now in progress: the First, Marine Univalves, of which sixteen volumes have appeared finished that series as planned by its illustrious founder. A supplemental volume to this series will be issued this year, to contain the Dentaliidae. Of the present SERIES, Terrestrial Molluscs, ten volumes have been published, completing HrLIx with Index. A few copies of Vol. IX, ‘‘GuIpDE TO THE STuDY oF HELICES,” will be sold separately at the regular subscription price. Separate copies of the Index, suitable for the purposes of a Catalogue or Check list, can also be had at $1.00 each. The Monography of the Bulimi was commenced in the tenth volume. The illustrations of the Manual have received high commendation, and are fully equal to the best figures of shells published. Prices :—Plain (uncoloured) edition, $3:00 per part. Coloured edition, $5.00 per part. Fine edition (both coloured and India-tinted plates) $8.00 per part. Structural and Systematie Conchology, by Gro. W. Tryon, Jun. A COMPLETE CONCHOLOGICAL TExtT Book of 1,200 pages, 140 plates and over 3,500 figures of Genera, Anatomy, &c. Three volumes bound in one. Cloth. Price $6.00. For further information or descriptive circular, with sample plates of Manual, address :— S. RAYMOND ROBERTS, Treasurer. P. O. Address GLEN RIDGE, NEW JERSEY, U.S.A. Smportant Reduction of Price. 2 volumes (7 parts with 2 Supplements) 2061 pages, Royal Octavo, 1886-1890. DR. C. A. WESTERLUND'S FAUNA OF THE PALAEARCTIC LAND AND FRESH-WATER MOLLUSCA, (IN GFRMAN LANGUAGE). Reduced in Price from £3. 9s. od. to £2. Is. od. post free. After the sale of a limited number of copies the original price will again be charged. R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN, BERLIN, N.W. THE JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, THE, ORGAN OF THE CONCHOLOGIGAL: SOCIETY OF GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND: HON. SECRETARY, W. E. HOYLE, M.A.,, THE OWENS COLLEGE, MANCHESTER. Annual Subseription, 5s. The number for January, 1901, commences a new volume and contains a list of British Marine Mollusca, revised and brought up to date by a Committee of the Society. Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements. IMPORTANT NOTICE. The price of Volume vii of the ‘JouRNAL oF MatacoLocy’ has been advanced to 15s. 6d. New SUBSCRIBERS may obtain copies at the original price, r2s., if ordered when subscribing to Volume viii. As only a few complete sets of Volume vii remain, early application should be made. The Editor desires to purchase clean copies of Volumes iti, iv, v, and vi, in their original paper covers. WANTED well preserved Specimens (in alcohol) of the following genera of Molluses :— Africarion, G.-A. Gibbulina, Beck. Parmacella, Cuv. Anadenus, Heyn. Glandina, Shm. Parmella, I1. Ad. Apera, Heyn. Helicarion, Fér. Paryphanta, Albers. Ariolimax, Morch. Hyalimax, H. & A. Ad. Peltella, Webb. & Van B. Aspidelus, Morel. Hesperarion, Simr. Plutonia, Stab. Austenia, G.-A. Hemphillia, Bld. & B. Prophysaon, Bld. & B. Aerope, Albers. Ibycus, Heyn. Pseudomilax, Bttgr. Ariunculus, Less. Janella, Gray. Rhytida, Albers. Binneya, J. G. Coop. Letourneuxia, Bet. Schizoglossa, Hedley. Cystopelta, Tate. Lithotis, Blanf. Selenochlamys, Bttgr. Collingea, Simr. Lytopelte, Bttgr. Tebennophorus, Binn. Cryptostracon, W.G.B. Microparmarion, Simr. Trichotoxon, Simr. Damayantia, Issel. Mariaella, Gray. Trigonochlamys, Bttgr. Daudebardia, Htm. Neojanella, CkIl. Testacella, Cuv. Ennea, H. & A. Ad. Omalonyx, d’Orb. Urocyclus, Gray Estria, Poirier. Oopelta, Morch. Velifera, W. G. Binn. Eumilax, Bttgr. Otoconcha, Huttn. Veronicella, Blain. Girasia, Gray. Parmacochlea, E. A. Sm. Vitrinopsis, Semp. Geomalacus, Allm. Parmarion, Fisch. Zonites, Montf. Full particulars stating names of species, number of specimens, price or deside- rata, should be addressed to W. E. COLLINGE, The University, Birmingham. A Monograph of the Slug’s of the British Isles (In preparation). It is intended in this work to give a full and exhaustive account of the Natural History of the Slugs of the British Isles, together with figures and full descriptions of all the known species and varieties. Special attention will be given to the anatomy and variation. Specimens of any British species or varieties will be gratefully acknowledged. All communications should be addressed to— W. E. COLLINGE, THE UNIVERSITY, BIRMINGHAM. Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements. ** Any one study, of whatever kind, exclusively pursued, deadens in the mind the interest, nay, the perception of any others.” —JoHN HENRY NEWMAN. ESTABLISHED 1865. Punetually on the 25th of previous month. PRICE SIXPENCE. SCIENCE GOSSIP. EpITED BY JOHN T. CARRINGTON, AssIstED By F. WINSTONE. Illustrated. Most Varied Contents. Largest Circulation. The only Scientific Magazine with Independent Offices. **SCIENCE Gossip” is now one of the brightest and most diversified monthlies for the lover of science. SUBSCRIPTIONS (6s. 6d. per annum, including postage) may begin at any time. Send Six Stamps for Specimen Copy. Publishing and Editorial Offices, 110, STRAND, LONDON, W.C. All Business and Editorial Communications to be addressed to 7 Eattor and Manager THE IRISH NATURALIST, A MONTHLY JOURNAL OF GENERAL IRISH NATURAL HISTORY. BOTANY ZOOLOGY GEOLOGY EDITED BY GEO. H. CARPENTER, B.Sc., anD R. LLOYD PRAEGER, B.A. THIS MAGAZINE should be in the hands of all NATURALISTS interested in the distribution of animals and plants over the British Islands. 6d. Monthly. Annual Subseription (Post free) 5s. DUBLIN: EASON & SON, 40, Lower Sackville Street, To WHICH ADDRESS SUBSCRIPTIONS SHOULD BE SENT. LONDON: SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT & CO. THE NAUTILUS. A MONTHLY DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS OF CONCHOLOGISTS. EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS: JalS Zao IRIQUS BIR, Conservator Conchological Section, Academy Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Ca Wan OEINS ON: Curator of the Wagner Free Institute of Science, Philadelphia. $1.00 per year. $1.12 to Foreign Countries. 10 ects. a copy. The NAvuTILUus is the only magazine in America devoted to the study of Mollusks. Its scope is broad, including articles on recent and fossil shells, often illustrated ; on the anatomy and classification of mollusca ; and papers of popular interest dealing with experiences of collectors in the field. Notes on current publi- cations at home and abroad, showing the drift of opinion on conchological subjects, are a valuable feature. /ndzspensable to the Conchologist and Paleontologist. Exchange Column free to Subseribers. eee NCA ReAILLS EF = A Monthly Journal of Natural History for the Northern Counties of England, viz.:— Wortbumberland, Durbam, Worksbire, Lincolnshire, Derbyshire, Wottingbamsbire, Chesbire, Dancasbire, Westmoreland, Cumberland, and the Jsle of Aan. EDITED BY W. DENISON ROEBUCK, F.L.S., with the assistance of J. GILBERT Baker, F.R.S., F.L.S. CHARLES P. Hopkirk, F.L.S. W. EAGLE CLARKE, F.L.S., M.B.O.U. Gros is LORREDE Helv.os) Es .S- ALFRED HARKER, M.A., F.G.S. W. BARWELL TURNER, F.R.M.S. This Journal, established originally in 1833, is devoted to the Natural History and Geclogy of the Counties included in its scope. The Conchological articles published in it have been numerous, valuable, and interesting. Price 6d. per Number, if by post 7d. Annual Subscription, 6s. 6d. post free. ADDRESS—259, HYDE PARK ROAD, LEEDS. a LE Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements, WERNER & WINTER, ENGRAVERS & LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTERS, FRANKFORT ON MAIN, GERMANY. MAKE A SPECIALITY OF ILLUSTRATING NATURAL SCIENCE PUBLICATIONS, ESPECIALLY THOSE DEALING WITH ZOOLOGY, ANATOMY, & MEDICAL SCIENCES. Highest References in England and abroad. J. JACKSON & CO,, 7, SUFFOLK STREET, BIRMINGHAM, MANUFACTURERS OF RUBBER STAMPS. INDELIBLE INKS FOR MARKING LINEN. SOLID RUBBER TYPES & STAMPS OF EVERY DESCRIPTION MADE TO ORDER. SHELLS—LAND, FRESHWATER, & MARINE. LARGE AND RICH COLLECTIONS FROM ALL PARTS OF THE WORLD ALWAYS ON HAND. Catalogue No. V, Free on application. H. FRUHSTORFER;.THURM STRASSE 37, BERLIN, N.W. Living Specimens for the Microscope. Volvox, Spirogyra, Desmids, Diatoms, Amoeba, Arcella, Actinosphzrium, Vorticella, Stentor, Hydra, Floscularia, Stephanoceros, Melicerta, and many other Specimens of Pond Life. Price 1/- per Tube, Post Free. Helix pomatia, Astacus, Amphioxus, Rana, Anodon, &c., for Dissection purposes. THOMAS. BOLTON, 25, BALSALL HEATH ROAD, BIRMINGHAM. JAMES LUCKING & Coz Opticians, Spectacle Makers, &c., 5, CORPORATION STREET, BIRMINGHAM, uh) And 37, Bond Street, Leeds. SPECIALITY :—The adaption of Spectacles to remedy defective sight. OPERA, FIELD, AND MARINE GLASSES. TELESCOPES, MICROSCOPES, &C. Barometers and Thermometers. W. HARRIS, 176, Bristol Street, Birmingham, HORTICULTURAL BULE DER, CABIN aaa mcKG. Contractor for Fittings and Joinery Work to Mason University College and the Queen’s Faculty of Medicine. Estimates given for every description of Woodwork, Cabinet Making, Ilouse Carpentry, &c. Repairs promptly attended to. Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements. No. 2. JUNE 29th, 1901. Vol. VIII. THE JOURNAL OF MALAGOLOGY Established in 1890 as ‘The Conchologist, a Fournal of Malacology.” EDITED BY Niceobs Rete COE ING Ee LECTURER ON ZOOLOGY AND COMPARATIVE ANATOMY IN THE UNIVERSITY OF BIRMINGHAM. PRESIDENT OF THE MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. WITH THE CO-OPERATION OF Dr. JOSEF F. BABOR. CHARLES HEDEEY, HaL-s: ANgHs TRIG INS Nelo (COONS WL Iaes INGA SS IDs IRS NINDS), BLA, Ia7a Sug lin base B. B. WOODWARD, F.G.S., F.L.S. Contents. PAGE Clausilia mimicked by a Microlepidopteron. te ane a ers By Dr. H. Simroth. 33 Note sur une Limnée de la faune profonde du lac Léman. =f an By Dr. Emile André. 35 The Anatomy of the British species of the genus Solem. Pt. i. .. 46 By H. H. Bloomer. 36 Notes on some known species of Plectopydis, and description of a new variety of P. plectostoma, IBCs ame tk a at Ap oe Bo ne .. ByG. K. Gude, F.Z.S. 47 Note on the Anatomy of Am~Zhidromus palaceus, Mouss. ate .. By Walter E. Collinge. 50 Proceedings of the Midland Malacological Society. .. ate Ss So fe veb 26 Be 53 Current Literature. 3 26 ne aye ae se se x2 oie 50 bo ee 53 Editor's Notes. .. bc ee On oe 35 5A ite ake 5c ne 36 ie 56 ‘*The Journal of Malacology” is issued to Subscribers only. The Prepaid Subscription is 12s. per volume. LONDON ae ae Messrs. DULAU & CO., 37, SOHO SQUARE. BERLIN ... Messrs. R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN, CARLSTRASSE II. All communications should be addressed— W. E. COLLINGE, THE UNIVERSITY, BIRMINGHAM, ENGLAND. PRINTED BY RoBERT BiRBECK & Sons, 158, GREAT CHARLES STREET, BIRMINGHAM. ESTABLISHED 1872. TELEPHONE No. 514, W. & J. GEORGE, LTD., (Late F. E. BECKER & CO.) LONDON AND BIRMINGHAM. Bacteriological, Microscopical, Chemical, Llectrical, and General Apparatus Manutacturers. SPECIALITY: BALANCES & WEIGHTS. PURE CHEMICALS. CONTRACTORS TO THE GOVERNMENT. OFFICES, WAREHOUSE, AND SHOW ROOMS, 159 & 160, GREAT CHARLES STREET, BIRMINGHAM. THE -NEW LIGHT CO; SERS 47, JOHN BRIGHT STREET, BIRMINGHAM. LEADING HOUSE FOR GAS FITTINGS, OUTSIDE EAMES, ENORMOUS REDUCTIONS IN INCANDESCENT LIGHT & ACCESSORIES, &c. Large Selection of Glass Globes, etc. NIVOC WORKS, CAMBRIDGE STREET. CONTRACTORS TO MASON UNIVERSITY COLLEGE. MICROSCOPICAL & LANTERN SLIDES Sllustrative of every Department of ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY, At the uniform rate of 6s. per dozen. The Student’s Series of 48 Preparations in Elementary and Advanced Botany, sent out packed in rack boxes at I. Is. net, post free. This Series contains 14 Type Preparations, which can only be supplied separately at Is. to Is. 6d. per slide. Stem Structure, Leaf Structure, Floral Structure, Ovaries, Fruits, Seeds, Plant Hairs, Scales, and Glands, 6s. per dozen. Type Slide Preparations of the Mouse, the Newt, the Earthworm, Peripatus, Cerianthus, and Alcyonium, Is. to Is. 6d. per slide. Sets Slides of Foraminifera, 9d. to 1s. per Slide. Sections of Cotton, Flax, Hemp, Jute, China Grass, Wool, Silk, &c., at Is. per slide. MICROSCOPICAL AND LANTERN SLIDE CIRCULATING LIBRARY. Slides, to the number of 300 per year, supplied in sets as required by Subscribers will be sent, post paid, for the Annual Subscription of £1. Is. payable in advance. The Slides will be sent one or two days prior to the day of the Lecture or Exhibition, and must be returned ¢he day following the lecture, post paid. Special post boxes will be provided for this purpose, which will obviate the usual trouble of packing. The whole of my very extensive stock will be at the disposal of Subscribers, and Lists of additions to it will be sent from time to time. ABRAHAM FLATTERS, 16 & 18, CHURCH ROAD, LONGSIGHT, MANCHESTER. Preparer of Textile Fibres and Demonstrator in Microscopy to the Manchester Municipal Technical School. SEND FOR LISTS, &c., FREE PER POST. Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements. Wotice of Removal. RAAVANVAAVAYV PARA AARARAARARAAAA RE ee Messrs. W. H. SMITH & Co. HAVE REMOVED FROM 82-83 HIGH STREET, To 16-18 ETHEL ST. (New St.) By Colonnade Hotel. PATENTEES OF THE CELEBRATED EUKWEMIDH BOOTS & oHDED. All Goods made on the Premises. A SINGLE PAIR AT WHOLESALE PRICE. OO eeeeeeEeEeEeEOEOees Oe eaeaeaEeaEEO i OE ON The only establishment in Birmingham where the Euknemida Boots can be obtained. Living Specimens for the Microscope. Volvox, Spirogyra, Desmids, Diatoms, Amoeba, Arcella, Actinospherium, Vorticella, Stentor, Hydra, Floscularia, Stephanoceros, Melicerta, and many other Specimens of Pond Life. Price 1/- per Tube, Post Free. Helix pomatia, Astacus, Amphioxus, Rana, Anodon, &c., for Dissection purposes. THOMAS BOLTON, 25, BALSALL HEATH ROAD, BIRMINGHAM. GOnNeclLeLu ve Bib LE LOG RAP HIC.U;M ZURICH-NEUMUNSTER, SWITZERLAND. (Founded in 1895 by the International Congress of Zoology. Reorganized with the support of the Swiss Government.) Analytieal Card Bibliography of Mollusea including all publications since 1896. Price 28s. (with minor notices 38s.) Annual Subs. about 15s.—Any desired choice of topics can also be supplied:—Pelecypoda 10s. 5d., annually about 4s.—Amphineura Is. 5d., annually about 6d., etc. Without palaeontology cheaper. Cheap edition correspondingly less. Manuscript CARD CATALOGUE OF NEW SPECIES AND GENERA SINCE 1901.— Copies supplied at 1d. per reference. Any desired combination, e.g. new species of Helix, new genera of Tectibranchs, new Molluscs from Borneo, from Devonshire (if any), from Mexico, ete. A Monograph of the Slug’s of the British Isles (In preparation), It is intended in this work to give a full and exhaustive account of the Natural History of the Slugs of the British Isles, together with figures and full descriptions of all the known species and varieties. Special attention will be given to the anatomy and variation. Specimens of any British species or varieties will be gratefully acknowledged. All communications should be addressed to— W. E. COLLINGE, THE UNIVERSITY, BIRMINGHAM. Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisenents, JAMES PARKES & SOh’S NEW ‘CENTURY’ MICROSCOPE. Complete with % inch. and 3 inch. objectives, in Mahogany Case. O. 30ldd ‘AJuo juowysn{pe ouy yA PRICE = £5. 15. ‘OL "VS 7 "0 With course rack and fine adjustment, etc. AH May be had of all Dealers in Surgical and Optical Instruments. VESEY STREET, ST, MARY'S, BIRMINGHAM. Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements, THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY. Established in 1890 as ‘‘ The Conchologist, a Journal of Malacology.” No. 2. JUNE, 1901. VOL. VIII. Contents : PAGE Clausilia mimicked by a Microlepidopteron. By Dr. H. Simroth. 33 Note sur une Limnée de la faune profonde du Lac Léman. By Dr. Emile André. 35 The Anatomy of the British species of the genus So/ex. Pt. i. By H.H. Bloomer. 36 Notes on some known species of Plectopy/is, and description of a new variety of P. plectostoma, Bens. By G.K.Gude, F.Z.S. 47 Note on the Anatomy of Amphidromus palaceus, Mouss. By Walter E. Collinge. 50 Proceedings of the Midland Malacological Society. - - =— 53 Current Literature. : 2 E 4 : : f - 63 Editor’s Notes. oe - 2 - Z M - 56 SALT & SON, Surgical Fnstrument & Eypliance Manufacturers RO LTHE BIRMINGHAM & MIDLAND HOSPITALS. SURGICAL, SCIENTIFIC, & OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS OF EVERY DESCRIPTION. 5, Cherry Street, Birmingham. Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements, To Conchologists. H. B. PRESTON, "F-2ee- Begs to inform Collectors and others that he will be pleased to forward on application price list of any GENERA included in his LARGE AND VARIED STOCK OF SHELLS. SELECTIONS SENT ON APPROVAL. MUSEUMS SUPPLIED. Address—H. B. PRESTON, F.Z.S., 38, Sydney Terrace, Fulham Road, London, S.W. Two minutes walk fron South Kensington Station. JAPANESE SHELLS. Faultless specimens of the beautiful and interesting shells of Japan and the Loo Choo Islands, both land and marine, are offered at low prices, sent by mail. The land shells include some of the finest Helices of the genera Hulota, Gane- sella, etc. The Clausilias, unlike those of Europe, are the largest of any region. Also many fine operculates and Marine Shells. Y. HIRASE, Kyoto, Japan. SHELLS—LAND, FRESHWATER, & MARINE. LARGE AND RICH COLLECTIONS FROM ALL PARTS OF THE WORLD ALWAYS ON HAND. Catalogue No. V, Free on application. H. FRUHSTORFER, THURM STRASSE 37, BERLIN, N.W. JAMES SWIFT & SON, MANUFACTURING OPTICIANS. Seven Gold Medals awarded for Optical Excellence. Students Microscope fitted with 3 in. and 4 in. Objectives, sliding course adjustment, micrometer screw fine adjustment for slow focussing, eyepiece and iris diaphragm, in Cabinet : apy iy OL Double nosepiece and extra eyepiece LOMO: Fig. 2. Students Stand, as per illustration with 2 in. and 4 in. Objectives, eyepiece and iris diaphragm, in Cabinet . 5 : £7 15 «0. : Double nosepiece and extra eyepiece 15 0. Prof. Delepine’s microscope, as used in the Birmingham University, with course and fine adjustments, extra large stage covered with vuleanite, % in. 4 1n. and 4, in. Objectives, Abbe condenser N.A. 1°2, fitted with iris diaphragm and special focussing adjustment, triple nosepiece and eyepiece, in Cabinet ~ «15 0 0. This stand is used in all the principal laboratories throughout the Kingdom. LPL <—<—$—$——$—$—$—$——— — a EEIESEIEeEmE wee UNIVERSITY OPTICAL WORKS, 81, TOTTENHAM COURT ROAD, LONDON, W. Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements. ROBE RE BIRBEOKGE SONS, GENERAL BOOK PRINTERS, MANUFACTURERS OF ACCOUNT BOOKS, Po Grek Ad” CH AhMLlE SS) SLRELE TL. BIRMINGHAM. College and School Examination Papers executed with Accuracy, Secrecy, and Despatch. R. B. & S. are the Printers of this Journal. Prepaid Subseription 2/6 per annum, free to any part of the world. THE NATURALIST’S JOURNAL. Edited by Charles Mosley. Illustrated Articles on all branches of Natural History by leading writers. Specially seeks to help beginners and young students. A superior edition is also issued, printed upon fine paper, with frequent coloured plates. Subscription 5s. per annum post free. Specimen Copy 6d. All Communications to CHARLES MOSLEY, MUSEUM PRESS, LOCKWOOD, HUDDERSFIELD. THE JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, PAE ORGAN OE BE, CONCHOLOGICALSOCIE FY OF GREAT BREEAIN AND TREICAND: HON. SECRETARY, W. E. HOYLE, M.A., THE OWENS COLLEGE, MANCHESTER. Annual Subscription, 5s. The number for January, 1901, commences a new volume and contains a list of British Marine Mollusca, revised and brought up to date by a Committee of the Society. Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisemeuts, RECENT SA kes AND GLASS-TOPPED BOXES. CONCHOLOGICAL WORKS FOR SALE BY SOWERBY & FULTON. Catalogues of our stock, in scientific order, containing names of II,500 species. COLLECTIONS PURCHASED. EXCHANGE FOR SPECIES NOT IN STGCCK. GLASS-TOPPED BOXES, CARD-BOARD TRAYS, &c. A stock of #100 worth always in hand. Very moderate prices and most prompt execution of orders. Send for Price List. SOWERBY’S ILLUSTRATED INDEX OF BRITISH SHELLS. (The latest complete work). 26 hand-coloured Plates (750 figures), cloth, Price 35s. (nett 30s.). THESAURUS CONCHYLIORUM, descriptions and coloured figures of Recent Shells. Prospectus free. SOWERBY & FULTON, 15, STATION PARADE, KEW GARDENS, near LONDON. J. A. REYNOLDS & Co. LTD.,, 43, COLMORE ROW, BIRMINGHAM. (WORKS: 44-45, Suffolk Street). DRAWIAG MATERIALS OF EVERY DESCRIPTION, For Students, Artists, Science and Art Classes, Engineering Colleges, Technical Schools, ete. CATALOGUES MAY BE HAD ON APPLICATION. CAMERAS FOR NATURABISTS. Messrs. J. H. DALLMEYER Lp. having supplied most of the best known workers in Natural History Photography with apparatus, are thoroughly conversant with the special details of construction essential for this class of work, and are ready to estimate for Cameras, Lenses, or complete outfits of any size or for any purpose. Specialities in Long Extension HAND & STAND CAMERAS. TELEPHOTO LENSES FOR TOPOGRAPHY, ORNITHOLOGY, CEOLOCY, ETC. THE CELEBRATED UNIVERSAL LENSES “‘STIGMATIC,” F/6, FOR ALL CLASSES OF PHOTOGRAPHY. J. H. DALLMEYER LTD., 25, Newman St., London, W. a a I Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements. SEPTEMBER 30th, 1901. Vol. VIII. Ree Och. Both THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY Established in 1890 as Che Conchologist, a Hournal of Malacology.” EDITED BY WA Ee COLEINGE: LECTURER ON ZOOLOGY AND COMPARATIVE ANATOMY IN THE UNIVERSITY OF BIRMINGHAM. PRESIDENT OF THE MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. WITH THE CO-OPERATION OF Dr. JOSEF F. BABOR. CHARLES EH DEEB Yes el.S: IPME REV. AS Ee COOKE. (MATS ib .Z.S- INS NOES atbeAL, wh Aeoe. FolGass B. B. WOODWARD; F.G:S:, PES: Contents. Notice sur le Professeur de Lacaze-Duthiers. ats Se Be By Professor A. Vayssiére. Malacological Notes. .. a aS, Ey E. R. Sykes, B:A., F.Z.S. Notes upon 770phon umbilicatus, Te enison Woods. ED Be : Be. Meh Henry Suter. On the Anatomy of the V7trzza irradians of Pfeiffer. .. ae .. By Walter E. Collinge. Note on the Anatomy of A era burnupi, E. A. Smith. .. Er 7 Wace E. Collinge. On the genus Ashmunedlla, Pils. and Ckll. .G 24 Ss ba .. ByC. F. Ancey. With Anatomical Notes. = i FS = Br .. By R. Murdoch. Three new Nudibranchs from California. |. ale bb Ae .. By T. D. A. Cockerell. Notes 56 D0 ne ae aie 48 NO Proceedings. of the Midland Malacological Society. Current Literature. k x3 oe At General Reviews. Editor's Notes. .. SS SE SE ES ET SE BO SE ES **The Journal of Malacology” is issued to Subscribers only. The Prepaid Subscription is 12s. per volume. LONDON oat ae Messrs. DULAU & CO., 37, SoHo SQuarE. BERLIN ... Messrs. R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN, CARLSTRASSE II, All communications should be addressed— W. E. COLLINGE, THE UNIVERSITY, BIRMINGHAM, ENGLAND. PRINTED BY ROBERT BIRBECK & Sons, 158, GREAT CHARLES STREET, BIRMINGHAM. ESTABLISHED 1872. TELEPHONE No. 514, W. & J. GEORGE, LTD., (Late F. E. BECKER & CO.) LONDON AND BIRMINGHAM. Bacteriological, Microscopical, Chemical, Electrical, and General Apparatus ADanutacturers. SPECIALITY: BALANCES & WEIGHTS. PURE CHEMICALS. CONTRACTORS TO THE GOVERNMENT. OFFICES, WAREHOUSE, AND SHOW ROOMS, NIVOC WORKS, 159 & 160, GREAT CHARLES STREET, CAMBRIDGE STREET. BIRMINGHAM THE NEW LIGHT CO. LT 47, JOHN BRIGHT STREET, BIRMINGHAM. LEADING HOUSE FOR GAS FITTINGS, OUTSIDE LAMPS, ENORMOUS REDUCTIONS IN INCANDESCENT LIGHT & ACCESSORIES, &c. Large Selection of Glass Globes, etc. CONTRACTORS TO MASON UNIVERSITY COLLEGE. MICROSCOPICAL & LANTERN SLIDES Sllustrative of every Department of ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY, At the uniform rate of 6s. per dozen. The Student’s Series of 48 Preparations in Elementary and Advanced Botany, sent out packed in rack boxes at £1. Is. net, post free. This Series contains 14 Type Preparations, which can only be supplied separately at Is. to Is. 6d. per slide. Stem Structure, Leaf Structure, Floral Structure, Ovaries,- Fruits, Seeds, Plant Hairs, Scales, and Glands, 6s. per dozen. Type Slide Preparations of the Mouse, the Newt, the Earthworm, Peripatus, Cerianthus, and Alcyonium, Is. to Is. 6d. per slide. Sets Slides of Foraminifera, 9d. to 1s. per Slide. Sections of Cotton, Flax, Hemp, Jute, China Grass, Wool, Silk, &c., at Is. per slide. MICROSCOPICAL AND LANTERN SLIDE CIRCULATING LIBRARY. Slides, to the number of 300 per year, supplied in sets as required by Subscribers will be sent, post paid, for the Annual Subscription of £1. 1s. payable in advance. The Slides will be sent one or two days prior to the day of the Lecture or Exhibition, and must be returned the day following the lecture, post paid. Special post boxes will be provided for this purpose, which will obviate the usual trouble of packing. The whole of my very extensive stock will be at the disposal of Subscribers, and Lists of additions to it will be sent from time to time. ABRAHAM FLATTERS, 16 & 18, CHURCH ROAD, LONGSIGHT, MANCHESTER. Preparer of Textile Fibres and Demonstrator in Microscopy to the Manchester Municipal Technical School. SEND FOR LISTS, &c., FREE PER POST. Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements. THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY. Established in 1890 as “‘ The Conchologist, a Journal of Malacology.” No. 3. SEPTEMBER, 1901. VOL. VIII. Contents ; PAGE Notice sur le Professeur de Lacaze-Duthiers. By Professor A. Vayssiere. 57 Malacological Notes. - - By Eo Rei Sykes, Baas, EIS. 59 Note upon Trophon umbilicatus, Tenison Woods. By Henry Suter. 61 On the Anatomy of the Vitrina irradians of Pfeiffer. By Walter E. Collinge. 63 Note on the Anatomy of Apera burnup?, E. A. Smith. By Walter E. Collinge. 71 On the genus Ashmunella, Pils. and Ckll. By @..E. Anceys 73 With Anatomical Notes. - - . - By R. Murdoch. 79 Three new Nudibranchs from California. yy Iie WA. Cockereligy 35 Notes - - 88 Proceedings of ine Midland Malacological ene - - - 88 Current Literature. General Reviews. . - - - - 89 Editor’s Notes. - - - - - - - - =e O2 SALT & SON, Surgical Fnstrument & Eppliance Manufacturers Oe rer BIRMINGHAM & MIDLAND HOSPITALS. SURGICAL, SCIENTIFIC, & OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS OF EVERY DESCRIPTION. 5, Cherry Street, Birmingham. Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements. To Conchologists. H. Bo PRESTON* Ez = Begs to inform Collectors and others that he will be pleased to forward on application price list of any GENERA included in his LARGE AND VARIED STOCK OF SHELLS. SELECTIONS SENT ON APPROVAL. MUSEUMS SUPPLIED. Address—H. B. PRESTON, F.Z.S., 3, Sydney Terrace, Fulham Road, London, S.W. Two minutes walk from South Kensington Station. JAPANESE SHELLS. Faultless specimens of the beautiful and interesting shells of Japan and the Loo Choo Islands, both land and marine, are offered at low prices, sent by mail. The land shells include some of the finest Helices of the genera Hu/lota, Gane- sella, etc. The Clausilias, unlike those of Europe, are the largest of any region. Also many fine operculates and Marine Shells. Y. HIRASE, Kyoto, Japan. Living Specimens for the Microscope. Volvox, Spirogyra, Desmids, Diatoms, Amceba, Arcella, Actinosphzrium, Vorticella, Stentor, Hydra, Floscularia, Stephanoceros, Melicerta, and many other Specimens of Pond Life. Price 1/- per Tube, Post Free. Helix pomatia, Astacus, Amphioxus, Rana, Anodon, &c., for Dissection purposes. THOMAS BOLTON, 25, BALSALL HEATH ROAD, BIRMINGHAM. JAMES SWIFT & SON, MANUFACTURING OPTICIANS. Seven Gold Medals awarded for Optical Excellence. Students Microscope fitted with 2 in. and } in. Objectives, sliding course adjustment, micrometer screw fine adjustment for slow focussing, eyepiece and iris diaphragm, in Cabinet ; £5 5 0. Double nosepiece and extra eyepiece HOMO: Fig. 2. Students Stand, as per illustration with Zi in. and 4 in. Objective es, eyepiece and iris diaphragm, in Cabinet. : so 7 PLD) AOE Double nosepiece and extra eyepiece 15) 20: Prof. Delepine’s microscope, as used in the Birmingham University, with course and fine adjustments, extra large stage covered with vuleanite, %in. 4 in. and {5 in. Objectives, Abbe condenser N.A. 1°2, fitted with iris diaphragm and special focussing adjustment, triple nosepiece and eyepiece, in Cabinet ve DMO TOE This stand is used in all the principal laboratories throughout the Kingdom. een se mE O_E—OE_ aE _a_—_—_le—el«—l«—l— aaa e_=: © = eee eee UNIVERSITY OPTICAL WORKS, 8], TOTTENHAM COURT ROAD, LONDON, W. Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements. No. 4. DECEMBER 30th, 1901. Vol. VIII. THE JOURNAL MALAGOLOGY Established in 1890 as “The Conchologist, a Journal of Malacologp.” EDITED BY Welt in” EB COLLINGE, LECTURER ON ZOOLOGY AND COMPARATIVE ANATOMY IN THE UNIVERSITY OF BIRMINGHAM. PRESIDENT OF THE MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. WITH THE CO-OPERATION OF Dr. JOSEF F. BABOR. CHARLES HEDLEY, F.L.S. Tue) Rev. A. H. COOKE, MeATy eZiSs 1B IRs SNOKIDIS deh ve\an die7AiSho Mallat Beebe WOODWARD.) HSG.S:, beluns: Contents. PAGE On some Land Shells from British East Africa. .. 6 Se 90 By Edgar A. Smith. 93 The Anatomy of the British Species of the genus Solen. a : By H. H. Bloomer. 97 Descriptions of five new species of Shells. .. ‘By GaB Scie erby, Poles. , Or Descriptions of new SEs of Xesta, A mphidr -omus, “and Ghistine from Madagascar and Perake 7 , 06 a a Se - ai .By Hugh Fulton. 103 Malacological Notes. .. =) BY, eRe Sykes, BAS, Hels. Los Ou two new and three hitherto unfigured species of Plectopylis from ‘Tonkin. By G. K. Gude, F.Z.S. 110 Description of some new species of Slugs collected by Mr. H. Fruhstorfer. By Walter E. Collinge. 118 Notes on two Californian Nudibranchs. .. aC Se ae .. ByT.D. A. Cockerell. rer Obituary. M. F. Woodward. a Hn ot 30 Bc oe em 23 Physa heterostropha, Say, in South Staffordshire. 06 ae Be -- By John Linton. 124 Amalia gagates, Drp., at Sutton Coldfield. aS ote 56 50 -- ByH. Overton. 124 Limax maximus, L., at Los Angeles, California. Ss =F .- By T. D. A. Cockerell. x24 Proceedings of the Midland Meleceleeiel Say ae oe De Ab ae 30 Gc) ey. Current Literature. A 6 Bt He oe a0 oe 5¢ oo Mee General Reviews. Editor’s Notes. .. sc ae oc 3 dc fe oe ne So BSE **The Journal of Malacology” is issued to Subscribers only. The Prepaid Subscription is 12s. per volume. LONDON ac its Messrs. DULAU & CO., 37, SoHO SQUARE. BERLIN ... Messrs. R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN, CARLSTRASSE II. All communications should be addressed— W. E. COLLINGE, THE UNIVERSITY, BIRMINGHAM, ENGLAND. PRINTED BY RoperT Birseck & Sons, 158, GREAT CHARLES STREET, BIRMINGHAM. ESTABLISHED 1872. TELEPHONE No. 514. W. & J. GEORGE, LTD., (Late F. E. BECKER & CO.) LONDON AND BIRMINGHAM. Bacteriological, Microscopical, Chemical, Electrical, and General Apparatus Manutacturers. SPECIALITY: BALANCES & WEIGHTS. PURE CHEMICALS. CONTRACTORS TO THE GOVERNMENT. OFFICES, WAREHOUSE, AND SHOW ROOMS, 159 & 160, GREAT CHARLES STREET, BIRMINGHAM. THE NEW WIGHT GC) Line 47, JOHN BRIGHT STREET, BIRMINGHAM. LEADING HOUSE FOR GAS FITTINGS, OUTSIDE LAMPS, ENORMOUS REDUCTIONS IN INCANDESCENT LIGHT & ACCESSORIES, &c. Large Selection of Glass Globes, etc. NIVOC WORKS, CAMBRIDGE STREET. CONTRACTORS TO MASON UNIVERSITY COLLEGE. MICROSCOPICAL & LANTERN SLIDES Sllustrative of cvery Department of ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY, At the uniform rate of 6s. per dozen. The Student’s Series of 48 Preparations in Elementary and Advanced Botany, sent out packed in rack boxes at £1. Is. net, post free. This Series contains 14 Type Preparations, which can only be supplied separately at Is. to Is. 6d. per slide. Stem Structure, Leaf Structure, Floral Structure, Ovaries, Fruits, Seeds, Plant Hairs, Scales, and Glands, 6s. per dozen. Type Slide Preparations of the Mouse, the Newt, the Earthworm, Peripatus, Cerianthus, and Alcyonium, Is. to Is. 6d. per slide. Sets Slides of Foraminifera, 9d. to 1s. per Slide. Sections of Cotton, Flax, Hemp, Jute, China Grass, Wool, Silk, &c., at Is. per slide. MICROSCOPICAL AND LANTERN SLIDE CIRCULATING LIBRARY. Slides, to the number of 300 per year, supplied in sets as required by Subscribers will be sent, post paid, for the Annual Subscription of £1. Is. payable in advance. The Slides will be sent one or two days prior to the day of the Lecture or Exhibition, and must be returned the day following the lecture, post paid. Special post boxes will be provided for this purpose, which will obviate the usual trouble of packing. The whole of my very extensive stock will be at the disposal of Subscribers, and Lists of additions to it will be sent from time to time. ABRAHAM FLATTERS, 16 & 18, CHURCH ROAD, LONGSIGHT, MANCHESTER. Preparer of Textile Fibres and Demonstrator in Microscopy to the Manchester Municipal Technical School. SEND’ FOR LISTS, &c, FREE PER POST. Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements. otice of Removal. AAVAVANWAN PALA ARAN Messrs. W. H. SMITH & Co. HAVE REMOVED FROM 82-83 HIGH STREET, To 16-18 ETHEL ST. (New St.) By Colonnade Hotel. PATENTEES OF THE CELEBRATED EUKNEMIDA BOOTS & SHOES. All Goods made on the Premises. A SINGLE PAIR AT WHOLESALE PRICE. weer ke Se ess : 2 ees SS se EOE Brown and Box Calf Boots and Shoes a Speciality. a aeameameameakeakekeIkeEOEIOkEEOk—EOk—eEOk IE EE EEE The only establishment in Birmingham where the Euknemida Boots ean be obtained. IN NUMBERS 2 AND 3 OF THIS JOURNAL | | R. HORNIG, BOOKSELLER, & PUBLISHER, LEIPZIG, offered Valuable UWlorks on Conchology | and dDolluscs, AT VERY LOW PRICES. YOU ARE REQUESTED TO NOTE THESE OFFERS. €CONCIEIUM BIB LIOGRAPHICUM ZURICH-NEUMUNSTER, SWITZERLAND. (Founded in 1895 by the International Congress of Zoology. Reorganized with the support of the Swiss Government.) Analytical Card Bibliography of Mollusea including all publications since 1896, Price 28s. (with minor notices 38s.) Annual Subs. about 15s.—Any desired choice of topics can also be supplied: —Pelecypoda 10s. 5d., annually about 4s.—Amphineura 1s. 5d., annually about 6d., etc. Without palaeontology cheaper. Cheap edition correspondingly less. Manvuscripr CARD CATALOGUE OF NEW SPECIES AND GENERA SINCE 1901,— Copies supplied at 1d. per reference. Any desired combination, e.g. new species of Helix, new genera of Tectibranchs, new Molluscs from Borneo, from Devonshire (if any), from Mexico, etc. Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements, JAMES PARKES s SON'S NEW ‘CENTURY’ MICROSCOPE. Complete with 2 inch. and 3 inch. objectives, in Mahogany Case. O. \" a a 15. ITNT £5. ‘AJuo juausnfpe sug yA PRICE = ‘O ‘Ol "PF - - 301d With course rack and fine adjustment, etc. / \ Hit MH ti mee May be had of all Dealers in Surgical and Optical = Instruments. VEBRY SITEREET ST, MARY'S, BIRMIMGBAM. Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements. THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY. Established in 1890 as ‘‘ The Conchologist, a Journal of Malacology.” No. 4. DECEMBER, 1901. VOL. VIII. Contents : PAGE On some Land shells from British East Africa. By Edgar A. Smith. — 93 The Anatomy of the British species of the genus Solen. Pt. ii. By H. H: Bloomer 97 Descriptions of five new species of Shells. By G. B. Sowerby, F.L.S. trot Descriptions of new species of Xesta, Amphidromus, and Cyclostoma from Madagascar and Perak. By Hugh Fulton. 103 Malacological Notes. - by. Ko oykes, BVAl, Fels.) Tos On two new and three hitherto unfigured species of Plectopylis from Tonkin. . - - By G..K. Gude, F-Z.S; “1ro Description of some new species of Slugs collected by Mr. H. Fruhstorfer. - . - - By Walter E. Collinge. 118 Notes on two Californian Nudibranchs. By Professor T. D. A. Cockerell. 121 Obituary: M. F. Woodward. - - - - - 123 Notes: Physa heterostropha, Say, in South Staffordshire. By J. Linton. Amalia gagates, Drp., at Sutton Coldfield. By H. Overton. Limax maximus, L., at Los Angeles, Cal. Byrerot, W. D.A. Cockerell: 124 Proceedings of the Midland Malacological Society. - - 124 Current Literature. - - - - - - - =e 25 General Reviews. - - - - - = : : ree Editor’s Notes. —- - - : = 3 3 : - 132 Title-Page, Contents, Index, etc., to Vol. viii. IMPORTANT NOTICE. On and after January roth, 1902, the price of Volume viii will be advanced to 15s. 6d. New SUBSCRIBERS may obtain copies of either Volume vii or viii at the original price, 12s., if ordered when subscribing to Volume ix. As only a few complete sets of Volume vii and viii remain, early application should be made. The Editor desires to purchase clean copies of Volumes iv, v, and vi, in their original paper covers. Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements. To Conchologists. HoH. B. PRESTON, 2s Begs to inform Collectors and others that he will be pleased to forward on application price list of any GENERA included in his LARGE AND VARIED STOCK OF SHELLS. SELECTIONS SENT ON APPROVAL. MUSEUMS SUPPLIED. Address—H. B. PRESTON, F.Z.S., 3, Sydney Terrace, Fulham Road, London, d.W. Two minutes walk from South Kensington Station. JAPANESE SHELLS. Faultless specimens of the beautiful and interesting shells of Japan and the Loo Choo Islands, both land and marine, are offered at low prices, sent by mail. The land shells include some of the finest Helices of the genera Hulota, Gane- sella, ete. The Clausilias, unlike those of Europe, are the largest of any region. Also many fine operculates and Marine Shells. Y. HIRASE, Kyoto, Japan. Living Specimens for the Microscope. Volvox, Spirogyra, Desmids, Diatoms, Amoeba, Arcella, Actinosphzerium Vorticella, Stentor, Hydra, Floscularia, Stephanoceros, Melicerta, and many other Specimens of Pond Life. Price 1/- per Tube, Post Free. Helix pomatia, Astacus Amphioxus, Rana, Anodon, &c., for Dissection purposes. THOMAS BOLTON, 25, BALSALL HEATH ROAD, BIRMINGHAM. JAMES SWIFT & SON, MANUFACTURING OPTICIANS. Seven Gold Medals awarded for Optical Excellence. Students Microscope fitted with 3 in. and 3 in. Objectives, sliding course adjustment, micrometer screw fine adjustinent for slow focussing, eyepiece and iris diaphragm, in Cabinet : £5 5 0. Double nosepiece and extra eyepiece 10 0. Fig. 2. Students Stand, as per illustration with % in. and 3 in. Objectives, eyepiece and iris diaphragm, in Cabinet . : 5 £715 0. Double nosepiece and extra eyepiece 15 0. Prof. Delepine’s microscope, as used in the Birmingham University, with course and fine adjustments, extra large stage covered with vulcanite, Zin. 4 in. and 7, in. Objectives, Abbe condenser N.A. 1-2 2, fitted with iris diaphragm and special focussing adjustment, triple nosepiece and eyepiece, in Cabinet 3, eld) 0010: This stand is used in all the principal laboratories throughout the Kingdom. ~—eeeeeereeeeeeeeeeee ek ek ek eee lll eee UNIVERSITY OPTICAL WORKS, 8], TOTTENHAM COURT ROAD, LONDON, W. Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements. APRIL 10th, 1902. K go (a THE JOURNAL MALACOLOGY Established in 1890 as ‘ Conchologist, a Journal of Malacology.’’ EDITED BY WOE Pheri. “COLEINGE) THE UNIVERSITY, BIRMINGHAM, PRESIDENT OF THE MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY, WITH THE CO-OPERATION OF Dr, JOSEF F. BABOR, CHARLES HEDLEY, F,L.S. Tian gRnv.wAy di. ‘COOKE, MA. E.Z.S. ED Ro SYKES, BeA,,, FiZ.S., °F sE:S. B. B..WOODWARD, F.G.S., F.L.S. Contents. A Classified List of the Helicoid Land Shells of Asia. AS sg By G. K. Gude, F.Z.S. On the Anatomy of the genus M/yotesta, Clige. sc oe By Walter E. Collinge. Description of a new species of Onchidium from South Africa. .. By Walter E. Collinge. The Anatomy of the British species of the Genus So/en. Pt. iii .. -. By H.H. Bloomer. Descriptions of six new Land Shells from the Malay Peninsula. By E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.L.S. Obituary: C. A. F. Wiegmann. e .. By Dr. O F. von Mollendorff. Proceedings of the Midland Mee eat sien Current Literature. Editor's Notes. **The Juurnal of Malaeology”’ is issued to subscribers only. The Prepaid Subscription is 12/- per volume. LONDON ... AAG ... Messrs. DULAU & CO., 37, SoHO SQUARE. BERLIN ... Messrs. R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN, CARLSTRASSE II. All communications should be addressed— W. E. COLLINGE, THE UNIVERSITY, BIRMINGHAM, ENGLAND. EDE, SON & RAVENSCROFT ESTABLISHED 1689. TELEPHONE 602 HOLBORN. ROBE $233 MAKERS By Special appointment To H.M. THE KING and H.M, THE QUEEN, CHURCH, UNIVERSITY, LAW AND MUNICIPAL ROBES. 93 & 94, CHANCERY LANE, LONDON. PRINTED BY Munns & ALLEN, 314, BROAD STREET, BIRMINGHAM. ESTABLISHED 1872. TELEPHONE No, 514, W. & J. GEORGE, LTD., (Late F. E. BECKER & CO.) LONDON AND BIRMINGHAM. PBactertological. Microscopical, Chemical, Electrical, and General Apparatus Manutacturers. SPECIALITY: BALANCES & WEIGHTS. PURE CHEMICALS. CONTRACTORS TO THE GOVERNMENT. OFFICES, WAREHOUSE, & SHOW ROOMS, NIVOC WORKS, 159 & 160, GREAT CHARLES STREET, CAMBRIDGE STREET. BIRMINGHAM. THE NEW LIGHT CO., LTD.. 47, JOHN BRIGHT STREET, BIRMINGHAM. LEADING HOUSE FOR GAS FITTINGS, OUTSIDE LAMPS. ENORMOUS REDUCTIONS IN INCANDESCENT LIGHT & ACCESSORIES, &c. LARCE SELECTION OF CLASS CLOBES, ETC. CONTRACTORS TO THE UNIVERSITY. MICROSCOPICAL AND LANTERN SLIDES Sllustrative of every Department of ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY, At the uniform rate of 6/- per doz. The Student’s Series of 48 Preparations in Elementary and Advanced Botany, sent out packed in rack boxes at £1 Is. net, post free. This Series contains 14 Type Preparations, which can only be supplied separately at Is. to Is. 6d. per slide. Stem Structure, Leaf Structure, Floral Structure, Ovaries, Fruits, Seeds, Plant Hairs, Scales, and Glands, 6s. per dozen. Type Slide Preparations of the Mouse, the Newt, the Earthworm, Peripatus, Cerianthus, and Alcyonium, Is. to Is. 6d. per slide. Sets Slides of Foraminifera, 9d. to 1s. per Slide. Sections of Cotton, Flax, Hemp, Jute, China Grass, Wool, Silk, &c., at Is. per slide. MICROSCOPICAL AND LANTERN SLIDE CIRCULATING LIBRARY. Slides, to the number of 300 per year, supplied in sets as required by Subscribers will be sent, post paid, for the Annual Subscription of £1 1s. payable in advance. The Slides will be sent one or two days prior to the day of the Lecture or Exhibition, and must be returned ¢he day following the lecture, post paid. Special post boxes will be provided for this purpose, which will obviate the usual trouble of packing. The whole of our very extensive stock will be at the disposal of Subscribers, and Lists of additions to it will be sent from time to time. FLATTERS & GARNETT, LTD., 48, DEANSGATE, MANCHESTER. SEND FOR LISTS, &c., FREE PER POST. Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements JOR. HEATH, ESTABLISHED 1828. General Engraver, Stationer, ete. BRASS DOOR PLATES. Medical Account Forms Engraved & in Facsimile. FLEET STREET, SUMMER ROW, Birmingham. Nag Novia oy COU So Pais reteare LITHOGRAPHER. Illustrations for Scientfic Publications Carefully reproduced from natural Specimers or Drawings, Estimates, and Specimens of work sent on application. 114, VILLIERS ROAD, WILLESDEN GREEN, LONDON, N.W. CHAS. A. SNAZELLE, narturatist, And Dealer in MICROSCOPIC SUNDRIES, LANTERN SLIDES, Ete. A Large Number of Botanical and Zoological Micro Preparations, by J. HORNELL of Jersey, in Stock. To TEACHERS, STUDENTS, and Others. Type Collections offered as below correctly named and localised. LEPIDOPTERA (British and Brows, MOLLUSCA (Land, Freshwater, 100 Specimens—(well selected .. 20/- and Marine). ae Ben he tee : oe Ioo Species in 4-drawer Deal Cabinet .. 25/- Ca OER eee Cae 150 a Gass 6 > .. 40/- 1co Species in Store Box a ue & 10 6 250 n Io ” ” ” .. 70/- oe is a f x oO. Laragy Collections ofenedatspecialserms. A. Tollington Park, LONDON, N. CONCILIUM BIBLIOGRAPHICUM, ZURIGH-NEUMUNSTER, SWITZERLAND. Reorganized with the support (Founded tn 1895 by the International Congress of Zoology. of the Swiss Government.) Analytieal Card Bibliography of Mollusea including all publications since 1896. Price 28s. (with minor notices 38s.) Annual Subs. about 15s.—Any desired choice of topics can also be supplied: —Pelecypoda Ios, 5d., annually about 4s.—Amphineura Is. 5d., annually about 6d., etc. Without palaeontology cheaper. Cheap edition correspondingly less. MANUSCRIPT CARD CATALOGUE OF NEW SPECIES AND GENERA SINCE I90I. —Copies supplied at 1d. per reference. Any desired combination, e.g. new species of Helix, new genera of Tectibranchs, new Molluscs from Borneo, from Devonshire (if any), from Mexico, ete. Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements. ALFRED H. SAUNDERS, 109, CITY ROAD, BIRMINGHAM Lantern Slide Artist and Manufacturer, (Wet Collodion Process.) LANTERNIST BY APPOINTMENT TO The University of Birmingham. Birmingham Temperance Society’s P.L.S. at Queen’s Theatre. Birmingham Athletic Institute Health Lectures. Birmingham Sunday Lecture Society. Birmingham Suburban Institutes, etc. QUALIFIED OPERATORS with High-Class Bi-unial Lanterns sent to all parts of the Midlands. Vacancies for Pupils. Dealer in all kinds of.. PHOTOGRAPHIC GOODS, CAMERAS, LENSES, LANTERNS and ACCESSORIES LANTERN SLIDES, Etc. Office of the BIRMINGHAM & MIDLAND LECTURE BUREAU. Established 9 Wears. ARCHIBALD WILSON, 14, Broad Street Corner, BIRMINGHAM. Pianoforte Merchant. N.B.—We are specialists in Pianoforte Tuning, and have the best Tuners possible to obtain. Awarded Gold Medal at Polytechnic Exhibition. Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements. THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY. Established in 1890 as ‘* The Concho ogist, a Journal of Malacology.” No. 1. APRIL 10th, 1902. VOL. IX. Contents : A Classified List of the Helicoid Land Shells of Asia. By G. K Gude, F.Z.S. 1 On the Anatomy of the genus Myotesta, Cllge. 3y Walter E. Collinge. 11 PAGE Description of a new species of Onchidium from South Africa. By Walter E. Collinge. 17 The Anatomy of the British species of the genus Solen. Pt. 11. By H. H. Bloomer. 18 Descriptions of six new land shells from the Malay Peninsula. Byota Ravoy kes, (BAC, FES. 22 Obituary: C. A. F. Wiegmann. By Dr. O. F. von Mollendorff. 24 Proceedings of the Midland Malacological Society. — - - a 2A Current Literature, - - : 2 is : = , 5 256 Editor’s Notes. : - : - 7 S ! : = yi ws Pure Tobacco and Cigarettes. a PURE TOBACCO! PURE TOBACCO !! Manufactured before the Public. ‘“Havanah Blend” Smoking Mixture - 10/- per Ib. ‘Full Cey? Smoking Mixture — - 27/0 a “Kremlin Blend” Smoking Mixture - 7/6 _,, Burley Cut, No. 1 (Pure Virginia) eG) av. 4, Burley Cut, No. 2 (Pure Virginia) 5/9 Ty Sweet Honeydew ss = E - 5/- - Oxford Virginia Mild (for pipe or cigarette) 6/6 __,, pe Virginia Medium = - = 0/6 2.) | BoA SaC. Smoking Mixeure: (Reina)! = 5/9.) 5; B. & C. Virginia (cool and free smoking) 5/9 Brown Virginia (Medium enay Hand Cut Virginia (Pure) 5/-, 6/6, a 3/- THE RBITISH & COLONIAL TOBACCO INDUSTRIES, 2 and 3, Easy Row, BIRMINGHAM. Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements. To Conchologists. H. B. PRESTON, F.Z.S,, Begs to inform Collectors and others that he will be pleased to forward on application price list of any GENERA included in his LARGE AND VARIED STOCK OF SHELLS. SELECTIONS SENT ON APPROVAL. MUSEUMS SUPPLIED, Address—H. B. PRESTON, F.Z.S., 3, Sydney Terrace, Fulham Road, London, S.W. Two minutes walk from South Kensington Station, JAPANESE SHELLS. Faultless specimens of the beauttful and interesting shells of Japan and the Loo Choo Islands, both Jand and marine are offered at low prices, sent by mail. The land shells include some of the finest Helices of the genera Hu/ofa, Gane- sella, etc. The Clausilias, unlike those of Europe, are the largest of any region. Also many fine operculates and Marine Shells. Y. HIRASE, Kyoto, Japan. Living Specimens for the Microscope. Volvox, Spirogyra, Desmids, Diatoms, Amoeba, Arcella, Actinosphzrium, Vorticella, Stentor, Hydra, Floscularia, Stephanoceros, Melicerta, and many other Specimens of Pond Life Price 1/-per Tube, Post Free. Helix pomatia, Astacus, Amphioxus, Rana, Anodon, etc., for Dissection purposes. THOMAS BOLTON, 25, BALSALL HEATH ROAD, BIRMINGHAM. JAMES SWIFT & SON, MANUFACTURING OPTICIANS, Seven Gold Medals awarded for Optical Excellence. Student’s Micrcescope fitted with 3 in. and } in. Objectives, sliding course adjustment, micrometer screw fine adjustment for slow focussing, eve-piece and iris diaphragm, in Cabinet ~— - pape!) Double nose-piece and extra eye-piece 10 0 Fig. 2 Student’s Stand, as per illu-tration with 2 in. and % in. Objectives, eye-piece and iris diaphragm, in Cabinet = - - 47:15 0 Double nose-piece and extra eye-piece 15 0 Prof. Delepine’s microscope, as used in the Birn.ingham University, with c arse and fine adjustments, extra large stage covered with vulcanite, jin. gin. and;'yin Objectives, Abbe condenser N.A. 1°2 fitted with iris diaphram and _ special focussing adjustment, triple nosepiece and eyepiece, in Cabinet — - Ald 0 70: This stand is used in all the principal laboratories throughout the Kingdom. UNIVERSITY OPTICAL WORKS, 31, TOTTENHAM COURT RD., LONDON, W. Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements, JUNE agin 1902. Vol. IX. [ cs ‘ \ ~ t by or 7 ate =~ ‘ Pw | oe Selene) Bieta: Seestaith ie *y 7 ; ; F ord a pin Peet me ba bat: mS ; : a? SEO TO, sits ALI ea oT Bl ad ise) ak, . - he wi - = 2 ‘ ; Ne 7 epee mre = lien ts pre : rs eo ™ er ue " =<," ey oe ; ANA ay tbhwet hc AS he Pee Wee Rae AA SA TE aig eh Al oes Nh aad Meat f T aly mt ape a nae yt daenaty tim) See : A i) ‘ Bd OR . - Ti Cine ‘ i ats ae : Vash Wee eee, - 7 - = a > « 1 Pa! -TtSe de Gpteeiem. ” i, peo Suen : ’ i ~ a : 7 a 5, ss re . ot as an a 1 anil h Pil = if (20S. qa4) y $ i® & Faas =f : : ; mp Ti 5. ime - j ce ‘ soy : . - Pi: = ; Sere i 1 y : F \* i, va mee ma it a ih r | re ey, : : u aE — ye aa 8 ak aa ¥ sve My : Saal ia Res Pai q0Te ; pete” a i otis - *aeaiy he BS rn se ur